Please consider activating JavaScript!
Occurrences
Aitareya-Āraṇyaka
Aitareyabrāhmaṇa
Aitareyopaniṣad
Atharvaprāyaścittāni
Atharvaveda (Paippalāda)
Atharvaveda (Śaunaka)
Baudhāyanadharmasūtra
Baudhāyanagṛhyasūtra
Baudhāyanaśrautasūtra
Bhāradvājagṛhyasūtra
Bhāradvājaśrautasūtra
Bṛhadāraṇyakopaniṣad
Chāndogyopaniṣad
Drāhyāyaṇaśrautasūtra
Gautamadharmasūtra
Gobhilagṛhyasūtra
Gopathabrāhmaṇa
Hiraṇyakeśigṛhyasūtra
Jaiminigṛhyasūtra
Jaiminīya-Upaniṣad-Brāhmaṇa
Jaiminīyabrāhmaṇa
Jaiminīyaśrautasūtra
Kauśikasūtra
Kauṣītakagṛhyasūtra
Kauṣītakibrāhmaṇa
Khādiragṛhyasūtra
Kātyāyanaśrautasūtra
Kāṭhakagṛhyasūtra
Kāṭhakasaṃhitā
Maitrāyaṇīsaṃhitā
Muṇḍakopaniṣad
Mānavagṛhyasūtra
Nirukta
Pañcaviṃśabrāhmaṇa
Pāraskaragṛhyasūtra
Sāmavidhānabrāhmaṇa
Taittirīyabrāhmaṇa
Taittirīyasaṃhitā
Taittirīyopaniṣad
Taittirīyāraṇyaka
Vaikhānasagṛhyasūtra
Vaikhānasaśrautasūtra
Vaitānasūtra
Vasiṣṭhadharmasūtra
Vājasaneyisaṃhitā (Mādhyandina)
Vārāhagṛhyasūtra
Vārāhaśrautasūtra
Āpastambadharmasūtra
Āpastambagṛhyasūtra
Āpastambaśrautasūtra
Āśvalāyanagṛhyasūtra
Āśvālāyanaśrautasūtra
Śatapathabrāhmaṇa
Śāṅkhāyanagṛhyasūtra
Śāṅkhāyanāraṇyaka
Ṛgveda
Ṛgvedakhilāni
Ṣaḍviṃśabrāhmaṇa
Arthaśāstra
Avadānaśataka
Aṣṭasāhasrikā
Aṣṭādhyāyī
Buddhacarita
Carakasaṃhitā
Garbhopaniṣat
Lalitavistara
Mahābhārata
Manusmṛti
Nyāyasūtra
Rāmāyaṇa
Saundarānanda
Saṅghabhedavastu
Vaiśeṣikasūtra
Śira'upaniṣad
Śvetāśvataropaniṣad
Abhidharmakośa
Agnipurāṇa
Amarakośa
Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā
Bodhicaryāvatāra
Bṛhatkathāślokasaṃgraha
Divyāvadāna
Harivaṃśa
Harṣacarita
Kirātārjunīya
Kumārasaṃbhava
Kūrmapurāṇa
Laṅkāvatārasūtra
Liṅgapurāṇa
Matsyapurāṇa
Nyāyabhāṣya
Nāradasmṛti
Pañcārthabhāṣya
Ratnaṭīkā
Suśrutasaṃhitā
Sāṃkhyakārikābhāṣya
Sāṃkhyatattvakaumudī
Tantrākhyāyikā
Vaikhānasadharmasūtra
Vaiśeṣikasūtravṛtti
Viṃśatikāvṛtti
Viṣṇupurāṇa
Viṣṇusmṛti
Yogasūtrabhāṣya
Yājñavalkyasmṛti
Śikṣāsamuccaya
Ṭikanikayātrā
Abhidhānacintāmaṇi
Amaraughaśāsana
Ayurvedarasāyana
Aṣṭāṅganighaṇṭu
Bhāgavatapurāṇa
Bhāratamañjarī
Garuḍapurāṇa
Hitopadeśa
Kathāsaritsāgara
Kṛṣiparāśara
Kṛṣṇāmṛtamahārṇava
Maṇimāhātmya
Mātṛkābhedatantra
Mṛgendraṭīkā
Narmamālā
Nibandhasaṃgraha
Parāśarasmṛtiṭīkā
Rasaratnasamuccaya
Rasaratnākara
Rasendracintāmaṇi
Rasendracūḍāmaṇi
Rasikapriyā
Rasārṇava
Rājamārtaṇḍa
Rājanighaṇṭu
Sarvadarśanasaṃgraha
Sarvāṅgasundarā
Skandapurāṇa
Sūryaśatakaṭīkā
Tantrasāra
Tantrāloka
Toḍalatantra
Vātūlanāthasūtravṛtti
Ānandakanda
Āyurvedadīpikā
Śivapurāṇa
Śivasūtravārtika
Śukasaptati
Gokarṇapurāṇasāraḥ
Gūḍhārthadīpikā
Haribhaktivilāsa
Janmamaraṇavicāra
Kaṭhāraṇyaka
Mugdhāvabodhinī
Rasārṇavakalpa
Saddharmapuṇḍarīkasūtra
Skandapurāṇa (Revākhaṇḍa)
Sātvatatantra
Tarkasaṃgraha
Uḍḍāmareśvaratantra
Śāṅkhāyanaśrautasūtra
Aitareya-Āraṇyaka
AĀ, 2, 1, 2, 1.0 uktham uktham iti vai prajā vadanti tad idam evoktham iyam eva
pṛthivīto hīdaṃ sarvam uttiṣṭhati yad idaṃ kiñca //
AĀ, 2, 1, 2, 16.0 tad idam annam annādam iyam eva
pṛthivīto hīdaṃ sarvam uttiṣṭhati yad idaṃ kiñca //
AĀ, 2, 1, 7, 2.0 tasya vācā sṛṣṭau
pṛthivī cāgniś cāsyām oṣadhayo jāyante 'gnir enāḥ svadayatīdam āharatedam āharatety evam etau vācaṃ pitaraṃ paricarataḥ pṛthivī cāgniś ca //
AĀ, 2, 1, 7, 2.0 tasya vācā sṛṣṭau pṛthivī cāgniś cāsyām oṣadhayo jāyante 'gnir enāḥ svadayatīdam āharatedam āharatety evam etau vācaṃ pitaraṃ paricarataḥ
pṛthivī cāgniś ca //
AĀ, 2, 1, 7, 3.0 yāvad anu
pṛthivī yāvad anv agnis tāvān asya loko bhavati nāsya tāval loko jīryate yāvad etayor na jīryate pṛthivyāś cāgneś ca ya evam etāṃ vāco vibhūtiṃ veda //
AĀ, 2, 1, 7, 3.0 yāvad anu pṛthivī yāvad anv agnis tāvān asya loko bhavati nāsya tāval loko jīryate yāvad etayor na jīryate
pṛthivyāś cāgneś ca ya evam etāṃ vāco vibhūtiṃ veda //
AĀ, 2, 3, 1, 2.0 pṛthivī vāyur ākāśa āpo jyotīṃṣīty eṣa vā ātmokthaṃ pañcavidham etasmāddhīdaṃ sarvam uttiṣṭhaty etam evāpyeti //
AĀ, 2, 3, 1, 5.0 āpaś ca
pṛthivī cānnam etanmayāni hy annāni bhavanti jyotiś ca vāyuś cānnādam etābhyāṃ hīdaṃ sarvam annam atty āvapanam ākāśa ākāśe hīdaṃ sarvaṃ samopyate //
AĀ, 2, 3, 3, 3.0 sa eṣa puruṣaḥ pañcavidhas tasya yad uṣṇaṃ taj jyotir yāni khāni sa ākāśo 'tha yal lohitaṃ śleṣmā retas tā āpo yaccharīraṃ sā
pṛthivī yaḥ prāṇaḥ sa vāyuḥ //
AĀ, 3, 1, 1, 2.0 pṛthivī pūrvarūpaṃ dyaur uttararūpaṃ vāyuḥ saṃhiteti māṇḍūkeya ākāśaḥ saṃhitety asya mākṣavyo vedayāṃcakre //
AĀ, 5, 3, 2, 4.1 annaśubhe varṣapavitraṃ gobhagaṃ
pṛthivyuparam varuṇavāyvitamam /
Aitareyabrāhmaṇa
AB, 1, 9, 7.0 svasti naḥ pathyāsu dhanvasu svastir iddhi prapathe śreṣṭheti pathyāyāḥ svastes triṣṭubhāv agne naya supathā rāye asmān ā devānām api panthām aganmety agnes triṣṭubhau tvaṃ soma pra cikito manīṣā yā te dhāmāni divi yā
pṛthivyām iti somasya triṣṭubhāv ā viśvadevaṃ satpatiṃ ya imā viśvā jātānīti savitur gāyatryau sutrāmāṇam pṛthivīṃ dyām anehasam mahīm ū ṣu mātaraṃ suvratānām ity aditer jagatyau //
AB, 1, 9, 7.0 svasti naḥ pathyāsu dhanvasu svastir iddhi prapathe śreṣṭheti pathyāyāḥ svastes triṣṭubhāv agne naya supathā rāye asmān ā devānām api panthām aganmety agnes triṣṭubhau tvaṃ soma pra cikito manīṣā yā te dhāmāni divi yā pṛthivyām iti somasya triṣṭubhāv ā viśvadevaṃ satpatiṃ ya imā viśvā jātānīti savitur gāyatryau sutrāmāṇam
pṛthivīṃ dyām anehasam mahīm ū ṣu mātaraṃ suvratānām ity aditer jagatyau //
AB, 1, 13, 5.0 athem ava sya vara ā
pṛthivyā iti devayajanaṃ vai varam pṛthivyai devayajana evainaṃ tad avasāyayaty āre śatrūn kṛṇuhi sarvavīra iti dviṣantam evāsmai tatpāpmānam bhrātṛvyam apabādhate 'dharam pādayati //
AB, 1, 13, 5.0 athem ava sya vara ā pṛthivyā iti devayajanaṃ vai varam
pṛthivyai devayajana evainaṃ tad avasāyayaty āre śatrūn kṛṇuhi sarvavīra iti dviṣantam evāsmai tatpāpmānam bhrātṛvyam apabādhate 'dharam pādayati //
AB, 1, 21, 19.0 ariṣṭebhir aśvinā saubhagebhiḥ tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ
pṛthivī uta dyaur ity etair evainaṃ tat kāmaiḥ samardhayati //
AB, 1, 26, 5.0 dyāvāpṛthivyor vā eṣa garbho yat somo rājā tad yad eṣṭā rāya eṣṭā vāmāni preṣe bhagāya ṛtam ṛtavādibhyo namo dive namaḥ
pṛthivyā iti prastare nihnavate dyāvāpṛthivībhyām eva tan namaskurvanty atho ene vardhayanty eva vardhayanty eva //
AB, 2, 2, 7.0 varṣman
pṛthivyā adhīty etad vai varṣma pṛthivyai yatra yūpam unminvanti //
AB, 2, 2, 7.0 varṣman pṛthivyā adhīty etad vai varṣma
pṛthivyai yatra yūpam unminvanti //
AB, 2, 6, 13.0 udīcīnāṁ asya pado ni dhattāt sūryaṃ cakṣur gamayatād vātam prāṇam anvavasṛjatād antarikṣam asuṃ diśaḥ śrotram
pṛthivīṃ śarīram ity eṣv evainaṃ tal lokeṣv ādadhāti //
AB, 3, 6, 4.0 tad u ha smāha hiraṇyadan baida etāni vā etena ṣaṭ pratiṣṭhāpayati dyaur antarikṣe pratiṣṭhitāntarikṣam
pṛthivyām pṛthivy apsv āpaḥ satye satyam brahmaṇi brahma tapasīty etā eva tat pratiṣṭhāḥ pratitiṣṭhantīr idaṃ sarvam anupratitiṣṭhati yad idaṃ kiṃca pratitiṣṭhati ya evaṃ veda //
AB, 3, 6, 4.0 tad u ha smāha hiraṇyadan baida etāni vā etena ṣaṭ pratiṣṭhāpayati dyaur antarikṣe pratiṣṭhitāntarikṣam pṛthivyām
pṛthivy apsv āpaḥ satye satyam brahmaṇi brahma tapasīty etā eva tat pratiṣṭhāḥ pratitiṣṭhantīr idaṃ sarvam anupratitiṣṭhati yad idaṃ kiṃca pratitiṣṭhati ya evaṃ veda //
AB, 3, 48, 3.0 dive caruṃ yā dyauḥ sānumatiḥ so eva gāyatry uṣase caruṃ yoṣāḥ sā rākā so eva triṣṭub gave caruṃ yā gauḥ sā sinīvālī so eva jagatī
pṛthivyai caruṃ yā pṛthivī sā kuhūḥ so evānuṣṭup //
AB, 3, 48, 3.0 dive caruṃ yā dyauḥ sānumatiḥ so eva gāyatry uṣase caruṃ yoṣāḥ sā rākā so eva triṣṭub gave caruṃ yā gauḥ sā sinīvālī so eva jagatī pṛthivyai caruṃ yā
pṛthivī sā kuhūḥ so evānuṣṭup //
AB, 4, 10, 11.0 mahī dyauḥ
pṛthivī ca nas te hi dyāvāpṛthivī viśvaśambhuveti dyāvāpṛthivīye śaṃsati dyāvāpṛthivī vai pratiṣṭhe iyam eveha pratiṣṭhāsāv amutra tad yad dyāvāpṛthivīye śaṃsati pratiṣṭhayor evainaṃ tat pratiṣṭhāpayati //
AB, 4, 30, 5.0 pra dyāvā yajñaiḥ
pṛthivī ṛtāvṛdheti dyāvāpṛthivīyam preti prathame 'hani prathamasyāhno rūpam //
AB, 5, 5, 8.0 pra dyāvā yajñaiḥ
pṛthivī namobhir iti dyāvāpṛthivīyam preti caturthe 'hani caturthasyāhno rūpam //
AB, 5, 19, 10.0 mahī dyauḥ
pṛthivī ca na iti dyāvāpṛthivīyam mahadvad aṣṭame 'hani aṣṭamasyāhno rūpam //
AB, 5, 20, 8.0 pra vīrayā śucayo dadrire te te satyena manasā dīdhyānā divi kṣayantā rajasaḥ
pṛthivyām ā viśvavārāśvinā gataṃ no 'yaṃ soma indra tubhyaṃ sunva ā tu pra brahmāṇo aṅgiraso nakṣanta sarasvatīṃ devayanto havanta ā no divo bṛhataḥ parvatād ā sarasvaty abhi no neṣi vasya iti praugaṃ śucivat satyavat kṣetivad gatavad okavan navame 'hani navamasyāhno rūpam //
AB, 5, 27, 8.0 yad adya dugdham
pṛthivīm asṛpta yad oṣadhīr atyasṛpad yad āpaḥ payo gṛheṣu payo aghnyāyāṃ payo vatseṣu payo astu tan mayīti //
AB, 5, 28, 1.0 asau vā asyādityo yūpaḥ
pṛthivī vedir oṣadhayo barhir vanaspataya idhmā āpaḥ prokṣaṇyo diśaḥ paridhayaḥ //
AB, 5, 32, 1.0 prajāpatir akāmayata prajāyeya bhūyān syām iti sa tapo 'tapyata sa tapas taptvemāṃllokān asṛjata
pṛthivīm antarikṣaṃ divaṃ tāṃllokān abhyatapat tebhyo 'bhitaptebhyas trīṇi jyotīṃṣy ajāyantāgnir eva pṛthivyā ajāyata vāyur antarikṣād ādityo divas tāni jyotīṃṣy abhyatapat tebhyo 'bhitaptebhyas trayo vedā ajāyanta ṛgveda evāgner ajāyata yajurvedo vāyoḥ sāmaveda ādityāt tān vedān abhyatapat tebhyo 'bhitaptebhyas trīṇi śukrāṇy ajāyanta bhūr ity eva ṛgvedād ajāyata bhuva iti yajurvedāt svar iti sāmavedāt //
AB, 5, 32, 1.0 prajāpatir akāmayata prajāyeya bhūyān syām iti sa tapo 'tapyata sa tapas taptvemāṃllokān asṛjata pṛthivīm antarikṣaṃ divaṃ tāṃllokān abhyatapat tebhyo 'bhitaptebhyas trīṇi jyotīṃṣy ajāyantāgnir eva
pṛthivyā ajāyata vāyur antarikṣād ādityo divas tāni jyotīṃṣy abhyatapat tebhyo 'bhitaptebhyas trayo vedā ajāyanta ṛgveda evāgner ajāyata yajurvedo vāyoḥ sāmaveda ādityāt tān vedān abhyatapat tebhyo 'bhitaptebhyas trīṇi śukrāṇy ajāyanta bhūr ity eva ṛgvedād ajāyata bhuva iti yajurvedāt svar iti sāmavedāt //
AB, 6, 35, 1.0 te hādityān aṅgiraso 'yājayaṃs tebhyo yājayadbhya imām
pṛthivīm pūrṇāṃ dakṣiṇānām adadus tān iyam pratigṛhītātapat tāṃ nyavṛñjan sā siṃhī bhūtvā vijṛmbhantī janān acarat tasyāḥ śocatyā ime pradarāḥ prādīryanta ye 'syā ime pradarāḥ sameva haiva tataḥ purā //
AB, 7, 3, 4.0 tad āhur yasyāgnihotry upāvasṛṣṭā duhyamānā syandeta kā tatra prāyaścittir iti sā yat tatra skandayet tad abhimṛśya japed yad adya dugdham
pṛthivīm asṛpta yad oṣadhīr atyasṛpad yad āpaḥ payo gṛheṣu payo aghnyāyām payo vatseṣu payo astu tan mayīti tatra yat pariśiṣṭaṃ syāt tena juhuyād yady alaṃ homāya syād yady u vai sarvaṃ siktaṃ syād athānyām āhūya tāṃ dugdhvā tena juhuyād ā tv eva śraddhāyai hotavyaṃ sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 5, 3.0 divaṃ tṛtīyaṃ devān yajño 'gāt tato mā draviṇam āṣṭāntarikṣaṃ tṛtīyam pitṝn yajño 'gāt tato mā draviṇam āṣṭa
pṛthivīṃ tṛtīyam manuṣyān yajño 'gāt tato mā draviṇam āṣṭa //
AB, 7, 9, 1.0 tad āhur ya āhitāgnir āgrayaṇenāniṣṭvā navānnam prāśnīyāt kā tatra prāyaścittir iti so 'gnaye vaiśvānarāya dvādaśakapālam puroᄆāśaṃ nirvapet tasya yājyānuvākye vaiśvānaro ajījanat pṛṣṭo divi pṛṣṭo agniḥ
pṛthivyām ity āhutiṃ vāhavanīye juhuyād agnaye vaiśvānarāya svāheti sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 13, 5.0 yāvantaḥ
pṛthivyām bhogā yāvanto jātavedasi yāvanto apsu prāṇinām bhūyān putre pitus tataḥ //
AB, 8, 1, 5.0 atho brahma vai rathaṃtaraṃ kṣatraṃ bṛhad brahma khalu vai kṣatrāt pūrvam brahmapurastān ma ugraṃ rāṣṭram avyathyam asad ity athānnaṃ vai rathaṃtaram annam evāsmai tat purastāt kalpayaty atheyaṃ vai
pṛthivī rathaṃtaram iyaṃ khalu vai pratiṣṭhā pratiṣṭhām evāsmai tat purastāt kalpayati //
AB, 8, 15, 1.0 sa ya icched evaṃvit kṣatriyam ayaṃ sarvā jitīr jayetāyaṃ sarvāṃllokān vindetāyaṃ sarveṣāṃ rājñāṃ śraiṣṭhyam atiṣṭhām paramatāṃ gaccheta sāmrājyam bhaujyaṃ svārājyaṃ vairājyam pārameṣṭhyaṃ rājyam māhārājyam ādhipatyam ayaṃ samantaparyāyī syāt sārvabhaumaḥ sārvāyuṣa āntād ā parārdhāt
pṛthivyai samudraparyantāyā ekarāᄆ iti taṃ etenaindreṇa mahābhiṣekeṇa kṣatriyaṃ śāpayitvā 'bhiṣiñcet //
AB, 8, 15, 3.0 sa ya icched evaṃvit kṣatriyo 'haṃ sarvā jitīr jayeyam ahaṃ sarvāṃllokān vindeyam ahaṃ sarveṣāṃ rājñāṃ śraiṣṭhyam atiṣṭhām paramatāṃ gaccheyaṃ sāmrājyam bhaujyaṃ svārājyam vairājyam pārameṣṭhyaṃ rājyam māhārājyam ādhipatyam ahaṃ samantaparyāyī syāṃ sārvabhaumaḥ sārvāyuṣa āntād ā parārdhāt
pṛthivyai samudraparyantāyā ekarāᄆ iti sa na vicikitset sa brūyāt saha śraddhayā yāṃ ca rātrīm ajāye 'haṃ yāṃ ca pretāsmi tad ubhayam antareṇeṣṭāpūrtam me lokaṃ sukṛtam āyuḥ prajāṃ vṛñjīthā yadi te druhyeyam iti //
AB, 8, 21, 1.0 etena ha vā aindrena mahābhiṣekeṇa turaḥ kāvaṣeyo janamejayam pārikṣitam abhiṣiṣeca tasmād u janamejayaḥ pārikṣitaḥ samantaṃ sarvataḥ
pṛthivīṃ jayan parīyāyāśvena ca medhyeneje //
AB, 8, 21, 4.0 etena ha vā aindreṇa mahābhiṣekeṇa cyavano bhārgavaḥ śāryātam mānavam abhiṣiṣeca tasmād u śāryāto mānavaḥ samantaṃ sarvataḥ
pṛthivīṃ jayan parīyāyāśvena ca medhyeneje devānāṃ hāpi satre gṛhapatir āsa //
AB, 8, 21, 5.0 etena ha vā aindreṇa mahābhiṣekeṇa somaśuṣmā vājaratnāyanaḥ śatānīkaṃ sātrājitam abhiṣiṣeca tasmād u śatānīkaḥ sātrājitaḥ samantaṃ sarvataḥ
pṛthivīṃ jayan parīyāyāśvena ca medhyeneje //
AB, 8, 21, 6.0 etena ha vā aindreṇa mahābhiṣekeṇa parvatanāradāv āmbāṣṭhyam abhiṣiṣicatus tasmād v āmbāṣṭhyaḥ samantaṃ sarvataḥ
pṛthivīṃ jayan parīyāyāśvena ca medhyeneje //
AB, 8, 21, 7.0 etena ha vā aindreṇa mahābhiṣekeṇa parvatanāradau yudhāṃśrauṣṭim augrasainyam abhiṣiṣicatus tasmād u yudhāṃśrauṣṭir augrasainyaḥ samantaṃ sarvataḥ
pṛthivīṃ jayan parīyāyāśvena ca medhyeneje //
AB, 8, 21, 8.0 etena ha vā aindreṇa mahābhiṣekeṇa kaśyapo viśvakarmāṇam bhauvanam abhiṣiṣeca tasmād u viśvakarmā bhauvanaḥ samantaṃ sarvataḥ
pṛthivīṃ jayan parīyāyāśvena ca medhyeneje //
AB, 8, 21, 11.0 etena ha vā aindreṇa mahābhiṣekeṇa vasiṣṭhaḥ sudāsam paijavanam abhiṣiṣeca tasmād u sudāḥ paijavanaḥ samantaṃ sarvataḥ
pṛthivīṃ jayan parīyāyāśvena ca medhyeneje //
AB, 8, 21, 12.0 etena ha vā aindreṇa mahābhiṣekeṇa saṃvarta āṅgiraso maruttam avikṣitam abhiṣiṣeca tasmād u marutta āvikṣitaḥ samantaṃ sarvataḥ
pṛthivīṃ jayan parīyāyāśvena ca medhyeneje //
AB, 8, 22, 1.0 etena ha vā aindreṇa mahābhiṣekeṇodamaya ātreyo 'ṅgam abhiṣiṣeca tasmādvaṅgaḥ samantaṃ sarvataḥ
pṛthivīṃ jayan parīyāyāśvena ca medhyeneje //
AB, 8, 23, 1.0 etena ha vā aindreṇa mahābhiṣekeṇa dīrghatamā māmateyo bharataṃ dauḥṣantim abhiṣiṣeca tasmād u bharato dauḥṣantiḥ samantaṃ sarvataḥ
pṛthivīṃ jayan parīyāyāśvair u ca medhyair īje //
AB, 8, 23, 8.0 etaṃ ha vā aindram mahābhiṣekam bṛhaduktha ṛṣir durmukhāya pāñcālāya provāca tasmād u durmukhaḥ pāñcālo rājā san vidyayā samantaṃ sarvataḥ
pṛthivīṃ jayan parīyāya //
AB, 8, 23, 9.0 etaṃ ha vā aindram mahābhiṣekaṃ vāsiṣṭhaḥ sātyahavyo 'tyarātaye jānaṃtapaye provāca tasmād v atyarātir jānaṃtapir arājā san vidyayā samantaṃ sarvataḥ
pṛthivīṃ jayan parīyāya //
AB, 8, 23, 10.0 sa hovāca vāsiṣṭhaḥ sātyahavyo 'jaiṣīr vai samantaṃ sarvataḥ
pṛthivīm mahan mā gamayeti sa hovācātyarātir jānaṃtapir yadā brāhmaṇottarakurūñ jayeyam atha tvam u haiva pṛthivyai rājā syāḥ senāpatir eva te 'haṃ syām iti sa hovāca vāsiṣṭhaḥ sātyahavyo devakṣetraṃ vai tan na vai tan martyo jetum arhaty adrukṣo vai ma āta idaṃ dada iti tato hātyarātiṃ jānaṃtapim āttavīryaṃ niḥśukram amitratapanaḥ śuṣmiṇaḥ śaibyo rājā jaghāna //
AB, 8, 23, 10.0 sa hovāca vāsiṣṭhaḥ sātyahavyo 'jaiṣīr vai samantaṃ sarvataḥ pṛthivīm mahan mā gamayeti sa hovācātyarātir jānaṃtapir yadā brāhmaṇottarakurūñ jayeyam atha tvam u haiva
pṛthivyai rājā syāḥ senāpatir eva te 'haṃ syām iti sa hovāca vāsiṣṭhaḥ sātyahavyo devakṣetraṃ vai tan na vai tan martyo jetum arhaty adrukṣo vai ma āta idaṃ dada iti tato hātyarātiṃ jānaṃtapim āttavīryaṃ niḥśukram amitratapanaḥ śuṣmiṇaḥ śaibyo rājā jaghāna //
AB, 8, 27, 1.0 yo ha vai trīn purohitāṃs trīn purodhātṝn veda sa brāhmaṇaḥ purohitaḥ sa vadeta purodhāyā agnir vāva purohitaḥ
pṛthivī purodhātā vāyur vāva purohito 'ntarikṣam purodhātādityo vāva purohito dyauḥ purodhātaiṣa ha vai purohito ya evaṃ vedātha sa tirohito ya evaṃ na veda //
AB, 8, 27, 4.0 bhūr bhuvaḥ svar om amo 'ham asmi sa tvaṃ sa tvaṃ asy amo 'haṃ dyaur aham
pṛthivī tvaṃ sāmāham ṛk tvaṃ tāv eha saṃvahāvahai purāṇyasmāt mahābhayāt tanūr asi tanvam me pāhi //
Aitareyopaniṣad
AU, 3, 3, 1.5 imāni ca pañca mahābhūtāni
pṛthivī vāyur ākāśa āpo jyotīṃṣīty etānīmāni kṣudramiśrāṇīva bījānītarāṇi cetarāṇi cāṇḍajāni ca jārujāni ca svedajāni codbhijjāni cāśvā gāvaḥ puruṣā hastino yat kiñcedam prāṇi jaṅgamaṃ ca patatri ca yac ca sthāvaram /
Atharvaprāyaścittāni
AVPr, 1, 2, 5.0 amṛtāhutim amṛtāyāṃ juhomy agniṃ
pṛthivyā adityā upasthe //
AVPr, 1, 2, 19.0 nityāḥ purastāddhomāḥ saṃsthitahomeṣu mitraḥ
pṛthivyā adhyakṣa iti madhyata opya saṃsrāvabhāgaiḥ saṃsthāpayet //
AVPr, 1, 2, 25.0 saṃsthitahomeṣu mitraḥ
pṛthivyā adhyakṣa iti madhyata opya saṃsrāvabhāgaiḥ saṃsthāpayet //
AVPr, 1, 3, 7.0 atha yatraivāvaskannaṃ bhavati taṃ deśam abhivimṛjya vimṛgvarīṃ
pṛthivīm āvadāmīti prāṅmukhopaviśyāgnir bhūmyām iti tisṛbhir ālabhyābhimantrayeta //
AVPr, 2, 5, 2.0 divaṃ
pṛthivīm ity abhimantryāthāhavanīya ājyāhutīr juhuyād vāta ā vātu bheṣajam iti sūktena //
AVPr, 3, 10, 14.1 sūryaṃ te cakṣur gacchatu vāto ātmānaṃ prāṇo dyāṃ pṛṣṭham antarikṣam ātmāṅgair yajñaṃ
pṛthivīṃ śarīraiḥ vācaspate 'chidrayā vācāchidrayā juhvā devāvṛdhaṃ divi hotrām airayat svāheti ṣaḍḍhotāraṃ hutvā prajāpatiḥ sarvam evedam utsṛjet /
AVPr, 4, 1, 36.0 mahī dyauḥ
pṛthivī ca na imaṃ yajñaṃ mimikṣatāṃ pipṛtāṃ no bharīmabhiḥ svāhā iti //
AVPr, 4, 4, 6.0 yadi hy ayaṃ divā prajāsu hi manyeta sajūr jātavedo divā
pṛthivyā haviṣo vīhi svāheti sajūruho vā syāt sajūr agnaye divā pṛthivyā haviṣo vīhi svāheti dvādaśarātram agnihotraṃ juhuyāt //
AVPr, 4, 4, 6.0 yadi hy ayaṃ divā prajāsu hi manyeta sajūr jātavedo divā pṛthivyā haviṣo vīhi svāheti sajūruho vā syāt sajūr agnaye divā
pṛthivyā haviṣo vīhi svāheti dvādaśarātram agnihotraṃ juhuyāt //
AVPr, 5, 5, 7.0 skannā dyauḥ skannā
pṛthivī skannaṃ viśvam idaṃ jagat skannādo viśve devāḥ prā skannāt prāyatāṃ havir ity abhimantryeha gāvaḥ prajāyadhvam ity anyasya pṛṣadājyasya juhuyāt paśugavā cet sruvair hutvāsrāvaṃ yāty avadānam akarmety anyasyāṃ dṛḍhatarāyāṃ śrapayeyuḥ //
AVPr, 6, 1, 8.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ
pṛthivī uta dyaur ity āgnīdhrīye juhuyāt //
AVPr, 6, 2, 7.1 vasatīvarīś cet skandeyuḥ
pṛthivī vibhūvarīti cālyakaṃ cety āvṛtte /
AVPr, 6, 3, 1.1 abhivṛṣṭe some dyauś ca tvā
pṛthivī ca śṛṇītām antarikṣaṃ ca /
Atharvaveda (Paippalāda)
AVP, 1, 4, 1.2 tenā te tanve śaṃ karaṃ
pṛthivyāṃ te niṣecanaṃ bahiṣ ṭe astu bāl iti //
AVP, 1, 4, 4.2 tenā te tanve śaṃ karaṃ
pṛthivyāṃ te niṣecanaṃ bahiṣ ṭe astu bāl iti //
AVP, 1, 12, 3.1 dyauṣ ṭe pitā
pṛthivī mātā jarāṃ mṛtyuṃ kṛṇutāṃ dīrgham āyuḥ /
AVP, 1, 14, 3.1 ye devā divi ṣṭha ye
pṛthivyāṃ ye antarikṣa oṣadhīṣv apsu /
AVP, 1, 18, 1.1 ā yātu mitra ṛtubhiḥ kalpamānaḥ saṃveśayan
pṛthivīm usriyābhiḥ /
AVP, 1, 27, 2.1 abhayaṃ
dyāvāpṛthivī ihāstu no agnināmitrān praty oṣata pratīcaḥ /
AVP, 1, 65, 1.1 ghṛtāhutā
pṛthivī mā na eno asmān prajāṃ vocata kilbiṣāṇi /
AVP, 1, 73, 1.1 divas
pṛthivyāḥ pary antarikṣād vanaspatibhyo adhy oṣadhībhyaḥ /
AVP, 1, 78, 3.1 adhi bravītu
pṛthivī uta dyaur adhi bruvantu marutaḥ pṛśnimātaraḥ /
AVP, 1, 91, 4.2 teṣām īśāne vaśinī no adya pra dattāṃ
dyāvāpṛthivī ahṛṇīyamāne //
AVP, 1, 96, 4.1 duhāṃ me dyauḥ
pṛthivī payo 'jagaro mā sodako 'bhi vi sarpatu /
AVP, 1, 110, 2.2 varco jagrāha
pṛthivy antarikṣaṃ varcaḥ somo bṛhaspatir vidhartā //
AVP, 1, 110, 3.1 varcaso
dyāvāpṛthivī saṃgrahaṇī babhūvatur varco gṛhītvā pṛthivīm anu saṃ carema /
AVP, 1, 110, 3.1 varcaso dyāvāpṛthivī saṃgrahaṇī babhūvatur varco gṛhītvā
pṛthivīm anu saṃ carema /
AVP, 1, 110, 3.2 yaśasā gāvo gopatim upa tiṣṭhanty āyatīr yaśo gṛhītvā
pṛthivīm anu saṃ carema //
AVP, 4, 1, 1.2 sa dādhāra
pṛthivīṃ dyām utāmuṃ tasmai devāya haviṣā vidhema //
AVP, 4, 1, 4.1 yena dyaur ugrā
pṛthivī ca dṛḍhā yena sva stabhitaṃ yena nākaḥ /
AVP, 4, 1, 5.1 ya ime
dyāvāpṛthivī tastabhāne adhārayad avasā rejamāne /
AVP, 4, 3, 6.1 anu tvā mitrāvaruṇehāvatām anu
dyāvāpṛthivī oṣadhībhiḥ /
AVP, 4, 3, 7.1 dyauś ca tvā
pṛthivī ca pracetasau śukro bṛhan dakṣiṇā tvā pipartu /
AVP, 4, 11, 6.1 dyāvāpṛthivī hṛdayaṃ sasūvatur yenedaṃ tvaṣṭā vikṛṇoti dhīraḥ /
AVP, 4, 18, 7.1 satyo agniḥ satyā āpaḥ satyeme
dyāvāpṛthivī viśvaśaṃbhuvau /
AVP, 4, 28, 7.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ
pṛthivī uta dyauḥ //
AVP, 4, 35, 4.1 apaḥ samudrād divam ud vahanti divas
pṛthivīm abhi ye sṛjanti /
AVP, 4, 36, 1.1 manve vāṃ
dyāvāpṛthivī subhojasau ye aprathethām amitā yojanāni /
AVP, 4, 36, 7.2 staumi
dyāvāpṛthivī nāthito johavīmi te no muñcatam aṃhasaḥ //
AVP, 5, 2, 6.1 sa hi divaḥ sa
pṛthivyā ṛteṣṭhā mahi kṣāman rajasī vi ṣkabhāyati /
AVP, 5, 5, 1.0 pṛthivī vaśā sāgniṃ garbhaṃ dadhe semaṃ pāhi tasyai te vidheyaṃ tasyai te namas tasmai te svāhā //
AVP, 5, 13, 3.1 ye samudram airayan ye ca sindhuṃ ye 'ntarikṣaṃ
pṛthivīm uta dyām /
AVP, 5, 13, 7.2 saṃ
pṛthivyā sam agninā saṃ sūryasya raśmibhiḥ saṃ devānām apasyayā //
AVP, 5, 15, 7.1 ni te padāṃ
pṛthivī yantu sindhava ud oṣadhayo jihatāṃ preratām irāḥ /
AVP, 5, 16, 1.1 dyauś cemaṃ yajñaṃ
pṛthivī ca saṃ duhātāṃ mātariśvā pavamānaḥ purastāt /
AVP, 5, 21, 1.1 dyauś ca naḥ pitā
pṛthivī ca mātāgniś ca nṛcakṣā jātavedāḥ /
AVP, 5, 21, 2.1 takman yaṃ te kṣetrabhāgam apābhajaṃ
pṛthivyāḥ pūrve ardhe /
AVP, 5, 27, 3.1 yāvatī
dyāvāpṛthivī varimṇā yāvad vā sapta sindhavo mahitvā /
AVP, 10, 7, 3.1 tisro divas tisraḥ
pṛthivīs trīṇy antarikṣāṇi caturaḥ samudrān /
AVP, 10, 8, 3.1 ye devāḥ
pṛthivyām ekādaśa stha te devāso havir idaṃ juṣadhvam //
AVP, 10, 9, 5.2 dyāvāpṛthivī payasā payasvatī ṛtāvarī yajñiye mā punītām //
AVP, 10, 13, 1.0 dyāvāpṛthivī saṃ nahyethāṃ mama rāṣṭrāya jayantī amitrebhyo hetim asyantī //
AVP, 12, 14, 2.1 yaḥ
pṛthivīṃ vyathamānām adṛṃhad yaḥ parvatān prakupitāṁ aramṇāt /
AVP, 12, 15, 4.1 dyāvā cid asmai
pṛthivī namete śuṣmāc cid asya parvatā bhayante /
Atharvaveda (Śaunaka)
AVŚ, 1, 3, 1.2 tenā te tanve śaṃ karaṃ
pṛthivyāṃ te niṣecanaṃ bahiṣ ṭe astu bāl iti //
AVŚ, 1, 3, 2.2 tenā te tanve śaṃ karaṃ
pṛthivyāṃ te niṣecanaṃ bahiṣ ṭe astu bāl iti //
AVŚ, 1, 3, 3.2 tenā te tanve śaṃ karaṃ
pṛthivyāṃ te niṣecanaṃ bahiṣ ṭe astu bāl iti //
AVŚ, 1, 3, 4.2 tenā te tanve śaṃ karaṃ
pṛthivyāṃ te niṣecanaṃ bahiṣ ṭe astu bāl iti //
AVŚ, 1, 3, 5.2 tenā te tanve śaṃ karaṃ
pṛthivyāṃ te niṣecanaṃ bahiṣ ṭe astu bāl iti //
AVŚ, 1, 30, 3.1 ye devā divi ṣṭha ye
pṛthivyāṃ ye antarikṣa oṣadhīṣu paśuṣv apsv antaḥ /
AVŚ, 3, 8, 1.1 ā yātu mitra ṛtubhiḥ kalpamānaḥ saṃveśayan
pṛthivīm usriyābhiḥ /
AVŚ, 3, 23, 6.1 yāsām dyauḥ pitā
pṛthivī mātā samudro mūlaṃ vīrudhāṃ babhūva /
AVŚ, 4, 1, 4.1 sa hi vidaḥ sa
pṛthivyā ṛtasthā mahī kṣemaṃ rodasī askabhāyat /
AVŚ, 4, 2, 4.1 yasya dyaur urvī
pṛthivī ca mahī yasyāda urv antarikṣam /
AVŚ, 4, 2, 7.2 sa dādhāra
pṛthivīm uta dyāṃ kasmai devāya haviṣā vidhema //
AVŚ, 4, 8, 5.1 yā āpo divyāḥ payasā madanty antarikṣa uta vā
pṛthivyām /
AVŚ, 4, 11, 1.1 anaḍvān dādhāra
pṛthivīm uta dyām anaḍvān dādhārorv antarikṣam /
AVŚ, 4, 14, 3.1 pṛṣṭhāt
pṛthivyā aham antarikṣam āruham antarikṣād divam āruham /
AVŚ, 4, 15, 1.2 maharṣabhasya nadato nabhasvato vāśrā āpaḥ
pṛthivīṃ tarpayantu //
AVŚ, 4, 15, 5.2 maharṣabhasya nadato nabhasvato vāśrā āpaḥ
pṛthivīṃ tarpayantu //
AVŚ, 4, 27, 4.1 apaḥ samudrād divam ud vahanti divas
pṛthivīm abhi ye sṛjanti /
AVŚ, 4, 35, 3.1 yo dādhāra
pṛthivīṃ viśvabhojasaṃ yo antarikṣam āpṛṇād rasena /
AVŚ, 4, 39, 1.2 yathā
pṛthivyām agnaye samanamann evā mahyaṃ saṃnamaḥ saṃ namantu //
AVŚ, 5, 2, 7.2 ā darśati śavasā bhūryojāḥ pra sakṣati pratimānaṃ
pṛthivyāḥ //
AVŚ, 5, 9, 7.1 sūryo me cakṣur vātaḥ prāṇo 'ntarikṣam ātmā
pṛthivī śarīram /
AVŚ, 5, 12, 4.1 prācīnaṃ barhiḥ pradiśā
pṛthivyā vastor asyā vṛjyate agre ahnām /
AVŚ, 6, 10, 1.1 pṛthivyai śrotrāya vanaspatibhyo 'gnaye 'dhipataye svāhā //
AVŚ, 6, 22, 1.2 ta āvavṛtrant sadanād ṛtasyād id ghṛtena
pṛthivīṃ vy ūduḥ //
AVŚ, 6, 53, 1.1 dyauś ca ma idaṃ
pṛthivī ca pracetasau śukro bṛhan dakṣiṇayā pipartu /
AVŚ, 6, 61, 2.1 ahaṃ viveca
pṛthivīm uta dyām aham ṛtūṃr ajanayaṃ sapta sākam /
AVŚ, 6, 61, 3.1 ahaṃ jajāna
pṛthivīm uta dyām aham ṛtūṃr ajanayaṃ sapta sindhūn /
AVŚ, 6, 80, 3.1 apsu te janma divi te sadhasthaṃ samudre antar mahimā te
pṛthivyām /
AVŚ, 6, 120, 1.1 yad antarikṣaṃ
pṛthivīm uta dyām yan mātaraṃ pitaraṃ vā jihiṃsima /
AVŚ, 6, 125, 2.1 divas
pṛthivyāḥ pary oja udbhṛtaṃ vanaspatibhyaḥ pary ābhṛtaṃ sahaḥ /
AVŚ, 6, 126, 1.1 upa śvāsaya
pṛthivīm uta dyāṃ purutrā te vanvatāṃ viṣṭhitam jagat /
AVŚ, 7, 6, 3.1 sutrāmāṇaṃ
pṛthivīṃ dyām anehasaṃ suśarmāṇam aditiṃ supraṇītim /
AVŚ, 7, 8, 1.2 athemam asyā vara ā
pṛthivyā āreśatruṃ kṛṇuhi sarvavīram //
AVŚ, 7, 9, 1.1 prapathe pathām ajaniṣṭa pūṣā prapathe divaḥ prapathe
pṛthivyāḥ /
AVŚ, 7, 18, 2.1 na ghraṃs tatāpa na himo jaghāna pra nabhatāṃ
pṛthivī jīradānuḥ /
AVŚ, 7, 62, 1.2 nābhā
pṛthivyāṃ nihito davidyutad adhaspadaṃ kṛṇutāṃ ye pṛtanyavaḥ //
AVŚ, 7, 97, 8.2 svāhā divi svāhā
pṛthivyāṃ svāhāntarikṣe svāhā vāte dhāṃ svāhā //
AVŚ, 8, 2, 15.1 śivās te santv oṣadhaya ut tvāhārṣam adharasyā uttarāṃ
pṛthivīm abhi /
AVŚ, 8, 4, 4.1 indrāsomā vartayataṃ divo vadhaṃ saṃ
pṛthivyā aghaśaṃsāya tarhaṇam /
AVŚ, 8, 4, 11.1 paraḥ so astu tanvā tanā ca tisraḥ
pṛthivīr adho astu viśvāḥ /
AVŚ, 8, 4, 23.2 pṛthivī naḥ pārthivāt pātv aṃhaso 'ntarikṣaṃ divyāt pātv asmān //
AVŚ, 8, 7, 2.2 yāsām dyauḥ pitā
pṛthivī mātā samudro mūlaṃ vīrudhāṃ babhūva //
AVŚ, 8, 9, 1.1 kutas tau jātau katamaḥ so ardhaḥ kasmāllokāt katamasyāḥ
pṛthivyāḥ /
AVŚ, 9, 1, 1.1 divas
pṛthivyā antarikṣāt samudrād agner vātān madhukaśā hi jajñe /
AVŚ, 9, 1, 3.1 paśyanty asyāś caritaṃ
pṛthivyāṃ pṛthaṅ naro bahudhā mīmāṃsamānāḥ /
AVŚ, 9, 1, 21.1 pṛthivī daṇḍo 'ntarikṣaṃ garbho dyauḥ kaśā vidyut prakaśo hiraṇyayo binduḥ //
AVŚ, 9, 2, 14.2 uta
pṛthivyām ava syanti vidyuta ugro vo devaḥ pra mṛṇat sapatnān //
AVŚ, 9, 3, 15.1 antarā dyāṃ ca
pṛthivīṃ ca yad vyacas tena śālāṃ prati gṛhṇāmi ta imām /
AVŚ, 9, 4, 2.1 apāṃ yo agne pratimā babhūva prabhūḥ sarvasmai
pṛthivīva devī /
AVŚ, 9, 5, 15.2 stabhān
pṛthivīm uta dyāṃ nākasya pṛṣṭhe 'dhi saptaraśmau //
AVŚ, 9, 6, 55.1 sa upahūtaḥ
pṛthivyāṃ bhakṣayaty upahūtas tasmin yat pṛthivyāṃ viśvarūpam //
AVŚ, 9, 6, 55.1 sa upahūtaḥ pṛthivyāṃ bhakṣayaty upahūtas tasmin yat
pṛthivyāṃ viśvarūpam //
AVŚ, 9, 7, 2.0 somo rājā mastiṣko dyaur uttarahanuḥ
pṛthivy adharahanuḥ //
AVŚ, 9, 10, 12.1 dyaur naḥ pitā janitā nābhir atra bandhur no mātā
pṛthivī mahīyam /
AVŚ, 9, 10, 13.1 pṛchāmi tvā param antaṃ
pṛthivyāḥ pṛchāmi vṛṣṇo aśvasya retaḥ /
AVŚ, 10, 5, 25.2 pṛthivīm anu vi krame 'haṃ pṛthivyās taṃ nir bhajāmo yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ /
AVŚ, 10, 5, 25.2 pṛthivīm anu vi krame 'haṃ
pṛthivyās taṃ nir bhajāmo yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ /
AVŚ, 10, 8, 11.2 tad dādhāra
pṛthivīṃ viśvarūpaṃ tat sambhūya bhavaty ekam eva //
AVŚ, 11, 2, 10.1 tava catasraḥ pradiśas tava dyaus tava
pṛthivī tavedam ugrorv antarikṣam /
AVŚ, 11, 3, 11.1 iyam eva
pṛthivī kumbhī bhavati rādhyamānasyaudanasya dyaur apidhānam //
AVŚ, 11, 5, 4.1 iyaṃ samit
pṛthivī dyaur dvitīyotāntarikṣaṃ samidhā pṛṇāti /
AVŚ, 11, 5, 8.1 ācāryas tatakṣa nabhasī ubhe ime urvī gambhīre
pṛthivīṃ divaṃ ca /
AVŚ, 11, 5, 9.1 imāṃ bhūmiṃ
pṛthivīṃ brahmacārī bhikṣām ā jabhāra prathamo divaṃ ca /
AVŚ, 11, 5, 12.2 brahmacārī siñcati sānau retaḥ
pṛthivyāṃ tena jīvanti pradiśaś catasraḥ //
AVŚ, 12, 1, 1.1 satyaṃ bṛhad ṛtam ugraṃ dīkṣā tapo brahma yajñaḥ
pṛthivīṃ dhārayanti /
AVŚ, 12, 1, 1.2 sā no bhūtasya bhavyasya patny uruṃ lokaṃ
pṛthivī naḥ kṛṇotu //
AVŚ, 12, 1, 2.2 nānāvīryā oṣadhīr yā bibharti
pṛthivī naḥ prathatāṃ rādhyatāṃ naḥ //
AVŚ, 12, 1, 4.1 yasyāś catasraḥ pradiśaḥ
pṛthivyā yasyām annam kṛṣṭayaḥ saṃbabhūvuḥ /
AVŚ, 12, 1, 5.2 gavām aśvānāṃ vayasaś ca viṣṭhā bhagaṃ varcaḥ
pṛthivī no dadhātu //
AVŚ, 12, 1, 7.1 yāṃ rakṣanty asvapnā viśvadānīṃ devā bhūmiṃ
pṛthivīm apramādam /
AVŚ, 12, 1, 8.2 yasyā hṛdayaṃ parame vyomant satyenāvṛtam amṛtaṃ
pṛthivyāḥ /
AVŚ, 12, 1, 11.2 babhruṃ kṛṣṇāṃ rohiṇīṃ viśvarūpāṃ dhruvāṃ bhūmiṃ
pṛthivīm indraguptām /
AVŚ, 12, 1, 12.1 yat te madhyaṃ
pṛthivi yac ca nabhyaṃ yās ta ūrjas tanvaḥ saṃbabhūvuḥ /
AVŚ, 12, 1, 12.2 tāsu no dhehy abhi naḥ pavasva mātā bhūmiḥ putro ahaṃ
pṛthivyāḥ parjanyaḥ pitā sa u naḥ pipartu //
AVŚ, 12, 1, 13.2 yasyāṃ mīyante svaravaḥ
pṛthivyām ūrdhvāḥ śukrā āhutyāḥ purastāt /
AVŚ, 12, 1, 14.1 yo no dveṣat
pṛthivi yaḥ pṛtanyād yo 'bhidāsān manasā yo vadhena /
AVŚ, 12, 1, 15.2 taveme
pṛthivi pañca mānavā yebhyo jyotir amṛtaṃ martyebhya udyant sūryo raśmibhir ātanoti //
AVŚ, 12, 1, 16.1 tā naḥ prajāḥ saṃ duhratāṃ samagrā vāco madhu
pṛthivi dhehi mahyam //
AVŚ, 12, 1, 17.1 viśvasvaṃ mātaram oṣadhīnāṃ dhruvāṃ bhūmiṃ
pṛthivīṃ dharmaṇā dhṛtām /
AVŚ, 12, 1, 22.3 sā no bhūmiḥ prāṇam āyur dadhātu jaradaṣṭiṃ mā
pṛthivī kṛṇotu //
AVŚ, 12, 1, 23.1 yas te gandhaḥ
pṛthivi saṃbabhūva yaṃ bibhraty oṣadhayo yam āpaḥ /
AVŚ, 12, 1, 24.2 amartyāḥ
pṛthivi gandham agre tena mā surabhiṃ kṛṇu mā no dvikṣata kaścana //
AVŚ, 12, 1, 29.1 vimṛgvarīṃ
pṛthivīm āvadāmi kṣamāṃ bhūmiṃ brahmaṇā vāvṛdhānām /
AVŚ, 12, 1, 37.2 parā dasyūn dadatī devapīyūn indraṃ vṛṇānā
pṛthivī na vṛtram śakrāya dadhre vṛṣabhāya vṛṣṇe //
AVŚ, 12, 1, 41.3 sā no bhūmiḥ praṇudatāṃ sapatnān asapatnaṃ mā
pṛthivī kṛṇotu //
AVŚ, 12, 1, 44.1 nidhiṃ bibhratī bahudhā guhā vasu maṇiṃ hiraṇyaṃ
pṛthivī dadātu me /
AVŚ, 12, 1, 45.1 janaṃ bibhratī bahudhā vivācasaṃ nānādharmāṇaṃ
pṛthivī yathaukasam /
AVŚ, 12, 1, 46.2 krimir jinvat
pṛthivi yadyad ejati prāvṛṣi tan naḥ sarpan mopasṛpad yac chivaṃ tena no mṛḍa //
AVŚ, 12, 1, 49.2 ulaṃ vṛkaṃ
pṛthivi ducchunām ita ṛkṣīkāṃ rakṣo apabādhayāsmat //
AVŚ, 12, 1, 52.2 varṣeṇa bhūmiḥ
pṛthivī vṛtāvṛtā sā no dadhātu bhadrayā priye dhāmani dhāmani //
AVŚ, 12, 1, 57.1 aśva iva rajo dudhuve vi tān janān ya ākṣiyan
pṛthivīṃ yād ajāyata /
AVŚ, 12, 3, 20.1 trayo lokāḥ saṃmitā brāhmaṇena dyaur evāsau
pṛthivy antarikṣam /
AVŚ, 12, 3, 23.1 janitrīva pratiharyāsi sūnuṃ saṃ tvā dadhāmi
pṛthivīṃ pṛthivyā /
AVŚ, 12, 3, 23.1 janitrīva pratiharyāsi sūnuṃ saṃ tvā dadhāmi pṛthivīṃ
pṛthivyā /
AVŚ, 12, 3, 25.1 pūtāḥ pavitraiḥ pavante abhrād divaṃ ca yanti
pṛthivīṃ ca lokān /
AVŚ, 12, 3, 26.1 āyanti divaḥ
pṛthivīṃ sacante bhūmyāḥ sacante adhy antarikṣam /
AVŚ, 12, 3, 28.1 saṃkhyātā stokāḥ
pṛthivīṃ sacante prāṇāpānaiḥ saṃmitā oṣadhībhiḥ /
AVŚ, 12, 3, 35.1 dhartā dhriyasva dharuṇe
pṛthivyā acyutaṃ tvā devatāś cyāvayantu /
AVŚ, 12, 3, 40.1 yāvanto asyāḥ
pṛthivīṃ sacante asmat putrāḥ pari ye saṃbabhūvuḥ /
AVŚ, 12, 5, 72.0 agnir enaṃ kravyāt
pṛthivyā nudatām udoṣatu vāyur antarikṣān mahato varimṇaḥ //
AVŚ, 13, 1, 25.2 yo viṣṭabhnāti
pṛthivīṃ divaṃ ca tasmād devā adhi sṛṣṭīḥ sṛjante //
AVŚ, 13, 1, 34.1 divaṃ ca roha
pṛthivīṃ ca roha rāṣṭraṃ ca roha draviṇaṃ ca roha /
AVŚ, 13, 2, 5.2 divaṃ ca sūrya
pṛthivīṃ ca devīm ahorātre vimimāno yad eṣi //
AVŚ, 13, 2, 30.1 rocase divi rocase antarikṣe pataṅga
pṛthivyāṃ rocase rocase apsv antaḥ /
AVŚ, 13, 2, 45.1 pary asya mahimā
pṛthivīṃ samudraṃ jyotiṣā vibhrājan pari dyām antarikṣam /
AVŚ, 14, 1, 47.1 syonaṃ dhruvaṃ prajāyai dhārayāmi te 'śmānaṃ devyāḥ
pṛthivyā upasthe /
AVŚ, 14, 2, 69.2 tan mā prāpat
pṛthivīṃ mota devān divaṃ mā prāpad urv antarikṣam /
AVŚ, 14, 2, 70.1 saṃ tvā nahyāmi payasā
pṛthivyāḥ saṃ tvā nahyāmi payasauṣadhīnām /
AVŚ, 14, 2, 71.1 amo 'ham asmi sā tvaṃ sāmāham asmy ṛk tvaṃ dyaur ahaṃ
pṛthivī tvam /
AVŚ, 15, 7, 1.0 sa mahimā sadrur bhūtvāntaṃ
pṛthivyā agacchat samudro 'bhavat //
AVŚ, 16, 4, 4.0 sūryo māhnaḥ pātv agniḥ
pṛthivyā vāyur antarikṣād yamo manuṣyebhyaḥ sarasvatī pārthivebhyaḥ //
AVŚ, 17, 1, 13.1 yā ta indra tanūr apsu yā
pṛthivyāṃ yāntar agnau yā te indra pavamāne svarvidi /
AVŚ, 18, 1, 5.2 nakir asya praminanti vratāni veda nāv asya
pṛthivī uta dyauḥ //
AVŚ, 18, 2, 7.1 sūryaṃ cakṣuṣā gaccha vātam ātmanā divaṃ ca gaccha
pṛthivīṃ ca dharmabhiḥ /
AVŚ, 18, 2, 49.2 ya ākṣiyanti
pṛthivīm uta dyāṃ tebhyaḥ pitṛbhyo namasā vidhema //
AVŚ, 18, 3, 25.1 indro mā marutvān prācyā diśaḥ pātu bāhucyutā
pṛthivī dyām ivopari /
AVŚ, 18, 3, 26.1 dhātā mā nirṛtyā dakṣiṇāyā diśaḥ pātu bāhucyutā
pṛthivī dyāṃ ivopari /
AVŚ, 18, 3, 27.1 aditir mādityaiḥ pratīcyā diśaḥ pātu bāhucyutā
pṛthivī dyām ivopari /
AVŚ, 18, 3, 28.1 somo mā viśvair devair udīcyā diśaḥ pātu bāhucyutā
pṛthivī dyām ivopari /
AVŚ, 18, 3, 30.1 prācyāṃ tvā diśi purā saṃvṛtaḥ svadhāyām ā dadhāmi bāhucyutā
pṛthivī dyām ivopari /
AVŚ, 18, 3, 31.1 dakṣiṇāyāṃ tvā diśi purā saṃvṛtaḥ svadhāyām ā dadhāmi bāhucyutā
pṛthivī dyām ivopari /
AVŚ, 18, 3, 32.1 pratīcyāṃ tvā diśi purā saṃvṛtaḥ svadhāyām ā dadhāmi bāhucyutā
pṛthivī dyām ivopari /
AVŚ, 18, 3, 33.1 udīcyāṃ tvā diśi purā saṃvṛtaḥ svadhāyām ā dadhāmi bāhucyutā
pṛthivī dyām ivopari /
AVŚ, 18, 3, 34.1 dhruvāyāṃ tvā diśi purā saṃvṛtaḥ svadhāyām ā dadhāmi bāhucyutā
pṛthivī dyām ivopari /
AVŚ, 18, 3, 35.1 ūrdhvāyāṃ tvā diśi purā saṃvṛtaḥ svadhāyām ā dadhāmi bāhucyutā
pṛthivī dyām ivopari /
AVŚ, 18, 3, 49.2 ūrṇamradāḥ
pṛthivī dakṣiṇāvata eṣā tvā pātu prapathe purastāt //
AVŚ, 18, 3, 50.1 ucchvañcasva
pṛthivi mā ni bādhathāḥ sūpāyanāsmai bhava sūpasarpaṇā /
AVŚ, 18, 3, 51.1 ucchvañcamānā
pṛthivī su tiṣṭhatu sahasraṃ mita upa hi śrayantām /
AVŚ, 18, 3, 52.1 ut te stabhnāmi
pṛthivīṃ tvat parīmaṃ logaṃ nidadhan mo aham riṣam /
AVŚ, 18, 4, 5.1 juhūr dādhāra dyām upabhṛd antarikṣaṃ dhruvā dādhāra
pṛthivīṃ pratiṣṭhām /
AVŚ, 18, 4, 6.1 dhruva ā roha
pṛthivīṃ viśvabhojasam antarikṣam upabhṛd ā kramasva /
AVŚ, 18, 4, 28.1 drapsaś caskanda
pṛthivīm anu dyām imaṃ ca yonim anu yaś ca pūrvaḥ /
AVŚ, 18, 4, 48.1 pṛthivīṃ tvā pṛthivyām ā veśayāmi devo no dhātā pra tirāty āyuḥ /
AVŚ, 18, 4, 48.1 pṛthivīṃ tvā
pṛthivyām ā veśayāmi devo no dhātā pra tirāty āyuḥ /
AVŚ, 19, 35, 4.1 pari mā divaḥ pari mā
pṛthivyāḥ pary antarikṣāt pari mā vīrudbhyaḥ /
Baudhāyanadharmasūtra
BaudhDhS, 2, 14, 12.1 pṛthivīsamantasya te 'gnir upadraṣṭarcas te mahimā dattasyāpramādāya pṛthivī te pātraṃ dyaur apidhānaṃ brahmaṇas tvā mukhe juhomi brāhmaṇānāṃ tvā vidyāvatāṃ prāṇāpānayor juhomy akṣitam asi mā pitṝṇāṃ kṣeṣṭhā amutrāmuṣmiṃl loka iti /
BaudhDhS, 2, 14, 12.1 pṛthivīsamantasya te 'gnir upadraṣṭarcas te mahimā dattasyāpramādāya
pṛthivī te pātraṃ dyaur apidhānaṃ brahmaṇas tvā mukhe juhomi brāhmaṇānāṃ tvā vidyāvatāṃ prāṇāpānayor juhomy akṣitam asi mā pitṝṇāṃ kṣeṣṭhā amutrāmuṣmiṃl loka iti /
BaudhDhS, 2, 14, 12.2 antarikṣasamantasya te vāyur upaśrotā yajūṃṣi te mahimā dattasyāpramādāya
pṛthivī te pātraṃ dyaur apidhānaṃ brahmaṇas tvā mukhe juhomi brāhmaṇānāṃ tvā vidyāvatāṃ prāṇāpānayor juhomy akṣitam asi mā pitāmahānāṃ kṣeṣṭhā amutrāmuṣmiṃl loka iti /
BaudhDhS, 2, 14, 12.3 dyusamantasya ta ādityo 'nukhyātā sāmāni te mahimā dattasyāpramādāya
pṛthivī te pātraṃ dyaur apidhānaṃ brahmaṇas tvā mukhe juhomi brāhmaṇānāṃ tvā vidyāvatāṃ prāṇāpānayor juhomy akṣitam asi mā prapitāmahānāṃ kṣeṣṭhā amutrāmuṣmiṃl loka iti //
BaudhDhS, 3, 8, 12.4 vāṅmanaḥ śiraḥpāṇi tvakcarmamāṃsaṃ
pṛthivyaptejo annamayaprāṇamayamanomayavijñānamayānandamayā me śudhyantāṃ jyotir ahaṃ virajā vipāpmā bhūyāsaṃ svāheti saptabhir anuvākaiḥ //
Baudhāyanagṛhyasūtra
BaudhGS, 1, 5, 18.1 caturthyāṃ niśāyāṃ hute pakvahome vrataṃ visṛjya daṇḍam utthāpayaty ūrjaḥ
pṛthivyā adhyutthito 'si vanaspate śatavalśo viroha /
BaudhGS, 1, 7, 42.1 athaināṃ pariṣvajaty amūham asmi sā tvaṃ dyaur ahaṃ
pṛthivī tvaṃ reto 'haṃ retobhṛt tvaṃ mano 'hamasmi vāk tvaṃ sāmāhamasmi ṛktvaṃ tāvehi saṃbhavāva saha reto dadhāvahai puṃse putrāya vettavai rāyaspoṣāya suprajāstvāya suvīryāya iti //
BaudhGS, 2, 8, 33.1 vāstumadhye vāstoṣpataye svāhā
pṛthivyai svāhā antarikṣāya svāhā dive svāhā sūryāya svāhā candramase svāhā nakṣatrebhyaḥ svāhā adbhyaḥ svāhā oṣadhībhyaḥ svāhā vanaspatibhyaḥ svāhā carācarebhyaḥ svāhā pariplavebhyaḥ svāhā sarīsṛpebhyaḥ svāhā deśebhyaḥ svāhā kālebhyaḥ svāhā lokebhyaḥ svāhā devebhyaḥ svāhā ṛṣibhyaḥ svāhā vasubhyaḥ svāhā rudrebhyaḥ svāhā ādityebhyaḥ svāhā indrāya svāhā bṛhaspataye svāhā prajāpataye svāhā brahmaṇe svāhā iti //
BaudhGS, 2, 11, 36.1 māṃsodanaṃ pātreṣūddhṛtya viśeṣān upanikṣipya hutaśeṣena saṃsṛjya dakṣiṇāgreṣu darbheṣu sādayitvā dakṣiṇāgraiḥ darbhaiḥ praticchādyābhimṛśati
pṛthivī te pātraṃ dyaur apidhānaṃ brahmaṇas tvā mukhe juhomi brāhmaṇānāṃ tvā vidyāvatāṃ prāṇāpānayor juhomy akṣitam asi mā pitṝṇāṃ pitāmahānāṃ prapitāmahānāṃ kṣeṣṭhā amutrāmuṣmin loke iti //
BaudhGS, 3, 4, 15.1 atha catasra audumbarīḥ samidho 'pariśuṣkāgrā ghṛtābhyaktā abhyādhāpayan vācayati
pṛthivī samid ity etaiḥ pratimantram //
BaudhGS, 4, 1, 3.1 sthaṇḍilam uddhṛtaṃ gaur aśvo vā yadi vikired anyad vā śvāpadam adhitiṣṭhet tasya padam abhyukṣya japati
pṛthivi devayajany oṣadhyās te mūlaṃ mā hiṃsiṣam iti //
Baudhāyanaśrautasūtra
BaudhŚS, 1, 3, 7.1 teṣu sāṃnāyyatapanīm adhiśrayati dyaur asi
pṛthivy asi viśvadhāyā asi parameṇa dhāmnā dṛṃhasva mā hvār iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 6, 8.0 athainat purastāt pratīcīnagrīvam uttaralomopastṛṇāti adityās tvag asi prati tvā
pṛthivī vettviti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 7, 2.0 athainat purastāt pratīcīnagrīvam uttaralomopastṛṇāti adityās tvag asi prati tvā
pṛthivī vettviti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 8, 7.0 taṃ dakṣiṇeṣāṃ kapālānāṃ madhyamenābhyupadadhāti dhruvam asi
pṛthivīṃ dṛṃhāyur dṛṃha prajāṃ dṛṃha sajātān asmai yajamānāya paryūheti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 10, 15.0 atha vedam ādatte 'yaṃ vedaḥ
pṛthivīm anvavindad guhā satīṃ gahane gahvareṣu sa vindatu yajamānāya lokam acchidraṃ yajñaṃ bhūrikarmā karotviti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 10, 16.0 vedena vediṃ triḥ saṃmārṣṭi vedena vediṃ vividuḥ
pṛthivīm sā paprathe pṛthivī pārthivāni garbhaṃ bibharti bhuvaneṣv antas tato yajño jāyate viśvadānir iti // //
BaudhŚS, 1, 10, 16.0 vedena vediṃ triḥ saṃmārṣṭi vedena vediṃ vividuḥ pṛthivīm sā paprathe
pṛthivī pārthivāni garbhaṃ bibharti bhuvaneṣv antas tato yajño jāyate viśvadānir iti // //
BaudhŚS, 1, 11, 4.0 athāntarvedy udīcīnāgraṃ barhir nidadhāti
pṛthivyai varmāsi varma yajamānāya bhaveti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 11, 5.0 tasmin sphyena praharati
pṛthivi devayajany oṣadhyās te mūlaṃ mā hiṃsiṣam iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 11, 22.0 atha karaṇaṃ japatīmāṃ narāḥ kṛṇuta vedim etya vasumatīṃ rudravatīm ādityavatīm divo nābhā
pṛthivyā yathāyaṃ yajamāno na riṣyed iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 11, 28.0 atha pratīcīṃ sphyena vediṃ yoyupyate dhā asi svadhā asi urvī cāsi vasvī cāsi purā krūrasya visṛpo virapśin udādāya
pṛthivīṃ jīradānur yām airayañcandramasi svadhābhis tāṃ dhīrāso anudṛśya yajanta iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 12, 13.0 athaitāni sruksaṃmārjanāny adbhiḥ saṃsparśya gārhapatye 'nupraharati divaḥ śilpam avatataṃ
pṛthivyāḥ kakudbhiḥ śritaṃ tena vayaṃ sahasravalśena sapatnaṃ nāśayāmasi svāheti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 13, 7.0 tad antarvedi purogranthyāsādya prokṣati dive tvety agrāṇi antarikṣāya tveti madhyāni
pṛthivyai tveti mūlāni //
BaudhŚS, 1, 13, 8.0 saha srucā purastātpratyañcaṃ granthiṃ pratyukṣyātiśiṣṭāḥ prokṣaṇīr ninayati dakṣiṇāyai śroṇer ottarāyai śroṇeḥ svadhā pitṛbhya ūrg bhava barhiṣadbhya ūrjā
pṛthivīṃ gacchatety udūhya prokṣaṇīdhānaṃ barhir visrasya purastāt prastaraṃ gṛhṇāti viṣṇo stūpo 'sīti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 14, 18.0 athainaṃ sruvam agreṇa srucaḥ paryāhṛtya dakṣiṇena juhūṃ prastare sādayati syono me sīda suṣadaḥ
pṛthivyām prathayi prajayā paśubhiḥ suvarge loke divi sīda pṛthivyām antarikṣe 'ham uttaro bhūyāsam adhare mat sapatnā iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 14, 18.0 athainaṃ sruvam agreṇa srucaḥ paryāhṛtya dakṣiṇena juhūṃ prastare sādayati syono me sīda suṣadaḥ pṛthivyām prathayi prajayā paśubhiḥ suvarge loke divi sīda
pṛthivyām antarikṣe 'ham uttaro bhūyāsam adhare mat sapatnā iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 21, 4.0 atha prāṅ etya dhruvām āpyāyayaty āpyāyatāṃ dhruvā ghṛtena yajñaṃ yajñaṃ prati devayadbhyaḥ sūryāyā ūdho 'dityā upasthe urudhārā
pṛthivī yajñe asmin iti //
BaudhŚS, 2, 6, 6.0 uddhanyamānam asyā amedhyam apa pāpmānaṃ yajamānasya hantu śivā naḥ santu pradiśaś catasraḥ śaṃ no mātā
pṛthivī tokasāteti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 1, 14.0 prāñcaṃ vodañcaṃ vā prayāntam anumantrayate divam agreṇa mā lekhīr antarikṣaṃ madhyena mā hiṃsīḥ
pṛthivyā saṃbhava iti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 2, 14.0 atha cātvāle barhir nidhāya tasmin sphyena praharati vider agnir nabho nāma agne aṅgiro yo 'syāṃ
pṛthivyām asīti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 2, 17.0 dvitīyaṃ praharati vider agnir nabho nāma agne aṅgiro yo dvitīyasyāṃ
pṛthivyām asīti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 2, 20.0 tṛtīyaṃ praharati vider agnir nabho nāma agne aṅgiro yas tṛtīyasyāṃ
pṛthivyām asīti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 4, 13.0 tam uttareṇāhavanīyaṃ tiṣṭhan parāñcaṃ prokṣati
pṛthivyai tvā antarikṣāya tvā dive tvā iti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 6, 36.0 sa yatraitad āgnīdhra ulmukaṃ nidadhāti tad agreṇa vottareṇa vā paśave nihanyamānāya barhir upāsyati
pṛthivyāḥ saṃpṛcaḥ pāhīti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 6, 55.0 sampragṛhya padaḥ prakṣālayati śuddhāś caritrāḥ śam adbhyaḥ śam oṣadhībhyaḥ śaṃ
pṛthivyā iti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 10, 12.0 ekādaśānūyājān iṣṭvodaṅṅ atyākramya juhvāṃ svarum avadhāya purastāt pratyaṅ tiṣṭhañ juhoti divaṃ te dhūmo gacchatu antarikṣam arciḥ
pṛthivīṃ bhasmanā pṛṇasva svāheti //
BaudhŚS, 18, 16, 7.0 atha vaiyāghryāv upānahāv upamuñcate dyaur asīti dakṣiṇe pāde
pṛthivy asīty uttare //
Bhāradvājagṛhyasūtra
BhārGS, 1, 20, 1.0 athaināṃ tūṣṇīṃ hiṃkṛtya vāgyata upetyāmūham asmi sā tvaṃ dyaur ahaṃ
pṛthivī tvaṃ sāmāham ṛk tvaṃ tāvehi saṃbhavāva saha reto dadhāvahai puṃse putrāya vettavai rāyaspoṣāya suprajāstvāya suvīryāyeti //
BhārGS, 2, 12, 3.1 avācīnapāṇis tasmin dakṣiṇāpavargāṃs trīn piṇḍān nidadhāty etat te tatāsau madhumad annaṃ sarasvato yāvān agniś ca
pṛthivī ca tāvaty asya mātrā tāvatīṃ ta etāṃ mātrāṃ bhūtāṃ dadāmi yathāgnir akṣito 'nupadasta evaṃ mahyaṃ pitre 'kṣito 'nupadastaḥ svadhā bhavatāṃ tvaṃ svadhām akṣitaṃ taiḥ sahopajīva yāṃś ca tvam atrānv asi ye ca tvām anu /
BhārGS, 2, 14, 1.2 te pātraṃ dyaur apidhānaṃ brahmaṇas tvā mukhe juhomi brāhmaṇānāṃ tvā prāṇāpānayor juhomy akṣitam asi maiṣāṃ kṣeṣṭhā amutrāmuṣmin loke
pṛthivī samā tasyāgnir upadraṣṭarcas te mahimā /
BhārGS, 2, 14, 1.3 pṛthivī te pātraṃ dyaur apidhānaṃ brahmaṇas tvā mukhe juhomi brāhmaṇānāṃ tvā prāṇāpānayor juhomy akṣitam asi maiṣāṃ kṣeṣṭhā amutrāmuṣmin loke antarikṣaṃ samaṃ tasya vāyur upadraṣṭā sāmāni te mahimā /
BhārGS, 2, 14, 1.4 pṛthivī te pātraṃ dyaur apidhānaṃ brahmaṇas tvā mukhe juhomi brāhmaṇānāṃ tvā prāṇāpānayor juhomy akṣitam asi maiṣāṃ kṣeṣṭhā amutrāmuṣmin loke dyauḥ samā tasyāditya upadraṣṭā yajūṃṣi te mahimeti //
BhārGS, 2, 22, 7.1 uditeṣu nakṣatreṣūpānahāv upamuñcate dyaur asīti dakṣiṇāṃ
pṛthivyasīty uttarām //
BhārGS, 2, 28, 6.5 prāṇa āyuṣi vasāsau
pṛthivyām agnau pratitiṣṭha vāyāv antarikṣe sūrye divi yāṃ svastim agnir vāyuḥ sūryaś candramā āpo 'nusaṃcaranti tāṃ svastim anusaṃcarāsau /
BhārGS, 3, 1, 10.1 āsīno vyāhṛtībhiḥ praṇavenādadhāti bhūr bhuvaḥ suvar oṃ
pṛthivyāṃ tvām ṛta ādadhāmi satye tvām ṛta ādadhāmy ṛte tvām ṛta ādadhāmy amṛte tvām ṛta ādadhāmi vihāya dauṣkṛtyaṃ sādhukṛtyam iti //
BhārGS, 3, 1, 11.1 tata etaiḥ
pṛthivyāṃ tvām ṛta ādadhāmi satye tvām ṛta ādadhāmy ṛte tvām ṛta ādadhāmy amṛte tvām ṛta ādadhāmīti //
BhārGS, 3, 1, 12.2 yā te agne pavamānā paśuṣu priyā tanūr yā
pṛthivyāṃ yāgnau yā rathaṃtare yā gāyatre chandasīdaṃ te tām avarundhe tasyai te svāhā /
BhārGS, 3, 6, 2.0 parvaṇy udagayana āpūryamāṇapakṣe puṇye nakṣatre 'parāhṇe keśaśmaśrū vāpayitvā prācīm udīcīṃ vā diśam upaniṣkramya khile 'chadirdarśe 'gnim upasamādhāya saṃparistīrya pūrvavad upākṛtya madantīr upaspṛśya prathamenānuvākena śāntiṃ kṛtvā catasra audumbarīḥ samidho ghṛtānvaktā ādadhāti
pṛthivī samid ity etair mantraiḥ //
BhārGS, 3, 7, 3.0 madantīr upaspṛśya prathamenānuvākena śāntiṃ kṛtvā tata āvṛttaiḥ
pṛthivī samid ity etair mantraiś catasra audumbarīḥ samidha ādhāyāvṛttair devatā upatiṣṭhate //
BhārGS, 3, 11, 7.0 unnambhaya
pṛthivīm iti hastena saṃsargās trir udvidhyā tamitor ājiṃ dhāvanti //
BhārGS, 3, 18, 12.0 atha skanne saṃ tvā siñcāmīti skannam abhimantryonnambhaya
pṛthivīm ity apo 'bhyavahṛtya bhūr ity upasthāyāskān dyauḥ pṛthivīm ity āhutiṃ juhoti //
BhārGS, 3, 18, 12.0 atha skanne saṃ tvā siñcāmīti skannam abhimantryonnambhaya pṛthivīm ity apo 'bhyavahṛtya bhūr ity upasthāyāskān dyauḥ
pṛthivīm ity āhutiṃ juhoti //
BhārGS, 3, 18, 14.0 bhinne bhūmir bhūmim agād iti bhinnam abhimantryonnambhaya
pṛthivīm ity apo 'bhyavahṛtya trayastriṃśat tantava ity etayā juhuyāt //
Bhāradvājaśrautasūtra
BhārŚS, 1, 4, 3.0 athainat saṃbharati
pṛthivyā saṃpṛcaḥ pāhi susaṃbhṛtā tvā saṃbharāmīti //
BhārŚS, 1, 10, 3.1 paṅktyā gārhapatyam upatiṣṭhate yad antarikṣaṃ
pṛthivīm uta dyām iti //
BhārŚS, 1, 24, 3.1 ā devayajaṃ vahety anyataram avasthāpya tasmin kapālam upadadhāti dhruvam asi
pṛthivīṃ dṛṃheti //
BhārŚS, 7, 8, 15.0 unnambhaya
pṛthivīm ity apo 'nupariṣicya idaṃ viṣṇur vicakrama iti saraśanena pāṇinā yūpam unmārṣṭi //
BhārŚS, 7, 22, 1.0 ekādaśānūyājān iṣṭvā pratyākramya juhvāṃ svarum aktvā juhvā svaruṃ juhoti dyāṃ te dhūmo gacchatv antarikṣam arciḥ
pṛthivīṃ bhasmanā pṛṇasva svāheti //
Bṛhadāraṇyakopaniṣad
BĀU, 1, 1, 1.3 dyauḥ pṛṣṭham antarikṣam udaraṃ
pṛthivī pājasyaṃ diśaḥ pārśve avāntaradiśaḥ parśava ṛtavo 'ṅgāni māsāś cārdhamāsāś ca parvāṇy ahorātrāṇi pratiṣṭhā nakṣatrāṇy asthīni nabho māṃsāni /
BĀU, 2, 4, 2.1 sā hovāca maitreyī yan nu ma iyaṃ bhagoḥ sarvā
pṛthivī vittena pūrṇā syāt kathaṃ tenāmṛtā syām iti /
BĀU, 2, 5, 1.3 yaś cāyam asyāṃ
pṛthivyāṃ tejomayo 'mṛtamayaḥ puruṣo yaścāyam adhyātmaṃ śārīras tejomayo 'mṛtamayaḥ puruṣo 'yam eva sa yo 'yam ātmā /
BĀU, 3, 1, 10.8 pṛthivīlokam eva puronuvākyayā jayaty antarikṣalokaṃ yājyayā dyulokaṃ śasyayā /
BĀU, 3, 2, 13.1 yājñavalkyeti hovāca yatrāsya puruṣasya mṛtasyāgniṃ vāg apyeti vātaṃ prāṇaś cakṣur ādityaṃ manaś candraṃ diśaḥ śrotraṃ
pṛthivīṃ śarīram ākāśam ātmauṣadhīr lomāni vanaspatīn keśā apsu lohitaṃ ca retaś ca nidhīyate kvāyaṃ tadā puruṣo bhavatīti /
BĀU, 3, 7, 3.1 yaḥ
pṛthivyāṃ tiṣṭhan pṛthivyā antaro yaṃ pṛthivī na veda yasya pṛthivī śarīraṃ yaḥ pṛthivīm antaro yamayaty eṣa ta ātmāntaryāmy amṛtaḥ //
BĀU, 3, 7, 3.1 yaḥ pṛthivyāṃ tiṣṭhan
pṛthivyā antaro yaṃ pṛthivī na veda yasya pṛthivī śarīraṃ yaḥ pṛthivīm antaro yamayaty eṣa ta ātmāntaryāmy amṛtaḥ //
BĀU, 3, 7, 3.1 yaḥ pṛthivyāṃ tiṣṭhan pṛthivyā antaro yaṃ
pṛthivī na veda yasya pṛthivī śarīraṃ yaḥ pṛthivīm antaro yamayaty eṣa ta ātmāntaryāmy amṛtaḥ //
BĀU, 3, 7, 3.1 yaḥ pṛthivyāṃ tiṣṭhan pṛthivyā antaro yaṃ pṛthivī na veda yasya
pṛthivī śarīraṃ yaḥ pṛthivīm antaro yamayaty eṣa ta ātmāntaryāmy amṛtaḥ //
BĀU, 3, 7, 3.1 yaḥ pṛthivyāṃ tiṣṭhan pṛthivyā antaro yaṃ pṛthivī na veda yasya pṛthivī śarīraṃ yaḥ
pṛthivīm antaro yamayaty eṣa ta ātmāntaryāmy amṛtaḥ //
BĀU, 3, 8, 3.1 sā hovāca yad ūrdhvaṃ yājñavalkya divo yad avāk
pṛthivyā yadantarā dyāvāpṛthivī ime yad bhūtaṃ ca bhavac ca bhaviṣyac cety ācakṣate kasmiṃs tad otaṃ ca protaṃ ceti //
BĀU, 3, 8, 4.1 sa hovāca yad ūrdhvaṃ gārgi divo yad avāk
pṛthivyā yad antarā dyāvāpṛthivī ime yad bhūtaṃ ca bhavac ca bhaviṣyac cety ācakṣata ākāśe tad otaṃ ca protaṃ ceti //
BĀU, 3, 8, 6.1 sā hovāca yad ūrdhvaṃ yājñavalkya divo yad avāk
pṛthivyā yad antarā dyāvāpṛthivī ime yad bhūtaṃ ca bhavac ca bhaviṣyac cety ācakṣate kasmiṃs tad otaṃ ca protaṃ ceti //
BĀU, 3, 8, 7.1 sa hovāca yad ūrdhvaṃ gārgi divo yad avāk
pṛthivyā yad antarā dyāvāpṛthivī ime yad bhūtaṃ ca bhavac ca bhaviṣyac cety ācakṣata ākāśa eva tad otaṃ ca protaṃ ceti /
BĀU, 3, 9, 3.2 agniś ca
pṛthivī ca vāyuś cāntarikṣaṃ cādityaś ca dyauḥ ca candramāś ca nakṣatrāṇi caite vasavaḥ /
BĀU, 3, 9, 7.2 agniś ca
pṛthivī ca vāyuś cāntarikṣaṃ cādityaś ca dyauś caite ṣaṭ /
BĀU, 3, 9, 10.1 pṛthivy eva yasyāyatanam agnir loko mano jyotir yo vai taṃ puruṣaṃ vidyāt sarvasyātmanaḥ parāyaṇaṃ sa vai veditā syāt /
BĀU, 4, 4, 5.1 sa vā ayam ātmā brahma vijñānamayo manomayo prāṇamayaś cakṣurmayaḥ śrotramayaḥ
pṛthivīmaya āpomayo vāyumaya ākāśamayas tejomayo 'tejomayaḥ kāmamayo 'kāmamayaḥ krodhamayo 'krodhamayo dharmamayo 'dharmamayaḥ sarvamayaḥ /
BĀU, 4, 5, 3.2 yan nu ma iyam bhagoḥ sarvā
pṛthivī vittena pūrṇā syāt syāṃ nv ahaṃ tenāmṛtāho3 neti /
BĀU, 6, 4, 5.1 tad abhimṛśed anu vā mantrayeta yan me 'dya retaḥ
pṛthivīm askāntsīd yad oṣadhīr apy asarad yad apaḥ /
Chāndogyopaniṣad
ChU, 3, 12, 3.1 yā vai sā
pṛthivīyaṃ vāva sā yad idam asmin puruṣe śarīram /
ChU, 3, 14, 3.2 eṣa ma ātmā antarhṛdaye jyāyān
pṛthivyā jyāyān antarikṣāj jyāyān divo jyāyān ebhyo lokebhyaḥ //
ChU, 4, 11, 1.1 atha hainaṃ gārhapatyo 'nuśaśāsa
pṛthivy agnir annam āditya iti /
ChU, 5, 18, 2.1 tasya ha vā etasyātmano vaiśvānarasya mūrdhaiva sutejāś cakṣur viśvarūpaḥ prāṇaḥ pṛthagvartmātmā saṃdeho bahulo bastir eva rayiḥ
pṛthivy eva pādāv ura eva vedir lomāṇi barhir hṛdayaṃ gārhapatyo mano 'nvāhāryapacana āsyam āhavanīyaḥ //
ChU, 5, 21, 2.4 pṛthivyāṃ tṛpyantyāṃ yat kiṃca pṛthivī cāgniś cādhitiṣṭhatas tat tṛpyati /
ChU, 5, 21, 2.4 pṛthivyāṃ tṛpyantyāṃ yat kiṃca
pṛthivī cāgniś cādhitiṣṭhatas tat tṛpyati /
ChU, 7, 2, 1.2 vāg vā ṛgvedaṃ vijñāpayati yajurvedaṃ sāmavedam ātharvaṇaṃ caturtham itihāsapurāṇaṃ pañcamaṃ vedānāṃ vedaṃ pitryaṃ rāśiṃ daivaṃ nidhiṃ vākovākyam ekāyanaṃ devavidyāṃ brahmavidyāṃ bhūtavidyāṃ kṣatravidyāṃ nakṣatravidyāṃ sarpadevajanavidyāṃ divaṃ ca
pṛthivīṃ ca vāyuṃ cākāśaṃ cāpaś ca tejaś ca devāṃś ca manuṣyāṃś ca paśūṃś ca vayāṃsi ca tṛṇavanaspatīñ śvāpadāny ā kīṭapataṅgapipīlakaṃ dharmaṃ cādharmaṃ ca satyaṃ cānṛtaṃ ca sādhu cāsādhu ca hṛdayajñaṃ cāhṛdayajñaṃ ca /
ChU, 7, 7, 1.2 vijñānena vā ṛgvedaṃ vijānāti yajurvedaṃ sāmavedam ātharvaṇaṃ caturtham itihāsapurāṇaṃ pañcamaṃ vedānāṃ vedaṃ pitryaṃ rāśiṃ daivaṃ nidhiṃ vākovākyam ekāyanaṃ devavidyāṃ brahmavidyāṃ bhūtavidyāṃ kṣatravidyāṃ nakṣatravidyāṃ sarpadevajanavidyāṃ divaṃ ca
pṛthivīṃ ca vāyuṃ cākāśaṃ cāpaś ca tejaś ca devāṃś ca manuṣyāṃś ca paśūṃś ca vayāṃsi ca tṛṇavanaspatīñchvāpadāny ā kīṭapataṅgapipīlakam /
ChU, 7, 8, 1.7 balena vai
pṛthivī tiṣṭhati balenāntarikṣaṃ balena dyaur balena parvatā balena devamanuṣyā balena paśavaś ca vayāṃsi ca tṛṇavanaspatayaḥ śvāpadāny ā kīṭapataṅgapipīlakam /
ChU, 7, 10, 1.4 āpa evemā mūrtā yeyaṃ
pṛthivī yad antarikṣaṃ yad dyaur yat parvatā yad devamanuṣyā yat paśavaś ca vayāṃsi ca tṛṇavanaspatayaḥ śvāpadāny ā kīṭapataṅgapipīlakam /
Drāhyāyaṇaśrautasūtra
DrāhŚS, 11, 4, 9.0 āhriyamāṇe bhakṣe pratilomair ārohaṇīyair avaruhya japen mahī dyauḥ
pṛthivī ca na imaṃ yajñaṃ mimikṣatāṃ pipṛtāṃ no bharīmabhir iti //
DrāhŚS, 14, 2, 6.2 eṣṭā rāya eṣṭā vāmāni preṣe bhagāyartam ṛtavādibhyo namo dive namaḥ
pṛthivyā iti //
Gautamadharmasūtra
GautDhS, 3, 2, 11.1 athāsmai tatpātram dadyus tat pratigṛhya japecchāntā dyauḥ śāntā
pṛthivī śāntaṃ śivam antarikṣaṃ yo rocanas tam iha gṛhṇāmīti //
Gobhilagṛhyasūtra
GobhGS, 2, 1, 7.0 pāṇāv ādhāya kumāryā upanāmayed ṛtam eva prathamam ṛtam nātyeti kaścanarta iyaṃ
pṛthivī śritā sarvam idam asau bhūyād iti tasyā nāma gṛhītvaiṣām ekaṃ gṛhāṇeti brūyāt //
GobhGS, 3, 7, 17.0 paścād agner bhūmau nyañcau pāṇī pratiṣṭhāpya namaḥ
pṛthivyā ity etaṃ mantraṃ japati //
GobhGS, 3, 9, 18.0 samupaviṣṭeṣu gṛhapatiḥ svastare nyañcau pāṇī pratiṣṭhāpya syonā
pṛthivi no bhavety etām ṛcaṃ japati //
Gopathabrāhmaṇa
GB, 1, 1, 6, 2.0 sa ātmata eva trīṃl lokān niramimīta
pṛthivīm antarikṣaṃ divam iti //
GB, 1, 1, 6, 8.0 sa khalu
pṛthivyā evāgniṃ niramimītāntarikṣād vāyuṃ diva ādityam //
GB, 1, 1, 14, 4.0 tad yatraiva viriṣṭaṃ syāt tatrāgnīn upasamādhāya śāntyudakaṃ kṛtvā
pṛthivyai śrotrāyeti trir evāgnīnt samprokṣati triḥ paryukṣati //
GB, 1, 1, 17, 1.0 tasya prathamayā svaramātrayā
pṛthivīm agnim oṣadhivanaspatīn ṛgvedaṃ bhūr iti vyāhṛtiṃ gāyatraṃ chandas trivṛtaṃ stomaṃ prācīṃ diśaṃ vasantam ṛtuṃ vācam adhyātmaṃ jihvāṃ rasam itīndriyāṇy anvabhavat //
GB, 1, 1, 39, 17.0 yā hy emā bāhyāḥ śarīrān mātrās tad yathaitat
pṛthivīm antarikṣaṃ divam //
GB, 1, 2, 9, 9.0 tasya
pṛthivy antarikṣaṃ dyaur āpa oṣadhivanaspataya imāni bhūtāni pādāḥ //
GB, 1, 2, 9, 43.0 tad yathemāṃ
pṛthivīm udīrṇāṃ jyotiṣā dhūmāyamānāṃ varṣaṃ śamayati //
GB, 1, 2, 12, 1.0 tad yathā ha vā idaṃ yajamānaś ca yājayitāraś ca divaṃ brūyuḥ
pṛthivīti pṛthivīṃ vā dyaur iti brūyus tad anyo nānujānāty etām evaṃ nānujānāti yad etad brūyāt //
GB, 1, 2, 12, 1.0 tad yathā ha vā idaṃ yajamānaś ca yājayitāraś ca divaṃ brūyuḥ pṛthivīti
pṛthivīṃ vā dyaur iti brūyus tad anyo nānujānāty etām evaṃ nānujānāti yad etad brūyāt //
GB, 1, 3, 14, 8.0 pṛthivyāṃ tṛptāyāṃ yāni pṛthivyāṃ bhūtāny anvāyattāni tāni tṛpyanti //
GB, 1, 3, 14, 8.0 pṛthivyāṃ tṛptāyāṃ yāni
pṛthivyāṃ bhūtāny anvāyattāni tāni tṛpyanti //
GB, 1, 5, 15, 2.0 pṛthivy eva bhargo 'ntarikṣa eva maho dyaur eva yaśo 'pa eva sarvam //
GB, 1, 5, 16, 1.0 sa yad āha mayi bharga iti
pṛthivīm evaitallokānām āhāgniṃ devānāṃ vasūn devān devagaṇānāṃ gāyatraṃ chandasāṃ prācīṃ diśāṃ vasantam ṛtūnāṃ trivṛtaṃ stomānām ṛgvedaṃ vedānāṃ hautraṃ hotrakāṇāṃ vācam indriyāṇām //
GB, 1, 5, 24, 8.2 ṛgbhi stuvanto 'harahaḥ
pṛthivyā agniṃ pādaṃ brahmaṇā dhārayanti //
GB, 2, 1, 2, 42.0 tad vyūhya tṛṇāni prāgdaṇḍaṃ sthaṇḍile nidadhāti
pṛthivyās tvā nābhau sādayāmīti //
GB, 2, 2, 7, 2.0 teṣām asurāṇām imāḥ puraḥ pratyabhijitā āsann ayasmayī
pṛthivī rajatāntarikṣaṃ hariṇī dyauḥ //
GB, 2, 2, 7, 6.0 ta etāḥ puraḥ pratyakurvata havirdhānaṃ diva āgnīdhram antarikṣāt sadaḥ
pṛthivyāḥ //
GB, 2, 2, 7, 19.0 catasṛbhir amuṣmāllokāccatasṛbhir antarikṣāccatasṛbhiḥ
pṛthivyāḥ //
Hiraṇyakeśigṛhyasūtra
HirGS, 1, 5, 13.0 bhūrbhuvaḥ suvaḥ suprajāḥ prajayā bhūyāsaṃ suvīro vīraiḥ suvarcā varcasā supoṣaḥ poṣaiḥ sumedhā medhayā subrahmā brahmacāribhir ityenamabhimantrya bhūr ṛkṣu tvāgnau
pṛthivyāṃ vāci brahmaṇi dade 'sau bhuvo yajuḥṣu tvā vāyāvantarikṣe prāṇe brahmaṇi dade 'sau suvaḥ sāmasu tvā sūrye divi cakṣuṣi brahmaṇi dade 'sāv iṣṭaste priyo 'sāny asāv analasya te priyo 'sānyasāv idaṃ vatsyāvaḥ prāṇa āyuṣi vatsyāvaḥ prāṇa āyuṣi vasāsāv iti ca //
HirGS, 1, 6, 3.0 agnau
pṛthivyāṃ pratitiṣṭha vāyāvantarikṣe sūrye divi yāṃ svastim agnir vāyur ādityaś candramā āpo 'nusaṃcaranti tāṃ svastim anusaṃcarāsau prāṇasya brahmacāryabhūr asāv ity ubhayatrānuṣajati //
HirGS, 1, 6, 5.0 athainaṃ paridadāti kaṣakāya tvā paridadāmy antakāya tvā paridadāmy aghorāya tvā paridadāmi gadāya tvā paridadāmi yamāya tvā paridadāmi makhāya tvā paridadāmi vaśinyai tvā paridadāmi
pṛthivyai tvā savaiśvānarāyai paridadāmy adbhyastvā paridadāmy oṣadhībhyastvā paridadāmi vanaspatibhyastvā paridadāmi dyāvāpṛthivībhyāṃ tvā paridadāmi subhūtāya tvā paridadāmi brahmavarcasāya tvā paridadāmi viśvebhyastvā devebhyaḥ paridadāmi sarvebhyastvā bhūtebhyaḥ paridadāmi sarvābhyas tvā devatābhyaḥ paridadāmīti //
HirGS, 1, 13, 8.2 pṛthivyāstvā nābhau sādayāmīḍāyāḥ pada iti pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya /
HirGS, 1, 13, 8.2 pṛthivyāstvā nābhau sādayāmīḍāyāḥ pada iti
pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya /
HirGS, 1, 13, 17.2 dyauste dadātu
pṛthivī pratigṛhṇātu pṛthivī te dadātu prāṇaḥ pratigṛhṇātu prāṇastvāśnātu prāṇaḥ pibatu /
HirGS, 1, 13, 17.2 dyauste dadātu pṛthivī pratigṛhṇātu
pṛthivī te dadātu prāṇaḥ pratigṛhṇātu prāṇastvāśnātu prāṇaḥ pibatu /
HirGS, 1, 20, 2.10 amūham asmi sā tvaṃ dyaur ahaṃ
pṛthivī tvaṃ sāmāham ṛk tvaṃ tāv ehi saṃbhavāva saha reto dadhāvahai puṃse putrāya vettavai rāyaspoṣāya suprajāstvāya suvīryāya /
HirGS, 2, 10, 7.5 antardadhe parvatairantarmahyā
pṛthivyā divā digbhir anantābhir ūtibhir antaranyaṃ pitāmahāddadhe svadhā namaḥ /
HirGS, 2, 11, 4.2 pṛthivī te pātraṃ dyaurapidhānaṃ brahmaṇastvā mukhe juhomi brāhmaṇānāṃ tvā prāṇāpānayorjuhomi /
HirGS, 2, 11, 4.5 pṛthivī te pātraṃ dyaurapidhānaṃ brahmaṇastvā mukhe juhomi brāhmaṇānāṃ tvā prāṇāpānayor juhomi /
HirGS, 2, 11, 4.8 pṛthivī te pātraṃ dyaurapidhānaṃ brahmaṇastvā mukhe juhomi brāhmaṇānāṃ tvā prāṇāpānayorjuhomi /
HirGS, 2, 13, 1.1 eṣa te tata madhumāṁ ūrmiḥ sarasvān yāvānagniśca
pṛthivī ca tāvatyasya mātrā tāvānasya mahimā tāvantamenaṃ bhūtaṃ dadāmi yathāgnir akṣito 'nupadasta evaṃ mahyaṃ pitre 'kṣito 'nupadastaḥ svadhā bhavatāṃ taṃ svadhām akṣitaṃ taiḥ sahopajīvāsāvṛcaste mahimā /
Jaiminigṛhyasūtra
JaimGS, 1, 8, 2.0 prāk stanaprāśanād vrīhiṃ ca yavaṃ ca jātarūpeṇāvaghṛṣyedam annam iti prāśayed idam annam ayaṃ rasa idaṃ prāṇenāmṛtaṃ saha
pṛthivī te mātā dyauḥ pitā jīvāhi śaradaḥ śataṃ paśyāhi śaradaḥ śatam iti //
JaimGS, 1, 12, 13.0 prāśitam ācāntam utthāpya namo vātāyetyenaṃ pradakṣiṇam agniṃ pariṇayennamo vātāya namo astvagnaye namaḥ
pṛthivyai nama oṣadhībhyo namo vo 'dṛṣṭāya bṛhate karomīti //
JaimGS, 1, 21, 6.8 amo 'ham asmi sā tvaṃ sāmāham asmy ṛk tvaṃ mano 'ham asmi vāk tvaṃ dyaur ahaṃ
pṛthivī tvaṃ tāvehi saṃbhavāva saha reto dadhāvahai puṃse putrāya vettavai mām anuvratā bhava sahaśayyā mayā bhavāsāviti //
Jaiminīya-Upaniṣad-Brāhmaṇa
JUB, 1, 2, 1.1 sa yad om iti so 'gnir vāg iti
pṛthivy om iti vāyur vāg ity antarikṣam om ity ādityo vāg iti dyaur om iti prāṇo vāg ity eva vāk //
JUB, 1, 2, 2.1 sa ya evaṃ vidvān udgāyaty om ity evāgnim ādāya
pṛthivyām pratiṣṭhāpayaty om ity eva vāyum ādāyāntarikṣe pratiṣṭhāpayaty om ity evādityam ādāya divi pratiṣṭhāpayaty om ity eva prāṇam ādāya vāci pratiṣṭhāpayati //
JUB, 1, 10, 1.1 sā pṛthaksalilaṃ kāmadughākṣiti prāṇasaṃhitaṃ cakṣuśśrotraṃ vākprabhūtam manasā vyāptaṃ hṛdayāgram brāhmaṇabhaktam annaśubhaṃ varṣapavitraṃ gobhagam
pṛthivyuparaṃ tapastanu varuṇapariyatanam indraśreṣṭhaṃ sahasrākṣaram ayutadhāram amṛtaṃ duhānā sarvān imāṃl lokān abhivikṣaratīti //
JUB, 1, 10, 2.2 tasminn āpaḥ pratiṣṭhitā apsu
pṛthivī pṛthivyām ime lokāḥ //
JUB, 1, 10, 2.2 tasminn āpaḥ pratiṣṭhitā apsu pṛthivī
pṛthivyām ime lokāḥ //
JUB, 1, 10, 9.1 taddha pṛthur vainyo divyān vrātyān papraccha sthūṇāṃ divastambhanīṃ sūryam āhur antarikṣe sūryaḥ
pṛthivīpratiṣṭhaḥ /
JUB, 1, 10, 10.1 te ha pratyūcuḥ sthūṇām eva divastambhanīṃ sūryam āhur antarikṣe sūryaḥ
pṛthivīpratiṣṭhaḥ /
JUB, 1, 34, 7.1 te ha pratyūcur imām eṣām
pṛthivīṃ vasta eko 'ntarikṣam pary eko babhūva /
JUB, 1, 43, 10.2 sa samaḥ
pṛthivyā sama ākāśena samo divā samaḥ sarveṇa bhūtena /
JUB, 1, 44, 9.2 trir ha vā eṣa etasya muhūrtasyemām
pṛthivīṃ samantaḥ paryetīmāḥ prajāḥ saṃcakṣāṇaḥ //
JUB, 3, 15, 6.2 tebhyaḥ saṃtaptebhyas trīṇi śukrāṇy udāyann agniḥ
pṛthivyā vāyur antarikṣād ādityo divaḥ //
JUB, 3, 20, 6.1 tam iyam āgatam
pṛthivī pratinandaty ayaṃ te bhagavo lokaḥ /
JUB, 4, 22, 11.1 tad agnir vai prāṇo vāg iti
pṛthivī vāyur vai prāṇo vāg ity antarikṣam ādityo vai prāṇo vāg iti dyaur diśo vai prāṇo vāg iti śrotraṃ candramā vai prāṇo vāg iti manaḥ pumān vai prāṇo vāg iti strī //
JUB, 4, 24, 13.1 ya evāyaṃ cakṣuṣi puruṣa eṣa indra eṣa prajāpatiḥ samaḥ
pṛthivyā sama ākāśena samo divā samaḥ sarveṇa bhūtena /
JUB, 4, 26, 12.1 plakṣasya prāsravaṇasya prādeśamātrād udak tat
pṛthivyai madhyam /
Jaiminīyabrāhmaṇa
JB, 1, 26, 7.0 tam eva tābhir āhutibhiḥ śamayitvā
pṛthivīṃ lokānāṃ jayaty agniṃ devaṃ devānām //
JB, 1, 39, 8.0 athodvāsayati divaṃ dṛṃhāntarikṣaṃ dṛṃha
pṛthivīṃ dṛṃha prajāṃ paśūñ juhvato me dṛṃheti //
JB, 1, 72, 18.0 ud divaṃ stabhānāntarikṣaṃ pṛṇa
pṛthivīm upareṇa dṛṃha dyutānas tvā māruto minotu mitrāvaruṇayor dhruveṇa dharmaṇā ghṛtena dyāvāpṛthivī āprīṇāthāṃ supippalā oṣadhīḥ kṛdhi svāhety audumbarīm abhijuhoti //
JB, 1, 104, 1.0 gāyatryāṃ prastutāyāṃ gāyatram eva gāyan
pṛthivīṃ manasā gacchet //
JB, 1, 127, 1.0 svāyudhaḥ pavate deva indur aśastihā vṛjanā rakṣamāṇaḥ pitā devānāṃ janitā sudakṣo viṣṭambho divo dharuṇaḥ
pṛthivyā iti //
JB, 1, 129, 9.0 yadi rāthantaraḥ somaḥ syād rathantare prastute brūyān namo mātre
pṛthivyai rathantara mā mā hiṃsīr iti //
JB, 1, 130, 14.0 rathantare prastute
pṛthivīṃ hastābhyāṃ gacched devarathasyānapavyāthāya //
JB, 1, 257, 2.0 tadanukṛtīdam apy anyā devatāḥ parimaṇḍalāḥ parimaṇḍala ādityaḥ parimaṇḍalaś candramāḥ parimaṇḍalā dyauḥ parimaṇḍalam antarikṣaṃ parimaṇḍaleyaṃ
pṛthivī //
JB, 1, 292, 22.0 atho hāsyaitāny eva pañca jyotīṃṣīddhāny eṣu lokeṣu dīpyante 'gniḥ
pṛthivyāṃ vāyur antarikṣa ādityo divi candramā nakṣatreṣu vidyud apsu //
JB, 1, 298, 25.0 atha yat pareṇa divam antarikṣaṃ manyanta evaṃ pareṇa
pṛthivīm āpas teno bahirnidhane iti //
JB, 1, 298, 32.0 atha yat pareṇa divam antarikṣaṃ manyanta evaṃ pareṇa
pṛthivīm āpas teno vāmadevye bṛhadrathantare iti //
JB, 1, 313, 16.0 yaddha vā imāṃ
pṛthivīm agnir vaiśvānaro dadāha taṃ hādbhir eva śamayāṃcakruḥ //
JB, 1, 327, 1.0 rathantareṇa stoṣyamāṇaḥ
pṛthivīm abhimṛśati namo mātre pṛthivyai rathantara mā mā hiṃsīr iti //
JB, 1, 327, 1.0 rathantareṇa stoṣyamāṇaḥ pṛthivīm abhimṛśati namo mātre
pṛthivyai rathantara mā mā hiṃsīr iti //
JB, 1, 330, 22.0 yāvat stobhet tāvat
pṛthivyāṃ hastau syātāṃ devarathasyānapavyāthāya //
JB, 1, 357, 8.0 tebhyaḥ saṃtaptebhyas trīṇi śukrāṇy udāyann agniḥ
pṛthivyā vāyur antarikṣād ādityo divaḥ //
Jaiminīyaśrautasūtra
JaimŚS, 3, 15.0 brahmāsi subrahmaṇye tasyāste
pṛthivī pādo 'gnir vatsas tena me prasnuteṣam ūrjaṃ dhukṣva //
JaimŚS, 9, 18.0 gṛhīteṣu graheṣv apa upaspṛśya
pṛthivīm abhimṛśati drapsaś caskanda pṛthivīm anu dyām imaṃ ca yonim anu yaś ca pūrvaḥ //
JaimŚS, 9, 18.0 gṛhīteṣu graheṣv apa upaspṛśya pṛthivīm abhimṛśati drapsaś caskanda
pṛthivīm anu dyām imaṃ ca yonim anu yaś ca pūrvaḥ //
JaimŚS, 18, 9.0 tat pratigṛhya
pṛthivīm abhimṛśati namo mātre pṛthivyai rathaṃtaraṃ mā mā hiṃsīr iti //
JaimŚS, 18, 9.0 tat pratigṛhya pṛthivīm abhimṛśati namo mātre
pṛthivyai rathaṃtaraṃ mā mā hiṃsīr iti //
JaimŚS, 18, 21.0 yāvat stobhet tāvat
pṛthivyāṃ hastau syātāṃ devarathasyānapavyāthāya //
Kauśikasūtra
KauśS, 1, 3, 3.0 athodakam āsiñcati iheta devīr amṛtaṃ vasānā hiraṇyavarṇā anavadyarūpāḥ āpaḥ samudro varuṇaś ca rājā saṃpātabhāgān haviṣo juṣantām indrapraśiṣṭā varuṇaprasūtā apaḥ samudrād divam ud vahantu indrapraśiṣṭā varuṇaprasūtā divas
pṛthivyā śriyam ud vahantu iti //
KauśS, 1, 5, 8.0 pṛthivyām agnaye samanaman iti saṃnatibhiś ca prajāpate na tvad etāny anyaḥ iti ca //
KauśS, 1, 6, 6.0 pṛthivyai tvā iti mūlam antarikṣāya tvā iti madhyaṃ dive tvā iti agram evaṃ triḥ //
KauśS, 1, 6, 10.0 sruvo 'si ghṛtād aniśitaḥ sapatnakṣayaṇo divi ṣīda antarikṣe sīda
pṛthivyāṃ sīdottaro 'haṃ bhūyāsam adhare matsapatnāḥ iti sruvaṃ prāgdaṇḍaṃ nidadhāti //
KauśS, 6, 3, 12.0 brāhmaṇād vajram udyacchamānācchaṅkante māṃ haniṣyasi māṃ haniṣyasīti tebhyo 'bhayaṃ vadeccham agnaye śaṃ
pṛthivyai śam antarikṣāya śaṃ vāyave śaṃ dive śaṃ sūryāya śaṃ candrāya śaṃ nakṣatrebhyaḥ śaṃ gandharvāpsarobhyaḥ śaṃ sarpetarajanebhyaḥ śivam mahyam iti //
KauśS, 7, 5, 10.0 athainam apareṇāhatena vasanenācchādayaty ayaṃ vaste garbhaṃ
pṛthivyā iti pañcabhiḥ //
KauśS, 8, 7, 10.0 pṛthivyāṃ surayādbhir āṇḍīkādivanti mantroktāni pratidiśaṃ nidhāya //
KauśS, 8, 9, 27.1 kramadhvam agninā nākaṃ pṛṣṭhāt
pṛthivyā aham antarikṣam āruhaṃ svar yanto nāpekṣanta uruḥ prathasva mahatā mahimnedaṃ me jyotiḥ satyāya ceti tisraḥ sam agnaya iti sārdham etayā //
KauśS, 11, 9, 10.1 pṛthivī darvir akṣitāparimitānupadastā sā yathā pṛthivī darvir akṣitāparimitānupadastaivā tatasyeyaṃ darvir akṣitāparimitānupadasteti //
KauśS, 11, 9, 10.1 pṛthivī darvir akṣitāparimitānupadastā sā yathā
pṛthivī darvir akṣitāparimitānupadastaivā tatasyeyaṃ darvir akṣitāparimitānupadasteti //
KauśS, 12, 1, 15.1 vimṛgvarīṃ
pṛthivīm ity etayā viṣṭare pādau pratiṣṭhāpyādhiṣṭhito dveṣṭā yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ //
KauśS, 12, 2, 4.1 pṛthivyās tvā nābhau sādayāmy adityā upastha iti bhūmau pratiṣṭhāpya //
KauśS, 14, 1, 11.2 asyāṃ barhiḥ prathatāṃ sādhv antarahiṃsrā ṇaḥ
pṛthivī devy astv iti parigṛhṇāti //
KauśS, 14, 1, 30.1 agnir bhūmyām oṣadhīṣv agnir diva ā tapaty agnivāsāḥ
pṛthivy asitajñūr etam idhmaṃ samāhitaṃ juṣāṇo 'smai kṣatrāṇi dhārayantam agna iti pañcabhi staraṇam //
KauśS, 14, 4, 22.0 śvaḥ śvo 'sya rāṣṭraṃ jyāyo bhavatyeko 'syāṃ
pṛthivyāṃ rājā bhavati na purā jarasaḥ pramīyate ya evaṃ veda yaś caivaṃ vidvān indramaheṇa carati //
Kauṣītakagṛhyasūtra
Kauṣītakibrāhmaṇa
KauṣB, 6, 9, 9.0 tad vyūhya tṛṇāni prāgdaṇḍaṃ sthaṇḍile sādayati
pṛthivyās tvā nābhau sādayāmy adityā upastha iti //
Khādiragṛhyasūtra
KhādGS, 1, 5, 33.0 pṛthivī vāyuḥ prajāpatirviśve devā āpa oṣadhivanaspataya ākāśaḥ kāmo manyurvā rakṣogaṇāḥ pitaro rudra iti balidaivatāni //
KhādGS, 3, 2, 6.0 śūrpeṇa śiṣṭān agnāvopyātipraṇītād anatipraṇītasyārdhaṃ gatvā nyañcau pāṇī kṛtvā namaḥ
pṛthivyā iti japet //
Kātyāyanaśrautasūtra
KātyŚS, 6, 1, 36.0 vediṃ kariṣyan ṣaḍḍhotāraṃ pañcagṛhītaṃ manasānudrutya juhoty ekām āhutiṃ pañca vā dyauṣpṛṣṭham antarikṣam ātmāṅgair yajñaṃ
pṛthivīṃ śarīrair vācaspate 'chidrayā vācāchidrayā juhvā divi devāvṛdhaṃ hotrām airayant svāheti //
Kāṭhakagṛhyasūtra
KāṭhGS, 14, 6.2 ṛta iyaṃ
pṛthivī śritā sarvam idam iyam asau bhūyād iti kanyāyā nāma gṛhītvā sarvataḥ kṛtalakṣaṇān piṇḍān pāṇāv ādāya kumāryā upanāmayet //
KāṭhGS, 24, 11.0 āpohiṣṭhīyābhir arghyaṃ parigṛhya sāvitreṇa madhuparkaṃ viṣṭaro 'sy antarikṣam adhi viśrayasveti viṣṭaram avakṛṣyoru tvety avasārya tac cakṣur ity avekṣya
pṛthivyās tveti viṣṭare nidhāya madhu vāta ṛtāyata iti tisṛbhiḥ pradeśinyā pradakṣiṇam āloḍayati //
KāṭhGS, 30, 3.8 ahaṃ prajā ajanayaṃ
pṛthivyām ahaṃ janibhyo avarīṣu putrān iti stryādivyatyāsaṃ japataḥ //
KāṭhGS, 60, 7.0 aindrāgnaṃ varmety ahataṃ vāsaḥ paridhāya syonā
pṛthivīti dakṣiṇena pārśveṇa saṃviśati jyotiṣmatītyantena //
KāṭhGS, 66, 7.1 caturthaṃ piṇḍam utsṛjya traidhaṃ kṛtvā piṇḍeṣu nidadhyāt saṃsṛjatu tvā
pṛthivī vāyur agniḥ prajāpatiḥ saṃsṛjyadhvaṃ pūrvebhiḥ pitṛbhiḥ saha /
Kāṭhakasaṃhitā
KS, 6, 7, 52.0 yarhy ayaṃ devaḥ prajā abhimanyeta sajūr jātavedo divā
pṛthivyā haviṣo vīhi svāheti //
KS, 8, 11, 14.0 pṛthivyā vātasyāpāṃ teṣām ānītās smas teṣāṃ saṃsparśena jīvāmaḥ //
KS, 9, 11, 35.0 teṣāṃ
pṛthivī hotāsīd dyaur adhvaryus tvaṣṭāgnin mitra upavaktā //
KS, 19, 6, 3.0 rudrās saṃsṛjya
pṛthivīṃ saṃsṛṣṭāṃ vasubhī rudrair ity etābhir vā etāṃ devatābhiḥ prajāpatis samasṛjat //
KS, 19, 7, 23.0 avyathamānā
pṛthivyām āśā diśa āpṛṇeti tasmād agnis sarvā diśo vibhāti //
KS, 20, 1, 69.0 māteva putraṃ
pṛthivī purīṣyam ity ṛtubhir evainaṃ dīkṣayitvartubhir vimuñcati //
KS, 20, 5, 23.0 yat
pṛthivyāṃ cinvītauṣadhīś śucā nirdahed yad antarikṣe vayāṃsi yad divi divam //
KS, 20, 7, 8.0 mahī dyauḥ
pṛthivī ca na iti dyāvāpṛthivyor evaitayā rūpe dādhāra //
Maitrāyaṇīsaṃhitā
MS, 1, 1, 12, 3.1 varṣiṣṭhe adhi nāke
pṛthivyāḥ sūryas tvā raśmibhiḥ purastāt pātu kasyāścid abhiśastyāḥ /
MS, 1, 1, 12, 3.6 pṛthivy asi janmanā dhruvā nāma priyā devānāṃ priyeṇa nāmnā dhruve sadasi sīda /
MS, 1, 2, 2, 10.1 svāhā yajñaṃ manasaḥ svāhā divaḥ svāhā
pṛthivyāḥ svāhoror antarikṣāt svāhā vātāt parigṛhṇāmi svāhā //
MS, 1, 2, 9, 5.2 vyaṣkabhnā rodasī viṣṇa ete dādhartha
pṛthivīm abhito mayūkhaiḥ //
MS, 1, 2, 14, 4.2 divam agreṇa mā hiṃsīr antarikṣaṃ madhyena
pṛthivyā saṃbhava bhrājaṃ gaccha /
MS, 1, 2, 14, 5.1 pṛthivyai tvāntarikṣāya tvā dive tvā śundhantāṃ lokāḥ pitṛṣadanāḥ /
MS, 1, 2, 14, 8.1 indrasya caṣālam asi supippalā oṣadhīs kṛdhi divam agreṇottabhānāntarikṣaṃ madhyenāpṛṇa
pṛthivīm upareṇa dṛṃha //
MS, 1, 2, 14, 13.4 divaḥ sānūpeṣa divaṃ te dhūmo gacchatu antarikṣaṃ jyotiḥ
pṛthivīṃ bhasma svāhā //
MS, 1, 3, 3, 5.1 yat te soma divi jyotir yat
pṛthivyāṃ yad urā antarikṣe tenāsmai yajñapataya uru rāye kṛdhi /
MS, 1, 3, 12, 4.1 saṃjagmānau divā
pṛthivyā śukrau śukraśociṣau tau devau śukrāmanthinā āyur yajñe dhattam āyur yajñapatau pumāṃsaṃ garbham ādhattaṃ gavīṇyoḥ prāṇān paśuṣu yacchataṃ śukrasyādhiṣṭhānam asi manthino 'dhiṣṭhānam asi nirastaḥ śaṇḍo nirasto markaḥ saha tena yaṃ dviṣmaḥ //
MS, 1, 4, 8, 1.0 iti ya eva devā yajñahanaś ca yajñamuṣaś ca
pṛthivyāṃ tāṃs tīrtvāntarikṣam āruhat //
MS, 1, 5, 5, 15.0 agnir mūrdheti svargā tena divaḥ kakud iti svargā tena patiḥ
pṛthivyā ayam iti mithunā tenāpāṃ retāṃsi jinvatīti retasvatī paśavyā sarvasamṛddhā //
MS, 1, 8, 6, 6.0 sajūr jātavedo divā
pṛthivyā juṣāṇo asya haviṣo vīhi svāheti juhuyāt //
MS, 1, 10, 3, 4.1 yad antarikṣaṃ
pṛthivīm uta dyāṃ yan mātaraṃ pitaraṃ vā jihiṃsima /
MS, 1, 11, 10, 20.0 agnir ekākṣarayodajayan mām imāṃ
pṛthivīm aśvinau dvyakṣarayā pramām antarikṣaṃ viṣṇus tryakṣarayā pratimāṃ svargaṃ lokaṃ somaś caturakṣarayāśrīvīr nakṣatrāṇi //
MS, 2, 3, 1, 72.0 yas te rājan varuṇauṣadhīṣu vanaspatiṣv apsu
pṛthivyāṃ dikṣu pāśas taṃ ta etenāvayaje //
MS, 2, 4, 7, 7.3 ye devā divibhāgāḥ stha ye antarikṣabhāgā ye
pṛthivībhāgās ta idaṃ kṣetram āviśata ta idaṃ kṣetram anuviviśata //
MS, 2, 4, 8, 41.0 ye devā divibhāgāḥ stha ye antarikṣabhāgā ye
pṛthivībhāgās ta idaṃ kṣetram āviśata ta idaṃ kṣetram anuviviśateti //
MS, 2, 7, 1, 5.8 gāyatreṇa chandasā
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthād agniṃ purīṣyam aṅgirasvad ābhara /
MS, 2, 7, 2, 19.1 devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe agniṃ purīṣyam aṅgirasvat khanāmi /
MS, 2, 7, 2, 19.3 śivaṃ prajābhyo 'hiṃsantaṃ
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe agniṃ purīṣyam aṅgirasvat khanāmaḥ //
MS, 2, 7, 6, 29.0 aditiṣ ṭvā devī viśvadevyavatī
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvat khanatv avaṭa //
MS, 2, 7, 6, 30.0 devānāṃ tvā patnīr devīr viśvadevyavatīḥ
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvad dadhatūkhe //
MS, 2, 7, 6, 31.0 dhiṣaṇā tvā devī viśvadevyavatī
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvad abhīnddhām ukhe //
MS, 2, 7, 6, 32.0 gnās tvā devīr viśvadevyavatīḥ
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvañ śrapayantūkhe //
MS, 2, 7, 6, 33.0 varūtrī tvā devī viśvadevyavatī
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvat pacatām ukhe //
MS, 2, 7, 6, 34.0 janayas tvācchinnapatrā devīr viśvadevyavatīḥ
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvat pacantūkhe //
MS, 2, 7, 16, 3.12 bṛhaspatiṣ ṭvā sādayatu
pṛthivyāḥ pṛṣṭhe jyotiṣmatīṃ viśvasmai prāṇāyāpānāya vyānāyodānāya pratiṣṭhāyai caritrāya /
MS, 2, 7, 17, 8.1 yo agnir agnes tapaso 'dhi jātaḥ śokāt
pṛthivyā uta vā divas pari /
MS, 2, 8, 14, 1.25 pṛthivyā mā pāhi viśvasmai prāṇāyāpānāya vyānāyodānāya pratiṣṭhāyai caritrāya /
MS, 2, 10, 1, 9.2 yebhyo na ṛte pavate dhāma kiṃ cana na te divo na
pṛthivyā adhi snuṣu //
MS, 2, 12, 4, 3.2 pṛṣṭhe
pṛthivyā nihito davidyutad adhaspadaṃ kṛṇutāṃ ye pṛtanyavaḥ //
MS, 2, 13, 16, 4.0 yā devy asīṣṭaka āyurdāḥ prāṇadā apānadā vyānadāś cakṣurdāḥ śrotradāḥ
pṛthivyām antarikṣe divaḥ pṛṣṭha upaśīvarī sā mopaśeṣva jāyeva sadam it patim //
MS, 3, 1, 8, 4.0 aditiṣ ṭvā devī viśvadevyavatī
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvat khanatv avaṭeti //
MS, 3, 1, 8, 9.0 devānāṃ tvā patnīr devīr viśvadevyavatīḥ
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvad dadhatūkhā iti //
MS, 3, 1, 8, 12.0 dhiṣaṇā tvā devī viśvadevyavatī
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvad abhīndhātām ukhā iti //
MS, 3, 1, 8, 15.0 gnās tvā devīr viśvadevyavatīḥ
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvañ śrapayantūkhā iti //
MS, 3, 1, 8, 18.0 varūtrī tvā devī viśvadevyavatī
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvat pacatām ukhā iti //
MS, 3, 1, 8, 21.0 janayas tvāchinnapatrā devīr viśvadevyavatīḥ
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvat pacantūkhā iti //
Muṇḍakopaniṣad
MuṇḍU, 1, 1, 7.1 yathorṇanābhiḥ sṛjate gṛhṇate ca yathā
pṛthivyām oṣadhayaḥ sambhavanti /
MuṇḍU, 2, 1, 4.2 vāyuḥ prāṇo hṛdayaṃ viśvam asya padbhyāṃ
pṛthivī hyeṣa sarvabhūtāntarātmā //
MuṇḍU, 2, 1, 5.1 tasmād agniḥ samidho yasya sūryaḥ somāt parjanya oṣadhayaḥ
pṛthivyām /
MuṇḍU, 2, 2, 5.1 yasmin dyauḥ
pṛthivī cāntarikṣam otaṃ manaḥ saha prāṇaiś ca sarvaiḥ /
Mānavagṛhyasūtra
MānGS, 1, 10, 5.1 syonā
pṛthivi bhavety etayāvasthāpya śamīmayīḥ śamyāḥ kṛtvāntargoṣṭhe 'gnim upasamādhāya bhartā bhāryāmabhyudānayati //
MānGS, 1, 11, 6.1 saṃ tvā nahyāmi payasā
pṛthivyāḥ saṃ tvā nahyāmy adbhir oṣadhībhiḥ /
MānGS, 2, 7, 2.1 srastare 'hataṃ vāsa udagdaśam āstīryodakāṃsye 'śmānaṃ vrīhīnyavānvāsya pariṣiñcati syonā
pṛthivi bhaveti dvābhyāṃ sutrāmāṇamiti dvābhyām //
MānGS, 2, 7, 3.1 śamīśākhayā ca sapalāśayodañcaṃ triḥ samunmārṣṭi syonā
pṛthivi bhaveti dvābhyāṃ sutrāmāṇamiti dvābhyāṃ namo astu sarpebhya iti tisṛbhiśca //
MānGS, 2, 11, 9.1 udakāṃsye 'śmānaṃ vrīhīn yavān vāsya pariṣiñcati syonā
pṛthivi bhaveti dvābhyāṃ sutrāmāṇamiti dvābhyām //
MānGS, 2, 11, 10.1 śamīśākhayā ca palāśayodañcaṃ triḥ samunmārṣṭi syonā
pṛthivi bhaveti dvābhyāṃ sutrāmāṇamiti dvābhyāṃ namo astu sarpebhya iti tisṛbhiś ca //
MānGS, 2, 15, 5.1 yadi parvasu mārttikaṃ bhidyate pārthivam asi
pṛthivīṃ dṛṃhasva yoniṃ gaccha svāhety apsu praharet //
Nirukta
N, 1, 4, 27.0 hantāhaṃ
pṛthivīm imāṃ nidadhānīha vā iha vā iti //
Pañcaviṃśabrāhmaṇa
PB, 1, 2, 1.0 yunajmi te
pṛthivīm agninā saha yunajmi vācaṃ saha sūryeṇa yukto vāto 'ntarikṣeṇa te saha yuktās tisro vimṛjaḥ sūryasya //
PB, 1, 2, 9.0 pra śukraitu devī manīṣāsmad rathaḥ sutaṣṭo na vājy āyuṣe me pavasva varcase me pavasva viduḥ
pṛthivyā divo janitrācchṛṇvantv āpo 'dhaḥ kṣarantīḥ somehodgāya mām āyuṣe mama brahmavarcasāya yajamānasyarddhyā amuṣya rājyāya //
PB, 1, 9, 5.0 pratidhir asi
pṛthivyai tvā pṛthivīṃ jinva savitṛprasūtā bṛhaspataye stuta //
PB, 1, 9, 5.0 pratidhir asi pṛthivyai tvā
pṛthivīṃ jinva savitṛprasūtā bṛhaspataye stuta //
PB, 5, 5, 19.0 bhūmidundubhir bhavati yā
pṛthivyāṃ vāk tām eva taj jayanti //
PB, 6, 4, 2.0 tām ucchrayati dyutānas tvā māruta ucchrayatūd divaṃ stabhānāntarikṣaṃ pṛṇa dṛṃha
pṛthivīm //
PB, 6, 6, 17.0 āyuṣe me pavasva varcase me pavasva viduḥ
pṛthivyā divo janitrācchṛṇvantv āpo 'dhaḥ kṣarantīḥ somehodgāyety āha mahyaṃ tejase brahmavarcasāyeti //
PB, 9, 9, 12.0 hiraṇyagarbhaḥ samavartatāgra ity ājyenābhyupākṛtasya juhuyād agnīdhraṃ paretya bhūtānāṃ jātaḥ patir eka āsīt sa dādhāra
pṛthivīṃ dyām utemāṃ tasmai ta indo haviṣā vidhema svāheti saiva tasya prāyaścittiḥ //
PB, 10, 1, 1.0 agninā
pṛthivyauṣadhibhis tenāyaṃ lokas trivṛd vāyunāntarikṣeṇa vayobhis tenaiṣa lokas trivṛd yo 'yam antar ādityena divā nakṣatrais tenāsau lokas trivṛd etad eva trivṛta āyatanam eṣāsya bandhutā //
PB, 10, 4, 1.0 bhūtaṃ pūrvo 'tirātro bhaviṣyad uttaraḥ
pṛthivī pūrvo 'tirātro dyaur uttaro 'gniḥ pūrvo 'tirātra āditya uttaraḥ prāṇaḥ pūrvo 'tirātra udāna uttaraḥ //
PB, 14, 2, 1.0 mūrdhānaṃ divo aratim
pṛthivyā ity āgneyam ājyaṃ bhavati //
PB, 15, 4, 7.0 āgneyī
pṛthivyāgneyo brāhmaṇa aindrī dyaur aindro rājanyo 'ntarikṣeṇa dyāvāpṛthivī samante antarikṣeṇaivainaṃ samantaṃ karoti vindate paśūn pra purodhām āpnoti ya evaṃ vidvān samantena stuvate stomaḥ //
Pāraskaragṛhyasūtra
PārGS, 1, 5, 10.1 agnir bhūtānām adhipatiḥ sa māvatv indro jyeṣṭhānāṃ yamaḥ
pṛthivyā vāyur antarikṣasya sūryo divaś candramā nakṣatrāṇāṃ bṛhaspatir brahmaṇo mitraḥ satyānāṃ varuṇo 'pāṃ samudraḥ srotyānām annaṃ sāmrājyānām adhipatis tanmāvatu soma oṣadhīnāṃ savitā prasavānāṃ rudraḥ paśūnāṃ tvaṣṭā rūpāṇāṃ viṣṇuḥ parvatānāṃ maruto gaṇānām adhipatayas te māvantu pitaraḥ pitāmahāḥ pare 'vare tatāstatāmahāḥ /
PārGS, 1, 5, 11.5 svasti no agne diva ā
pṛthivyā viśvāni dhehyayathā yajatra yad asyāṃ mahi divi jātaṃ praśastaṃ tad asmāsu draviṇaṃ dhehi citraṃ svāhā /
PārGS, 1, 6, 3.4 sāmāham asmi ṛk tvaṃ dyaur ahaṃ
pṛthivī tvaṃ tāv ehi vivahāvahai saha reto dadhāvahai prajāṃ prajanayāvahai putrān vindāvahai bahūn te santu jaradaṣṭayaḥ saṃpriyau rociṣṇū sumanasyamānau paśyema śaradaḥ śataṃ jīvema śaradaḥ śataṃ śṛṇuyāma śaradaḥ śatam iti //
PārGS, 1, 12, 1.0 pakṣādiṣu sthālīpākaṃ śrapayitvā darśapūrṇamāsadevatābhyo hutvā juhoti brahmaṇe prajāpataye viśvebhyo devebhyo
dyāvāpṛthivībhyām iti //
PārGS, 2, 17, 9.1 pṛthivī dyauḥ pradiśo diśo yasmai dyubhirāvṛtāḥ tam ihendram upahvaye śivā naḥ santu hetayaḥ svāhā /
PārGS, 3, 2, 14.0 upottiṣṭhanti ud āyuṣā svāyuṣot parjanyasya vṛṣṭyā
pṛthivyāḥ saptadhāmabhir iti //
PārGS, 3, 3, 6.1 sthālīpākasya juhoti śāntā
pṛthivī śivamantarikṣaṃ śaṃ no dyaurabhayaṃ kṛṇotu /
PārGS, 3, 13, 5.3 dyaur ahaṃ
pṛthivī cāhaṃ tau te krodhaṃ nayāmasi garbham aśvatary asahāsāviti //
PārGS, 3, 15, 21.1 sa yadi kiṃcillabheta tat pratigṛhṇāti dyaus tvā dadātu
pṛthivī tvā pratigṛhṇātviti sāsya na dadataḥ kṣīyate bhūyasī ca pratigṛhītā bhavati /
Sāmavidhānabrāhmaṇa
SVidhB, 1, 1, 6.0 tasya dyauḥ śira āsīd uro 'ntarikṣaṃ madhyaṃ samudraḥ
pṛthivī pādau //
SVidhB, 3, 8, 2.0 rātriṃ prapadye punarbhūṃ mayobhūṃ kanyāṃ śikhaṇḍinīṃ pāśahastāṃ yuvatiṃ kumāriṇīm ādityaś cakṣuṣe vātaḥ prāṇāya somo gandhāyāpaḥ snehāya mano 'nujñāya
pṛthivyai śarīram //
Taittirīyabrāhmaṇa
Taittirīyasaṃhitā
TS, 1, 1, 7, 1.4 dhruvam asi
pṛthivīṃ dṛṃhāyur dṛṃha prajāṃ dṛṃha sajātān asmai yajamānāya pary ūha /
TS, 1, 1, 9, 3.8 purā krūrasya visṛpo virapśinn udādāya
pṛthivīṃ jīradānur yām airayañcandramasi svadhābhis tāṃ dhīrāso anudṛśya yajante //
TS, 1, 3, 5, 7.0 divam agreṇa mā lekhīr antarikṣam madhyena mā hiṃsīḥ
pṛthivyā sam bhava //
TS, 1, 6, 5, 2.2 viṣṇoḥ kramo 'sy abhimātihā gāyatreṇa chandasā
pṛthivīm anuvikrame nirbhaktaḥ sa yaṃ dviṣmaḥ /
TS, 1, 8, 5, 19.1 yad antarikṣam
pṛthivīm uta dyāṃ yan mātaram pitaraṃ vā jihiṃsima /
TS, 2, 1, 7, 1.5 yaś caturthaḥ parāpatat sa
pṛthivīm prāviśat tam bṛhaspatir abhi //
TS, 3, 4, 2, 4.1 ajāsi rayiṣṭhā
pṛthivyāṃ sīdordhvāntarikṣam upatiṣṭhasva divi te bṛhad bhāḥ /
TS, 5, 2, 7, 7.1 brahmavādino vadanti na
pṛthivyāṃ nāntarikṣe na divy agniś cetavya iti //
TS, 5, 2, 7, 8.1 yat
pṛthivyāṃ cinvīta pṛthivīṃ śucārpayen nauṣadhayo na vanaspatayaḥ prajāyeran //
TS, 5, 2, 7, 8.1 yat pṛthivyāṃ cinvīta
pṛthivīṃ śucārpayen nauṣadhayo na vanaspatayaḥ prajāyeran //
TS, 5, 3, 6, 1.1 raśmir ity evādityam asṛjata pretir iti dharmam anvitir iti divam saṃdhir ity antarikṣam pratidhir iti
pṛthivīm viṣṭambha iti vṛṣṭim pravety ahar anuveti rātrim uśig iti vasūn praketa iti rudrān sudītir ity ādityān oja iti pitṝn tantur iti prajāḥ pṛtanāṣāḍ iti paśūn revad ity oṣadhīḥ //
TS, 6, 3, 4, 1.1 pṛthivyai tvāntarikṣāya tvā dive tvety āhaibhya evainaṃ lokebhyaḥ prokṣati /
TS, 6, 3, 9, 1.4 śam ahobhyām iti ninayaty ahorātrābhyām eva
pṛthivyai śucaṃ śamayati /
Taittirīyopaniṣad
TU, 1, 7, 1.1 pṛthivyantarikṣaṃ dyaurdiśo 'vāntaradiśā agnirvāyurādityaścandramā nakṣatrāṇy āpa oṣadhayo vanaspataya ākāśa ātmetyadhibhūtam /
Taittirīyāraṇyaka
TĀ, 2, 12, 4.1 namo brahmaṇe namo astv agnaye namaḥ
pṛthivyai nama oṣadhībhyaḥ /
TĀ, 2, 20, 5.1 namo brahmaṇe namo astv agnaye namaḥ
pṛthivyai nama oṣadhībhyaḥ /
TĀ, 5, 7, 8.10 divispṛṅ mā mā hiṃsīr antarikṣaspṛṅ mā mā hiṃsīḥ
pṛthivispṛṅ mā mā hiṃsīr ityāhāhiṃsāyai //
TĀ, 5, 8, 3.4 taṃ prāvyaṃ yathāvaṇṇamo dive namaḥ
pṛthivyā ity āha /
TĀ, 5, 8, 3.8 divaṃ gacchāntarikṣaṃ gaccha
pṛthivīṃ gacchety āha /
Vaikhānasagṛhyasūtra
VaikhGS, 1, 10, 1.0 pātrād ādhāvam ādāya pavitre stha iti vedyāṃ barhiṣaḥ sthāpayitvā tān paraśurasīti prokṣya samidho muktabandhāḥ kṛṣṇo 'sīti vedirasīti vediṃ sruvādīn barhiṣo barhirasi srugbhya iti barhiṣo 'graṃ dive tveti madhyam antarikṣāyeti mūlaṃ
pṛthivyai tveti prokṣayati //
VaikhGS, 1, 11, 4.0 vānaspatyo 'sīti praṇidhī prakṣālya
pṛthivyāpo grahīṣyāmīti sākṣatam adbhir āpūrya vasūnāṃ pavitram ity udagagre pavitre prakṣipya dakṣiṇena pāṇināgramitaradvāmena gṛhītvā devo vaḥ saviteti trirutpūya tathā nidadhāti //
VaikhGS, 1, 17, 4.0 agnir bhūtānām adhipatiḥ sa māvatvindro jyeṣṭhānāṃ yamaḥ
pṛthivyā vāyurantarikṣasya sūryo divaścandramā nakṣatrāṇāṃ bṛhaspatirbrahmaṇo mitraḥ satyānāṃ varuṇo 'pāṃ samudraḥ srotyānāmannaṃ samrājyānām adhipatiṃ tanmāvatu //
VaikhGS, 1, 20, 1.0 tatpātreṇādhāvamādāya sruveṇāntaritam agnis tṛpyatv ity upāgni paścimato vedistṛpyatviti vedyāṃ dyaus tṛpyatv ity ākāśe
pṛthivī tṛpyatviti bhūmau brahmādyāstṛpyantāmiti dakṣiṇasyāṃ tarpayati //
VaikhGS, 2, 2, 2.0 pratisarāṃ kutapasya dukūlasya vā trivṛtāṃ puṣpādyapi saṃbhṛtyādāya juhuyādṛco 'gne nayādy agnidevatyāḥ somo dhenvādi saumadaivatyā brahma jajñānādi brahmadaivatye rudram anyam ityādi rudradaivatye ato devādi viṣṇudaivatyā ā no viśvādi viśvedevadaivatyā yataḥ svam asītyādi saptarṣidaivatyā ye bhūtā ityādi bhūtadaivatyā vyāhṛtīragnaye kavyavāhanāya somāya pitṛmate yamāya cāṅgiraspataye ete ya iha pitara uśantastvā sā no dadātvityṛcaḥ pitṛdaivatyāḥ
pṛthivīgatebhyaḥ pitṛbhyo 'ntarikṣagatebhyaḥ pitāmahebhyo divigatebhyaḥ prapitāmahebhyaḥ svadhā namaḥ svāheti pitṛbhyaḥ paitṛkam upavītī hutvā vyāhṛtīḥ sāmānyato devatābhyastābhyo 'ṣṭābhyo juhoti //
VaikhGS, 2, 11, 1.0 tathaiva dhātādivratavisargaṃ hutvā brāhmavrataṃ visṛjya navānyupavītādīni pūrvavaddattvā pravargyadevatābhyaḥ kalpayāmi sāṃrājyai kalpayāmi mahāvīrāya kalpayāmi
pṛthivyai kalpayāmi svāhetyuttare somāya kalpayāmi pitṛbhyaḥ kalpayāmi pitṛbhyo mantrapatibhyaḥ kalpayāmi rudrāya kalpayāmi rudrāya rudrahotre kalpayāmi svāheti dakṣiṇe cāhutīr etā hutvāgne vratapate śukriyavrataṃ bandhayāmīti śukriyavrataṃ ṣāṇmāsikaṃ traimāsikaṃ vā badhnīyāt //
VaikhGS, 2, 12, 4.0 āsayitvā dakṣiṇe śaṃ no devīriti prokṣya pradhānāḥ pañcāśadāhutīr ājyacarubhyām akṣatadhānābhyāṃ vā juhotyagnaye
pṛthivyai ṛgvedāya yajurvedāya sāmavedāyātharvaṇavedāya vāyave 'ntarikṣāya divasāya sūryāya digbhyaś candramase 'dhyāyāyānadhyāyāyādhyāyadevatāyā anadhyāyadevatāyai śraddhāyai medhāyai dhāraṇāyā ācāryāya chandasa ṛṣibhyaḥ saptarṣibhyo munibhyo gurubhyo 'horātrebhyo 'rdhamāsebhyo māsebhya ṛtubhyaḥ saṃvatsarebhyaḥ parivatsarebhya idāvatsarebhya idvatsarebhyo vatsarebhyo brahmaṇe sāvitryai prajāpataya uśanase cyavanāya bṛhaspataye somāyāṅgirase darbhāya śaṅkhāya likhitāya sthūlaśirase vainateyāya śikhina īśvarāyādhikṛtādhidevatābhyaḥ sadasaspatimadbhutaṃ priyamindrasya kāmyam saniṃ medhāmayāsiṣaṃ svāheti pūrvavat prājāpatyavratabandhaṃ dhātādi pañca vāruṇaṃ mūlahomaṃ sviṣṭākāraṃ ca hutvā hutaśeṣam aditiste kakṣyāmiti bhojayitvā yoge yoge tavastaram ityācamanaṃ dadāti //
VaikhGS, 2, 16, 8.0 virāja iti pādyadānam ā mā gan yaśasety ācamanam amṛtopastaraṇam asīti madhuparkadānaṃ
pṛthivīti tasyānnasaṃkalpanam amṛtāpidhānamasīti mukhavāsadānamiti viśeṣa ityeke //
VaikhGS, 2, 17, 3.0 madhudhāmnoścodanāyāṃ toyapiṣṭau pratinidhī gṛhṇīyād yasmād āpo vai sarvā devatāḥ sarvārthasādhakā iti vedyarthaṃ saṃbhārārthaṃ
pṛthivī vanaspatayaḥ paśvartham oṣadhaya iti vedānuśāsanaṃ bhavati //
Vaikhānasaśrautasūtra
VaikhŚS, 2, 3, 10.0 agnaye ca tvā
pṛthivyai connayāmīti caturbhiḥ sthālyāś caturaḥ sruvān pūrṇān agnihotrahavaṇyām unnayaty uttamena dviḥ pañcāvattinaḥ //
VaikhŚS, 3, 4, 9.0 pṛthivyāḥ saṃpṛcaḥ pāhīti śulbaṃ prāgagram udagagraṃ vāstīryāparimitānām ity abhimantrya susaṃbhṛtā tveti yathālūnaṃ śulbe muṣṭīn nidhanāni vā saṃbharati //
VaikhŚS, 10, 4, 1.0 agne aṅgira ity abhriṃ nidhāya yo 'syāṃ
pṛthivyām asīti pāṃsūn ādāyāyuṣā nāmnehīti hṛtvā yat te 'nādhṛṣṭaṃ nāma yajñiyam ity uttaravedyāṃ nivapati //
VaikhŚS, 10, 8, 2.0 yavamatīḥ prokṣaṇīr āhṛtya yūpāgre caṣālaṃ saṃdhāya
pṛthivyai tveti tribhir mantrair yūpasya mūlamadhyāgrāṇi prokṣati //
Vaitānasūtra
VaitS, 1, 3, 10.1 tad vyuhya tṛṇāni prāgdaṇḍaṃ sthaṇḍile nidadhāti
pṛthivyās tvā nābhau sādayāmīti //
VaitS, 1, 3, 16.1 āgnīdhraḥ ṣaḍavattaṃ prāśnāti
pṛthivyāḥ tvā dātrā prāśnāmy antarikṣasya tvā divas tveti //
VaitS, 3, 3, 25.1 punar upaspṛśyottānahastāḥ prastare nihnuvata eṣṭā rāya eṣṭā vāmāni preṣe bhagāya ṛtamṛtavādibhyo namo dive namaḥ
pṛthivyā iti //
VaitS, 3, 5, 3.2 pṛthivy agneḥ patnī vāg vātasya patnī senendrasya patnī dhenā bṛhaspateḥ patnī pathyā pūṣṇaḥ patnī gāyatrī vasūnāṃ patnī triṣṭub rudrāṇāṃ patnī jagaty ādityānāṃ patny anuṣṭum mitrasya patnī virāḍ varuṇasya patnī paṅktir viṣṇoḥ patnī dīkṣā somasya rājñaḥ patnīti //
VaitS, 3, 6, 11.1 havirdhāne pūrveṇātītya khare copaviśya divas
pṛthivyā iti madhusūktena rājānaṃ saṃśrayati //
VaitS, 4, 3, 5.1 yūpam ārohyamāṇo yajamāna āha devasya savituḥ save svargaṃ varṣiṣṭhaṃ nākaṃ ruheyam pṛṣṭhāt
pṛthivyā aham iti //
VaitS, 7, 2, 4.1 niṣkramya sarve yajamānaṃ pṛcchāmi tvā param antaṃ
pṛthivyā iti /
Vasiṣṭhadharmasūtra
Vājasaneyisaṃhitā (Mādhyandina)
VSM, 1, 11.5 pṛthivyās tvā nābhau sādayāmy adityā upasthe 'gne havyaṃ rakṣa //
VSM, 1, 17.4 dhruvam asi
pṛthivīṃ dṛṃha brahmavani tvā kṣatravani sajātavany upadadhāmi bhrātṛvyasya vadhāya //
VSM, 1, 25.1 pṛthivi devayajany oṣadhyās te mūlaṃ mā hiṃsiṣam /
VSM, 1, 25.4 badhāna deva savitaḥ paramasyāṃ
pṛthivyāṃ śatena pāśair yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas tam ato mā mauk //
VSM, 1, 26.4 badhāna deva savitaḥ paramasyāṃ
pṛthivyāṃ śatena pāśair yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas tam ato mā mauk /
VSM, 1, 26.9 badhāna deva savitaḥ paramasyāṃ
pṛthivyāṃ śatena pāśair yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas tam ato mā mauk //
VSM, 1, 28.1 purā krūrasya visṛpo virapśinn udādāya
pṛthivīṃ jīvadānum /
VSM, 2, 10.3 upahūtā
pṛthivī mātopa māṃ pṛthivī mātā hvayatām /
VSM, 2, 10.3 upahūtā pṛthivī mātopa māṃ
pṛthivī mātā hvayatām /
VSM, 2, 25.3 pṛthivyāṃ viṣṇur vyakraṃsta jāgatena chandasā tato nirbhakto yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ /
VSM, 3, 5.3 tasyās te
pṛthivi devayajani pṛṣṭhe 'gnim annādam annādyāyādadhe //
VSM, 4, 1.1 edam aganma devayajanaṃ
pṛthivyā yatra devāso ajuṣanta viśve /
VSM, 4, 22.1 adityās tvā mūrdhann ājigharmi devayajane
pṛthivyā iḍāyās padam asi ghṛtavat svāhā /
VSM, 4, 30.3 astabhnād dyāṃ vṛṣabho antarikṣam amimīta varimāṇaṃ
pṛthivyāḥ /
VSM, 5, 9.7 yo 'syāṃ
pṛthivyām asi yat te 'nādhṛṣṭaṃ nāma yajñiyaṃ tena tvādadhe /
VSM, 5, 9.10 yo dvitīyasyāṃ
pṛthivyām asi yat te 'nādhṛṣṭaṃ nāma yajñiyaṃ tena tvādadhe /
VSM, 5, 9.13 yas tṛtīyasyāṃ
pṛthivyām asi yat te 'nādhṛṣṭaṃ nāma yajñiyaṃ tena tvādadhe /
VSM, 5, 16.2 vyaskabhnā rodasī viṣṇav ete dādhartha
pṛthivīm abhito mayūkhaiḥ svāhā //
VSM, 5, 19.2 divo vā viṣṇa uta vā
pṛthivyā maho vā viṣṇa uror antarikṣāt /
VSM, 5, 27.1 ud divaṃ stabhānāntarikṣaṃ pṛṇa dṛṃhasva
pṛthivyām /
VSM, 5, 43.1 dyāṃ mā lekhīr antarikṣaṃ mā hiṃsīḥ
pṛthivyā saṃbhava /
VSM, 6, 2.4 dyām agreṇāspṛkṣa āntarikṣaṃ madhyenāprāḥ
pṛthivīm upareṇādṛṃhīḥ //
VSM, 6, 21.13 divaṃ te dhūmo gacchatu svar jyotiḥ
pṛthivīṃ bhasmanā pṛṇa svāhā //
VSM, 6, 33.1 yat te soma divi jyotir yat
pṛthivyāṃ yad urāv antarikṣe /
VSM, 7, 19.1 ye devāso divy ekādaśa stha
pṛthivyām adhy ekādaśa stha /
VSM, 7, 24.1 mūrdhānaṃ divo aratiṃ
pṛthivyā vaiśvānaram ṛta ājātam agnim /
VSM, 8, 32.1 mahī dyauḥ
pṛthivī ca na imaṃ yajñaṃ mimikṣatām /
VSM, 8, 52.1 satrasya ṛddhir asy aganma jyotir amṛtā abhūma divaṃ
pṛthivyā adhy āruhāmāvidāma devānt svar jyotiḥ //
VSM, 8, 60.1 devān divam agan yajñas tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu manuṣyān antarikṣam agan yajñas tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu pitṝn
pṛthivīm agan yajñas tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu yaṃ kaṃ ca lokam agan yajñas tato me bhadraṃ abhūt //
VSM, 9, 2.7 pṛthivīsadaṃ tvāntarikṣasadaṃ divisadaṃ devasadaṃ nākasadam /
VSM, 11, 9.2 ādade gāyatreṇa chandasāṅgirasvat
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthād agniṃ purīṣyam aṅgirasvad ābhara traiṣṭubhena chandasāṅgirasvat //
VSM, 11, 12.2 divi te janma paramam antarikṣe tava nābhiḥ
pṛthivyām adhi yonir it //
VSM, 11, 16.1 pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthād agniṃ purīṣyam aṅgirasvad ābhara /
VSM, 11, 20.1 dyaus te pṛṣṭhaṃ
pṛthivī sadhastham ātmāntarikṣaṃ samudro yoniḥ /
VSM, 11, 21.2 vayaṃ syāma sumatau
pṛthivyā agniṃ khananta upasthe asyāḥ //
VSM, 11, 22.1 udakramīd draviṇodā vājy arvākaḥ su lokaṃ sukṛtaṃ
pṛthivyām /
VSM, 11, 28.2 pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthād agniṃ purīṣyam aṅgirasvat khanāmi /
VSM, 11, 28.4 śivaṃ prajābhyo 'hiṃsantaṃ
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthād agniṃ purīṣyam aṅgirasvat khanāmaḥ //
VSM, 11, 58.1 vasavas tvā kṛṇvantu gāyatreṇa chandasāṅgirasvad dhruvāsi
pṛthivy asi /
VSM, 11, 61.1 aditiṣṭvā devī viśvadevyāvatī
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvat khanatv avaṭa /
VSM, 11, 61.2 devānām tvā patnīr devīr viśvadevyāvatīḥ
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvad dadhatūkhe /
VSM, 11, 61.3 dhiṣaṇās tvā devīr viśvadevyāvatīḥ
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvad abhīndhatām ukhe /
VSM, 11, 61.4 varūtrīṣṭvā devīr viśvadevyāvatīḥ
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvacchrapayantūkhe /
VSM, 11, 61.5 gnās tvā devīr viśvadevyāvatīḥ
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvat pacantūkhe /
VSM, 11, 61.6 janayas tvācchinnapatrā devīr viśvadevyāvatīḥ
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvat pacantūkhe //
VSM, 11, 69.1 dṛṃhasva devi
pṛthivi svastaya āsurī māyā svadhayā kṛtāsi /
VSM, 11, 76.1 nābhā
pṛthivyāḥ samidhāne agnau rāyaspoṣāya bṛhate havāmahe /
VSM, 12, 5.1 viṣṇoḥ kramo 'si sapatnahā gāyatraṃ chanda āroha
pṛthivīm anu vikramasva /
VSM, 12, 45.2 adād yamo 'vasānaṃ
pṛthivyā akrann imaṃ pitaro lokam asmai //
VSM, 12, 48.1 agne yat te divi varcaḥ
pṛthivyāṃ yad oṣadhīṣv apsv ā yajatra /
VSM, 12, 61.1 māteva putraṃ
pṛthivī purīṣyam agniṃ sve yonāv abhār ukhā /
VSM, 12, 102.1 mā mā hiṃsīj janitā yaḥ
pṛthivyā yo vā divaṃ satyadharmā vyānaṭ /
VSM, 13, 4.2 sa dādhāra
pṛthivīṃ dyām utemāṃ kasmai devāya haviṣā vidhema //
VSM, 13, 5.1 drapsaś caskanda
pṛthivīm anu dyām imaṃ ca yonim anu yaś ca pūrvaḥ /
VSM, 13, 16.2 mā tvā samudra udvadhīn mā suparṇo 'vyathamānā
pṛthivīṃ dṛṃha //
VSM, 13, 18.2 pṛthivīṃ yaccha pṛthivīṃ dṛṃha pṛthivīṃ mā hiṃsīḥ //
VSM, 13, 18.2 pṛthivīṃ yaccha
pṛthivīṃ dṛṃha pṛthivīṃ mā hiṃsīḥ //
VSM, 13, 18.2 pṛthivīṃ yaccha pṛthivīṃ dṛṃha
pṛthivīṃ mā hiṃsīḥ //
VSM, 13, 24.3 prajāpatiṣṭvā sādayatu pṛṣṭhe
pṛthivyā jyotiṣmatīm /
VSM, 13, 45.1 yo 'gnir agner adhyajāyata śokāt
pṛthivyā uta vā divas pari /
VSM, 14, 2.1 kulāyinī ghṛtavatī puraṃdhiḥ syone sīda sadane
pṛthivyāḥ /
VSM, 14, 4.1 pṛthivyāḥ purīṣam asy apso nāma tāṃ tvā viśve abhigṛṇantu devāḥ /
VSM, 15, 10.1 rājñy asi prācī dig vasavas te devā adhipatayo 'gnir hetīnāṃ pratidhartā trivṛt tvā stomaḥ
pṛthivyāṃ śrayatv ājyam uktham avyathāyai stabhnātu rathantaraṃ sāma pratiṣṭhityā antarikṣa ṛṣayas tvā prathamajā deveṣu divo mātrayā varimṇā prathantu vidhartā cāyam adhipatiś ca te tvā sarve saṃvidānā nākasya pṛṣṭhe svarge loke yajamānaṃ ca sādayantu //
Vārāhagṛhyasūtra
VārGS, 13, 1.0 atha pravadane kanyāmupavasitāṃ snātāṃ saśiraskām ahatenācchinnadaśena vāsasā saṃvītāṃ saṃstīrṇasya purastād vihitāni vāditrāṇi vidhivadupakalpya purastāt sviṣṭakṛto vāce pathyāyai pūṣṇe
pṛthivyā agnaye senāyai dhenāyai gāyatryai triṣṭubhe jagatyā anuṣṭubhe paṅktaye virāje rākāyai sinīvālyai kuhvai tvaṣṭra āśāyai sampattyai bhūtyai nirṛtyā anumatyai parjanyāyāgnaye sviṣṭakṛte ca juhuyāt //
VārGS, 14, 2.1 athaināṃ darbhaśulvena saṃnahyati saṃ tvā nahyāmi payasā
pṛthivyāḥ saṃ tvā nahyāmy adbhir oṣadhībhiḥ /
VārGS, 16, 1.8 ahaṃ prajā ajanayaṃ
pṛthivyām ahaṃ garbham adadhām oṣadhīṣu /
VārGS, 17, 6.2 agnaye
pṛthivyai vāyave 'ntarikṣāya sūryāya dive candramase nakṣatrebhya iti //
Vārāhaśrautasūtra
VārŚS, 1, 1, 4, 22.1 dakṣiṇata āhavanīyam upasthāya viṣṇuḥ
pṛthivyāṃ vyakraṃsteti paryāyair yajamānas trīn krāmati /
VārŚS, 1, 1, 4, 23.4 idam aham asyāḥ
pṛthivyā asmād annādyād bhrātṛvyaṃ nirbhajāmi nirbhakto yaṃ dviṣmaḥ /
VārŚS, 1, 2, 1, 17.1 prathamalūnaṃ saṃnakhaṃ prastaraṃ kṛtvā
pṛthivyāḥ saṃpṛcaḥ pāhīti tṛṇam antardhāya sādayati //
VārŚS, 1, 3, 1, 3.1 āgne devayajanaṃ vaheti dvitīyam avasthāpya tasmin kapālam upadadhāti dhruvam asi
pṛthivīṃ dṛṃheti //
VārŚS, 1, 3, 1, 32.1 indrasya bāhur asīti darbheṇa saṃmṛjya
pṛthivyā varmāsīti pūrvasmin veditṛtīye darbhaṃ nidhāya sphyena tiryak chinatti tricaturthaṃ pṛthivi devayajanīti //
VārŚS, 1, 3, 1, 32.1 indrasya bāhur asīti darbheṇa saṃmṛjya pṛthivyā varmāsīti pūrvasmin veditṛtīye darbhaṃ nidhāya sphyena tiryak chinatti tricaturthaṃ
pṛthivi devayajanīti //
VārŚS, 1, 3, 3, 4.1 devaṃgamam asīty antarvedy āsādya barhis triḥ prokṣati dive tvety agram antarikṣāya tveti madhyaṃ
pṛthivyai tveti mūlam //
VārŚS, 1, 3, 3, 27.1 irā bhūtiḥ
pṛthivyā raso motkramīd iti kapālāny abhighārya puroḍāśāv alaṃkaroti //
VārŚS, 1, 3, 5, 12.1 vyuddiṣṭasya dvaidham āgnīdhrabhāgaṃ pṛthak pāṇyor avadyaty upahūtā
pṛthivī mātopa māṃ pṛthivī mātā hvayatām agnir āgnīdhrāt svāhā /
VārŚS, 1, 3, 5, 12.1 vyuddiṣṭasya dvaidham āgnīdhrabhāgaṃ pṛthak pāṇyor avadyaty upahūtā pṛthivī mātopa māṃ
pṛthivī mātā hvayatām agnir āgnīdhrāt svāhā /
VārŚS, 1, 3, 5, 12.2 upahūto dyauḥ pitopa māṃ dyauḥ pitā hvayatām agnir āgnīdhrāt svāhety upahūya
pṛthivyās tvā dātrā prāśnāmy antarikṣasya tvā dātrā prāśnāmi divas tvā dātrā prāśnāmi diśāṃ tvā dātrā prāśnāmīti prāśnāti //
VārŚS, 1, 3, 6, 6.1 saṃjānāthāṃ dyāvāpṛthivī iti barhiṣi vidhṛtī visṛjya prastaram anakti
pṛthivyām aṅkṣveti dhruvāyāṃ mūlam antarikṣe 'ṅkṣvety upabhṛti madhyaṃ divyaṅkṣveti juhvām agram //
VārŚS, 1, 3, 7, 12.1 idhmaparivāsanāny upasamādhāya dakṣiṇāgnau caturgṛhīta ājye phalīkaraṇāny āvāpaṃ juhoti agne 'dabdhāyo 'dabdhamano pāhi mā divaḥ pāhi prasityāḥ pāhi duriṣṭyāḥ pāhi duradmanyā aviṣaṃ naḥ pituṃ kṛdhi sudhīṃ yoniṃ suṣadāṃ
pṛthivīṃ svāheti //
VārŚS, 1, 4, 4, 3.1 yā te agne pavamānā paśuṣu priyā tanūr yā
pṛthivyāṃ yāgnau yā rathantare yā gāyatre chandasīdaṃ te tām avarunddhe tasyai te svāhā /
VārŚS, 1, 5, 1, 3.1 purastāt sviṣṭakṛta utsādanīyān homān juhoti yā te agne utsīdataḥ pavamānā paśuṣu priyā tanūs tayā saha
pṛthivīm āroha gāyatreṇa chandasā /
VārŚS, 1, 5, 3, 6.0 sajūr jātavedo divā
pṛthivyā juṣāṇo asya haviṣo vīhi svāheti juhuyād yatra rudraḥ paśūn abhimanyeta //
VārŚS, 1, 6, 3, 1.3 iti snātaṃ yūpaṃ tīrthenopasādya tūṣṇīkāṃ yavamatīḥ prokṣaṇīḥ saṃskṛtya yūpaṃ prokṣati
pṛthivyai tveti mūlam antarikṣāya tveti madhyaṃ dive tvety agram /
VārŚS, 2, 1, 7, 4.1 pṛthivi pṛthivyāṃ sīdeti sādayaty uttarataḥ purastāt svayamātṛṇṇāyā yāvaty ulūkhalam //
VārŚS, 2, 1, 7, 4.1 pṛthivi
pṛthivyāṃ sīdeti sādayaty uttarataḥ purastāt svayamātṛṇṇāyā yāvaty ulūkhalam //
VārŚS, 2, 1, 8, 1.5 dhruvā ca
pṛthivī ca savitur marutāṃ varuṇasya te te 'dhipatayas te yaṃ dviṣmo yaśca no dveṣṭi tam eṣāṃ jambhe dadhāmi /
VārŚS, 3, 2, 2, 17.1 havirdhāne mānasaṃ grahaṃ gṛhṇāti
pṛthivyā pātreṇa samudraṃ rasām anupayāmagṛhīto 'si prajāpataye tvā juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmīti //
Āpastambadharmasūtra
Āpastambagṛhyasūtra
ĀpGS, 15, 5.0 uttarayā māturupastha ādhāyottarayā dakṣiṇaṃ stanaṃ pratidhāpyottarābhyāṃ
pṛthivīmabhimṛśyottareṇa yajuṣā saṃviṣṭam //
Āpastambaśrautasūtra
ĀpŚS, 6, 1, 8.2 amṛtāhutim amṛtāyāṃ juhomy agniṃ
pṛthivyām amṛtasya jityai /
ĀpŚS, 6, 2, 1.1 agne samrāḍ ajaikapād āhavanīya divaḥ
pṛthivyāḥ paryantarikṣāllokaṃ vinda yajamānāya /
ĀpŚS, 6, 8, 1.1 agnaye ca tvā
pṛthivyai connayāmīti prathamaṃ vāyave ca tvāntarikṣāya ceti dvitīyaṃ sūryāya ca tvā dive ceti tṛtīyaṃ candramase ca tvā nakṣatrebhyaś ceti caturtham //
ĀpŚS, 6, 12, 4.0 adbhiḥ srucaṃ pūrayitvā sarpebhyas tvā sarpāñ jinveti pratidiśaṃ vyutsicya sarpān pipīlikā jinva sarpetarajanāñ jinva sarpadevajanāñ jinveti tisraḥ sruca utsicya caturthīṃ pūrayitvā
pṛthivyām amṛtaṃ juhomi svāhety apareṇāhavanīyaṃ ninīya śeṣaṃ patnyā añjalau gṛhebhyas tvā gṛhāñ jinveti //
ĀpŚS, 6, 14, 12.1 tac ced atihanyāt sajūr jātavedo diva ā
pṛthivyā asya haviṣo ghṛtasya vīhi svāheti sāyaṃ prātar ājyena juhuyāt //
ĀpŚS, 6, 22, 1.4 svasti vo 'stu ye mām anustha ṣaṇ morvīr aṃhasas pāntu dyauś ca
pṛthivī cāpaś cauṣadhayaś cork ca sūnṛtā ca /
ĀpŚS, 7, 9, 9.3 pṛthivyai tveti mūlam antarikṣāya tveti madhyaṃ dive tvety agram //
ĀpŚS, 7, 16, 4.0 taṃ dakṣiṇena pratyañcaṃ paśum avasthāpya
pṛthivyāḥ saṃpṛcaḥ pāhīti tasyādhastād barhir upāsyaty upākaraṇayor anyatarat //
ĀpŚS, 7, 18, 12.1 śam oṣadhībhyaḥ śaṃ
pṛthivyā iti bhūmyāṃ śeṣaṃ ninīyauṣadhe trāyasvainam ity upākaraṇayor avaśiṣṭaṃ dakṣiṇena nābhim antardhāya svadhite mainaṃ hiṃsīr iti svadhitinā pārśvatas tiryag āchyati //
ĀpŚS, 7, 27, 4.0 pratyākramya juhvāṃ svarum avadhāyānūyājānte juhoti dyām te dhūmo gacchatv antarikṣam arciḥ
pṛthivīṃ bhasmanā pṛṇasva svāheti //
ĀpŚS, 7, 28, 2.2 śṛṅgāṇīvecchṛṅgiṇāṃ saṃdadṛśrire caṣālavantaḥ svaravaḥ
pṛthivyām /
ĀpŚS, 16, 2, 9.0 āgatya vājy adhvana ākramya vājin
pṛthivīm iti dvābhyāṃ mṛtkhanam aśvam ākramayya dyaus te pṛṣṭham ity aśvasya pṛṣṭhaṃ saṃmārṣṭi //
ĀpŚS, 16, 4, 1.0 vi pājaseti visrasyāpo hi ṣṭhā mayobhuva iti tisṛbhir apa upasṛjya mitraḥ saṃsṛjya
pṛthivīm iti dvābhyāṃ saṃsarjanīyaiḥ saṃsṛjati armakapālaiḥ piṣṭair veṇvaṅgārair vrīhituṣaiḥ palāśakaṣāyeṇa śarkarābhiḥ piṣṭābhiḥ kṛṣṇājinalomabhir ajalomabhir iti //
ĀpŚS, 16, 4, 3.0 rudrāḥ saṃbhṛtya
pṛthivīm iti mṛdaṃ saṃkṣipya saṃsṛṣṭāṃ vasubhir iti tisṛbhiḥ kartre prayacchati //
ĀpŚS, 16, 5, 11.0 pakvāṃ devas tvā savitodvapatv ity udvāsyāpadyamānā
pṛthivy āśā diśa ā pṛṇety uttarataḥ sikatāsu pratiṣṭhāpya mitraitāṃ ta ukhāṃ paridadāmy abhittyā eṣā mā bhedīti mitrāya paridadāti //
ĀpŚS, 16, 6, 4.0 yo 'sya kauṣṭhya jagataḥ pārthivasyaika id vaśī yamaṃ bhaṅgyaśravo gāya yo rājānaparodhyaḥ yamaṃ gāya bhaṅgyaśravo yo rājānaparodhyaḥ yenāpo nadyo dhanvāni yena dyauḥ
pṛthivī dṛḍhā hiraṇyakakṣyān sudhurān hiraṇyākṣān ayaḥśaphān aśvān anaśyato dānaṃ yamo rājābhitiṣṭhatīti tisṛbhir yamagāthābhiḥ parigāyati //
ĀpŚS, 16, 6, 6.0 idam asmākaṃ bhuje bhogāya bhūyād iti puruṣaśira ādāyodehy agne adhi mātuḥ
pṛthivyā ity āharati //
ĀpŚS, 16, 7, 3.0 rāyo agne mahe tvā dānāya samidhīmahi īḍiṣvā hi mahī vṛṣan dyāvā hotrāya
pṛthivīm iti yady ekaviṃśatiḥ //
ĀpŚS, 16, 18, 6.3 ekacakreṇa savitā rathenorjo bhāgaṃ
pṛthivīm etv āpṛṇann iti lāṅgalam ucchrayati //
ĀpŚS, 16, 20, 5.1 mā no hiṃsīj janitā yaḥ
pṛthivyā iti catasṛbhir digbhyo loṣṭān samasyati ye 'ntarvidhād bahirvidham āpannā bhavanti //
ĀpŚS, 16, 23, 1.1 dhruvāsi dharuṇāstṛteti svayamātṛṇṇām abhimṛśyāśvenopaghrāpya prajāpatis tvā sādayatu
pṛthivyāḥ pṛṣṭha ity aviduṣā brāhmaṇena saha madhye 'gner upadadhāti /
ĀpŚS, 16, 24, 7.1 bṛhaspatis tvā sādayatu
pṛthivyāḥ pṛṣṭhe jyotiṣmatīm iti viśvajyotiṣam //
ĀpŚS, 16, 25, 1.1 madhu vātā ṛtāyata iti tisṛbhir dadhnā madhumiśreṇa kūrmam abhyajya mahī dyauḥ
pṛthivī ca na iti purastāt svayamātṛṇṇāyāḥ pratyañcaṃ jīvantaṃ prāṅmukha upadadhāti //
ĀpŚS, 16, 26, 12.1 pṛthivi pṛthivyāṃ sīda mātā mātari mātā syonā syonāyām ukhāṃ svasāram adhi vedim asthāt /
ĀpŚS, 16, 26, 12.1 pṛthivi
pṛthivyāṃ sīda mātā mātari mātā syonā syonāyām ukhāṃ svasāram adhi vedim asthāt /
ĀpŚS, 16, 28, 1.1 mā chandas tat
pṛthivy agnir devatā tenarṣiṇā tena brahmaṇā tayā devatayāṅgirasvad dhruvā sīda /
ĀpŚS, 16, 29, 2.1 āyave svāhāyoṣkṛte svāhāyoṣpatvane svāhā viṣṇave svāhā bṛhaspataye svāheti pañcopadhāyādbhyaḥ sambhūtaḥ
pṛthivyai rasāc ca viśvakarmaṇaḥ samavartatādhi /
ĀpŚS, 16, 30, 1.21 iṣi sīdorji sīda bhage sīda draviṇe sīda subhūte sīda
pṛthivyā yajñiye sīda viṣṇoḥ pṛṣṭhe sīdeḍāyāḥ pade sīda ghṛtavati sīda pinvamāne sīda //
ĀpŚS, 16, 32, 4.1 pṛthivī vaśāmāvāsyā garbho vanaspatayo jarāyv agnir vatso 'gnihotraṃ pīyūṣaḥ /
ĀpŚS, 18, 17, 12.1 paśūnāṃ manyur asīti vārāhī upānahāv upamucya namo mātra ity avarokṣyan
pṛthivīm abhimantryāvaruhya maṇīn pratimuñcate /
ĀpŚS, 19, 12, 16.1 catasraḥ svayamātṛṇṇā dikṣūpadadhāti bhūr agniṃ ca
pṛthivīṃ ca māṃ ceti //
ĀpŚS, 19, 27, 7.1 utkare varṣāhūstambaṃ pratiṣṭhāpyonnambhaya
pṛthivīm iti varṣāhvāṃ juhoti //
ĀpŚS, 20, 11, 4.0 pṛthivyai svāhāntarikṣāya svāhety etaṃ hutvāgnaye svāhā somāya svāheti pūrvadīkṣāḥ //
ĀpŚS, 20, 12, 5.1 pṛthivyai svāhāntarikṣāya svāhety etaṃ hutvā datvate svāhādantakāya svāheti śarīrahomān //
ĀpŚS, 20, 12, 8.1 jajñi bījam ity etaṃ hutvāgnaye samanamat
pṛthivyai samanamad iti saṃnatihomān //
ĀpŚS, 20, 20, 3.1 prajāpates tvā prasave
pṛthivyā nābhāv antarikṣasya bāhubhyāṃ divo hastābhyāṃ prajāpates tvā parameṣṭhinaḥ svārājyenābhiṣiñcāmīti mahimnoḥ saṃsrāveṇābhiṣiñcati //
Āśvalāyanagṛhyasūtra
ĀśvGS, 2, 3, 7.1 paścād agneḥ svastaraḥ svāstīrṇas tasminn upaviśya syonā
pṛthivi bhaveti japitvā saṃviśet sāmātyaḥ prākśirā udaṅmukhaḥ //
ĀśvGS, 2, 9, 3.1 sarvāsu catasṛṣu śilāsu maṇikaṃ pratiṣṭhāpayet
pṛthivyā adhi saṃbhaveti //
ĀśvGS, 3, 3, 4.1 sa yāvan manyeta tāvad adhītyaitayā paridadhāti namo brahmaṇe namo astv agnaye namaḥ
pṛthivyai nama oṣadhībhyaḥ /
ĀśvGS, 3, 11, 1.1 sarvato bhayād anājñātād aṣṭāv ājyāhutīr juhuyāt
pṛthivī vṛtā sāgninā vṛtā tayā vṛtayā vartryā yasmād bhayād bibhemi tad vāraye svāhā //
ĀśvGS, 4, 7, 15.1 prasṛṣṭā anumantrayeta yā divyā āpaḥ
pṛthivī saṃbabhūvur yā antarikṣyā uta pārthivīr yāḥ /
Āśvālāyanaśrautasūtra
ĀśvŚS, 4, 3, 1.3 yā te dhāmāni divi yā
pṛthivyām ā viśvadevaṃ satpatim ya imā viśvā jātāni sutrāmāṇam pṛthivīṃ dyām anehasaṃ mahīm ū ṣu mātaraṃ suvratānāṃ sed agnir agnīṁr atyastv anyān iti dve saṃyājye /
ĀśvŚS, 4, 3, 1.3 yā te dhāmāni divi yā pṛthivyām ā viśvadevaṃ satpatim ya imā viśvā jātāni sutrāmāṇam
pṛthivīṃ dyām anehasaṃ mahīm ū ṣu mātaraṃ suvratānāṃ sed agnir agnīṁr atyastv anyān iti dve saṃyājye /
ĀśvŚS, 4, 4, 2.3 athemavasyavara ā
pṛthivyā āre śatrūn kṛṇuhi sarvavīra iti tiṣṭhan //
ĀśvŚS, 4, 7, 4.6 vi nākam akhyat savitā vareṇyo nu dyāvā
pṛthivī supraṇītir ity āsicyamāna ā nūnam aśvinor ṛṣir iti gavya ā sute siñcata śriyam ity āja āsiktayoḥ sam u tye mahatīr apa iti /
ĀśvŚS, 9, 5, 16.0 tvaṃ bhuvaḥ pratimānaṃ
pṛthivyā bhuvas tvam indra brahmaṇā mahān sadyo ha jāto vṛṣabhaḥ kanīnas tvaṃ sadyo api vā jāta indra anu tvā hi ghne adhideva devā anu te dāyi maha indrāya katho nu te paricarāṇi vidvān iti dve ekasya cin me vibhvas tv oja ekaṃ nu tvā satpatiṃ pāñcajanyaṃ tryaryamā manuṣo devatātā pra ghā nvasya mahato mahānītthā hi soma in mada indro madāya vāvṛdha iti sūktamukhīyāḥ //
ĀśvŚS, 9, 7, 37.0 satyam iyaṃ
pṛthivī satyam ayam agniḥ satyam ayaṃ vāyuḥ satyam asāv āditya iti //
Śatapathabrāhmaṇa
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 22.2 dṛṃhantāṃ duryāḥ
pṛthivyāmiti gṛhā vai duryāste heta īśvaro gṛhā yajamānasya yo 'syaiṣo 'dhvaryuryajñena carati tam prayantamanu pracyotos tasyeśvaraḥ kulaṃ vikṣobdhos tān evaitad asyām pṛthivyāṃ dṛṃhati tathā nānupracyavante tathā na vikṣobhante tasmādāha dṛṃhantāṃ duryāḥ pṛthivyām ity atha praity urvantarikṣamanvemīti so 'sāveva bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 22.2 dṛṃhantāṃ duryāḥ pṛthivyāmiti gṛhā vai duryāste heta īśvaro gṛhā yajamānasya yo 'syaiṣo 'dhvaryuryajñena carati tam prayantamanu pracyotos tasyeśvaraḥ kulaṃ vikṣobdhos tān evaitad asyām
pṛthivyāṃ dṛṃhati tathā nānupracyavante tathā na vikṣobhante tasmādāha dṛṃhantāṃ duryāḥ pṛthivyām ity atha praity urvantarikṣamanvemīti so 'sāveva bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 22.2 dṛṃhantāṃ duryāḥ pṛthivyāmiti gṛhā vai duryāste heta īśvaro gṛhā yajamānasya yo 'syaiṣo 'dhvaryuryajñena carati tam prayantamanu pracyotos tasyeśvaraḥ kulaṃ vikṣobdhos tān evaitad asyām pṛthivyāṃ dṛṃhati tathā nānupracyavante tathā na vikṣobhante tasmādāha dṛṃhantāṃ duryāḥ
pṛthivyām ity atha praity urvantarikṣamanvemīti so 'sāveva bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 23.2 gārhapatye tasya pātrāṇi saṃsādayanti jaghaneno tarhi gārhapatyaṃ sādayed yasyāhavanīye havīṃṣi śrapayanty āhavanīye tasya pātrāṇi saṃsādayanti jaghaneno tarhyāhavanīyaṃ sādayet
pṛthivyāstvā nābhau sādayāmīti madhyaṃ vai nābhir madhyamabhayaṃ tasmādāha pṛthivyāstvā nābhau sādayāmīty adityā upastha ity upastha ivainadabhārṣuriti vā āhur yat suguptaṃ gopāyanti tasmādāhādityā upastha ity agne havyaṃ rakṣeti tadagnaye caivaitaddhaviḥ paridadāti guptyā asyai ca pṛthivyai tasmādāhāgne havyaṃ rakṣeti //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 23.2 gārhapatye tasya pātrāṇi saṃsādayanti jaghaneno tarhi gārhapatyaṃ sādayed yasyāhavanīye havīṃṣi śrapayanty āhavanīye tasya pātrāṇi saṃsādayanti jaghaneno tarhyāhavanīyaṃ sādayet pṛthivyāstvā nābhau sādayāmīti madhyaṃ vai nābhir madhyamabhayaṃ tasmādāha
pṛthivyāstvā nābhau sādayāmīty adityā upastha ity upastha ivainadabhārṣuriti vā āhur yat suguptaṃ gopāyanti tasmādāhādityā upastha ity agne havyaṃ rakṣeti tadagnaye caivaitaddhaviḥ paridadāti guptyā asyai ca pṛthivyai tasmādāhāgne havyaṃ rakṣeti //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 23.2 gārhapatye tasya pātrāṇi saṃsādayanti jaghaneno tarhi gārhapatyaṃ sādayed yasyāhavanīye havīṃṣi śrapayanty āhavanīye tasya pātrāṇi saṃsādayanti jaghaneno tarhyāhavanīyaṃ sādayet pṛthivyāstvā nābhau sādayāmīti madhyaṃ vai nābhir madhyamabhayaṃ tasmādāha pṛthivyāstvā nābhau sādayāmīty adityā upastha ity upastha ivainadabhārṣuriti vā āhur yat suguptaṃ gopāyanti tasmādāhādityā upastha ity agne havyaṃ rakṣeti tadagnaye caivaitaddhaviḥ paridadāti guptyā asyai ca
pṛthivyai tasmādāhāgne havyaṃ rakṣeti //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 4, 5.2 adityāstvagasi prati tvāditirvettvitīyaṃ vai
pṛthivyaditis tasyā asyai tvagyad idamasyāmadhi kiñca tasmādāhādityās tvag asīti prati tvāditirvettviti prati hi svaḥ saṃjānīte tatsaṃjñāmevaitatkṛṣṇājināya ca vadati nedanyonyaṃ hinasāta ity abhinihitameva savyena pāṇinā bhavati //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 1, 7.2 dhruvamasi
pṛthivīṃ dṛṃheti pṛthivyā eva rūpeṇaitadeva dṛṃhaty etenaiva dviṣantam bhrātṛvyamavabādhate brahmavani tvā kṣatravani sajātavanyupadadhāmi bhrātṛvyasya vadhāyeti bahvī vai yajuḥsvāśīs tadbrahma ca kṣatraṃ cāśāsta ubhe vīrye sajātavanīti bhūmā vai sajātās tadbhūmānamāśāsta upadadhāmi bhrātṛvyasya vadhāyeti yadi nābhicared yadyu abhicared amuṣya vadhāyeti brūyād abhinihitam eva savyasya pāṇer aṅgulyā bhavati //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 1, 7.2 dhruvamasi pṛthivīṃ dṛṃheti
pṛthivyā eva rūpeṇaitadeva dṛṃhaty etenaiva dviṣantam bhrātṛvyamavabādhate brahmavani tvā kṣatravani sajātavanyupadadhāmi bhrātṛvyasya vadhāyeti bahvī vai yajuḥsvāśīs tadbrahma ca kṣatraṃ cāśāsta ubhe vīrye sajātavanīti bhūmā vai sajātās tadbhūmānamāśāsta upadadhāmi bhrātṛvyasya vadhāyeti yadi nābhicared yadyu abhicared amuṣya vadhāyeti brūyād abhinihitam eva savyasya pāṇer aṅgulyā bhavati //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 1, 15.2 dhiṣaṇāsi parvatī prati tvādityāstvagvettviti dhiṣaṇā hi parvatī hi prati tvādityāstvagvettviti tatsaṃjñāmevaitatkṛṣṇājināya ca vadati nedanyonyaṃ hinasāva itīyamevaiṣā
pṛthivī rūpeṇa //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 7.2 etadvai tejiṣṭhaṃ tejo yadayaṃ yo 'yam pavata eṣa hīmāṃllokāṃstiryaṅṅ anupavate saṃśyatyevainam etad dviṣato vadha iti yadi nābhicared yady u abhicared amuṣya vadha iti brūyāt tena saṃśitena nātmānam upaspṛśati na
pṛthivīṃ nedanena vajreṇa saṃśitenātmānaṃ vā pṛthivīṃ vā hinasānīti tasmān nātmānam upaspṛśati na pṛthivīm //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 7.2 etadvai tejiṣṭhaṃ tejo yadayaṃ yo 'yam pavata eṣa hīmāṃllokāṃstiryaṅṅ anupavate saṃśyatyevainam etad dviṣato vadha iti yadi nābhicared yady u abhicared amuṣya vadha iti brūyāt tena saṃśitena nātmānam upaspṛśati na pṛthivīṃ nedanena vajreṇa saṃśitenātmānaṃ vā
pṛthivīṃ vā hinasānīti tasmān nātmānam upaspṛśati na pṛthivīm //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 7.2 etadvai tejiṣṭhaṃ tejo yadayaṃ yo 'yam pavata eṣa hīmāṃllokāṃstiryaṅṅ anupavate saṃśyatyevainam etad dviṣato vadha iti yadi nābhicared yady u abhicared amuṣya vadha iti brūyāt tena saṃśitena nātmānam upaspṛśati na pṛthivīṃ nedanena vajreṇa saṃśitenātmānaṃ vā pṛthivīṃ vā hinasānīti tasmān nātmānam upaspṛśati na
pṛthivīm //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 15.2 nedanena vajreṇa saṃśitena
pṛthivīṃ hinasānīti tasmāttṛṇamantardhāya praharati //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 16.2 pṛthivi devayajanyoṣadhyāste mūlam mā hiṃsiṣam ity uttaramūlāmiva vā enāmetatkaroty ādadānas tām etad āhauṣadhīnāṃ te mūlāni mā hiṃsiṣamiti vrajaṃ gaccha goṣṭhānam ity abhinidhāsyannevaitadanapakrami kurute taddhyanapakrami yadvraje 'ntas tasmādāha vrajaṃ gaccha goṣṭhānamiti varṣatu te dyauriti yatra vā asyai khanantaḥ krūrīkurvanty apaghnanti śāntir āpas tadadbhiḥ śāntyā śamayati tadadbhiḥ saṃdadhāti tasmād āha varṣatu te dyaur iti badhāna deva savitaḥ paramasyām pṛthivyām iti devam evaitat savitāram āhāndhe tamasi badhāneti yadāha paramasyām pṛthivyām iti śatena pāśair ityamuce tad āha yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas tam ato mā maug iti yadi nābhicared yady u abhicared amum ato mā maug iti brūyāt //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 16.2 pṛthivi devayajanyoṣadhyāste mūlam mā hiṃsiṣam ity uttaramūlāmiva vā enāmetatkaroty ādadānas tām etad āhauṣadhīnāṃ te mūlāni mā hiṃsiṣamiti vrajaṃ gaccha goṣṭhānam ity abhinidhāsyannevaitadanapakrami kurute taddhyanapakrami yadvraje 'ntas tasmādāha vrajaṃ gaccha goṣṭhānamiti varṣatu te dyauriti yatra vā asyai khanantaḥ krūrīkurvanty apaghnanti śāntir āpas tadadbhiḥ śāntyā śamayati tadadbhiḥ saṃdadhāti tasmād āha varṣatu te dyaur iti badhāna deva savitaḥ paramasyām
pṛthivyām iti devam evaitat savitāram āhāndhe tamasi badhāneti yadāha paramasyām pṛthivyām iti śatena pāśair ityamuce tad āha yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas tam ato mā maug iti yadi nābhicared yady u abhicared amum ato mā maug iti brūyāt //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 16.2 pṛthivi devayajanyoṣadhyāste mūlam mā hiṃsiṣam ity uttaramūlāmiva vā enāmetatkaroty ādadānas tām etad āhauṣadhīnāṃ te mūlāni mā hiṃsiṣamiti vrajaṃ gaccha goṣṭhānam ity abhinidhāsyannevaitadanapakrami kurute taddhyanapakrami yadvraje 'ntas tasmādāha vrajaṃ gaccha goṣṭhānamiti varṣatu te dyauriti yatra vā asyai khanantaḥ krūrīkurvanty apaghnanti śāntir āpas tadadbhiḥ śāntyā śamayati tadadbhiḥ saṃdadhāti tasmād āha varṣatu te dyaur iti badhāna deva savitaḥ paramasyām pṛthivyām iti devam evaitat savitāram āhāndhe tamasi badhāneti yadāha paramasyām
pṛthivyām iti śatena pāśair ityamuce tad āha yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas tam ato mā maug iti yadi nābhicared yady u abhicared amum ato mā maug iti brūyāt //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 17.2 apārarum
pṛthivyai devayajanād badhyāsam ity ararurha vai nāmāsurarakṣasam āsa taṃ devā asyā apāghnanta tatho evainametadeṣo 'syā apahate vrajaṃ gaccha goṣṭhānaṃ varṣatu te dyaur badhāna deva savitaḥ paramasyām pṛthivyāṃ śatena pāśair yo 'smāndveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas tam ato mā maugiti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 17.2 apārarum pṛthivyai devayajanād badhyāsam ity ararurha vai nāmāsurarakṣasam āsa taṃ devā asyā apāghnanta tatho evainametadeṣo 'syā apahate vrajaṃ gaccha goṣṭhānaṃ varṣatu te dyaur badhāna deva savitaḥ paramasyām
pṛthivyāṃ śatena pāśair yo 'smāndveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas tam ato mā maugiti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 2.2 hantemām
pṛthivīṃ vibhajāmahai tāṃ vibhajyopajīvāmeti tāmaukṣṇaiścarmabhiḥ paścātprāñco vibhajamānā abhīyuḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 3.2 vibhajante ha vā imāmasurāḥ
pṛthivīm preta tadeṣyāmo yatremāmasurā vibhajante ke tataḥ syāma yadasyai na bhajemahīti te yajñameva viṣṇum puraskṛtyeyuḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 4.2 anu no 'syām
pṛthivyām ābhajatāstveva no 'pyasyām bhāga iti te hāsurā asūyanta ivocur yāvad evaiṣa viṣṇur abhiśete tāvadvo dadma iti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 7.2 agnim purastāt samādhāya tenārcantaḥ śrāmyantaścerus tenemāṃ sarvām
pṛthivīṃ samavindanta tad yad enenemāṃ sarvāṃ samavindanta tasmād vedirnāma tasmād āhur yāvatī vedistāvatī pṛthivīty etayā hīmāṃ sarvāṃ samavindantaivaṃ ha vā imāṃ sarvāṃ sapatnānāṃ saṃvṛṅkte nirbhajatyasyai sapatnān ya evam etad veda //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 7.2 agnim purastāt samādhāya tenārcantaḥ śrāmyantaścerus tenemāṃ sarvām pṛthivīṃ samavindanta tad yad enenemāṃ sarvāṃ samavindanta tasmād vedirnāma tasmād āhur yāvatī vedistāvatī
pṛthivīty etayā hīmāṃ sarvāṃ samavindantaivaṃ ha vā imāṃ sarvāṃ sapatnānāṃ saṃvṛṅkte nirbhajatyasyai sapatnān ya evam etad veda //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 11.2 sukṣmā cāsi śivā cāsīti dakṣiṇata imām evaitat
pṛthivīṃ saṃvidya sukṣmāṃ śivāmakurvata syonā cāsi suṣadā cāsīti paścād imām evaitat pṛthivīṃ saṃvidya syonāṃ suṣadām akurvatorjasvatī cāsi payasvatī cetyuttarata imāmevaitatpṛthivīṃ saṃvidya rasavatīmupajīvanīyāmakurvata //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 11.2 sukṣmā cāsi śivā cāsīti dakṣiṇata imām evaitat pṛthivīṃ saṃvidya sukṣmāṃ śivāmakurvata syonā cāsi suṣadā cāsīti paścād imām evaitat
pṛthivīṃ saṃvidya syonāṃ suṣadām akurvatorjasvatī cāsi payasvatī cetyuttarata imāmevaitatpṛthivīṃ saṃvidya rasavatīmupajīvanīyāmakurvata //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 11.2 sukṣmā cāsi śivā cāsīti dakṣiṇata imām evaitat pṛthivīṃ saṃvidya sukṣmāṃ śivāmakurvata syonā cāsi suṣadā cāsīti paścād imām evaitat pṛthivīṃ saṃvidya syonāṃ suṣadām akurvatorjasvatī cāsi payasvatī cetyuttarata
imāmevaitatpṛthivīṃ saṃvidya rasavatīmupajīvanīyāmakurvata //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 18.2 devā ha vai saṃgrāmaṃ saṃnidhāsyantas te hocur hanta yadasyai
pṛthivyā anāmṛtaṃ devayajanaṃ taccandramasi nidadhāmahai sa yadi na ito 'surā jayeyus tata evārcantaḥ śrāmyantaḥ punar abhibhavemeti sa yadasyai pṛthivyā anāmṛtaṃ devayajanam āsīt taccandramasi nyadadhata tad etaccandramasi kṛṣṇaṃ tasmād āhuś candramasy asyai pṛthivyai devayajanam ity api ha vāsyaitasmin devayajana iṣṭaṃ bhavati tasmād vai pratimārṣṭi //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 18.2 devā ha vai saṃgrāmaṃ saṃnidhāsyantas te hocur hanta yadasyai pṛthivyā anāmṛtaṃ devayajanaṃ taccandramasi nidadhāmahai sa yadi na ito 'surā jayeyus tata evārcantaḥ śrāmyantaḥ punar abhibhavemeti sa yadasyai
pṛthivyā anāmṛtaṃ devayajanam āsīt taccandramasi nyadadhata tad etaccandramasi kṛṣṇaṃ tasmād āhuś candramasy asyai pṛthivyai devayajanam ity api ha vāsyaitasmin devayajana iṣṭaṃ bhavati tasmād vai pratimārṣṭi //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 18.2 devā ha vai saṃgrāmaṃ saṃnidhāsyantas te hocur hanta yadasyai pṛthivyā anāmṛtaṃ devayajanaṃ taccandramasi nidadhāmahai sa yadi na ito 'surā jayeyus tata evārcantaḥ śrāmyantaḥ punar abhibhavemeti sa yadasyai pṛthivyā anāmṛtaṃ devayajanam āsīt taccandramasi nyadadhata tad etaccandramasi kṛṣṇaṃ tasmād āhuś candramasy asyai
pṛthivyai devayajanam ity api ha vāsyaitasmin devayajana iṣṭaṃ bhavati tasmād vai pratimārṣṭi //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 19.2 purā krūrasya visṛpo virapśinn iti saṃgrāmo vai krūraṃ saṃgrāme hi krūraṃ kriyate hataḥ puruṣo hato 'śvaḥ śete purā hyetat saṃgrāmān nyadadhata tasmād āha purā krūrasya visṛpo virapśinnity udādāya
pṛthivīṃ jīvadānum ity udādāya hi yadasyai pṛthivyai jīvam āsīt taccandramasi nyadadhata tasmād āhodādāya pṛthivīṃ jīvadānum iti yām airayaṃścandramasi svadhābhir iti yām candramasi brahmaṇādadhur ityevaitad āha tām u dhīrāso 'nudiśya yajanta ity eteno ha tām anudiśya yajante 'pi ha vā asyaitasmin devayajana iṣṭaṃ bhavati ya evam etad veda //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 19.2 purā krūrasya visṛpo virapśinn iti saṃgrāmo vai krūraṃ saṃgrāme hi krūraṃ kriyate hataḥ puruṣo hato 'śvaḥ śete purā hyetat saṃgrāmān nyadadhata tasmād āha purā krūrasya visṛpo virapśinnity udādāya pṛthivīṃ jīvadānum ity udādāya hi yadasyai
pṛthivyai jīvam āsīt taccandramasi nyadadhata tasmād āhodādāya pṛthivīṃ jīvadānum iti yām airayaṃścandramasi svadhābhir iti yām candramasi brahmaṇādadhur ityevaitad āha tām u dhīrāso 'nudiśya yajanta ity eteno ha tām anudiśya yajante 'pi ha vā asyaitasmin devayajana iṣṭaṃ bhavati ya evam etad veda //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 19.2 purā krūrasya visṛpo virapśinn iti saṃgrāmo vai krūraṃ saṃgrāme hi krūraṃ kriyate hataḥ puruṣo hato 'śvaḥ śete purā hyetat saṃgrāmān nyadadhata tasmād āha purā krūrasya visṛpo virapśinnity udādāya pṛthivīṃ jīvadānum ity udādāya hi yadasyai pṛthivyai jīvam āsīt taccandramasi nyadadhata tasmād āhodādāya
pṛthivīṃ jīvadānum iti yām airayaṃścandramasi svadhābhir iti yām candramasi brahmaṇādadhur ityevaitad āha tām u dhīrāso 'nudiśya yajanta ity eteno ha tām anudiśya yajante 'pi ha vā asyaitasmin devayajana iṣṭaṃ bhavati ya evam etad veda //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 15.2 adityai rāsnāsītīyaṃ vai
pṛthivyaditiḥ seyaṃ devānām patny eṣā vā etasya patnī bhavati tad asyā etadrāsnāmeva karoti na rajjuṃ hiro vai rāsnā tāmevāsyā etatkaroti //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 17.2 viṣṇor veṣyo 'sīti sā vai na paścātprācī devānāṃ yajñamanvāsīteyaṃ vai
pṛthivyaditiḥ seyaṃ devānām patnī sā paścāt prācī devānāṃ yajñam anvāste taddhemām abhyārohet sā patnī kṣipre 'muṃ lokam iyāt tatho ha patnī jyogjīvati tadasyā evaitannihnute tatho haināmiyaṃ na hinasti tasmād u dakṣiṇata ivaivānvāsīta //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 4.2 tābhiroṣadhīnām mūlāny upaninayaty adityai vyundanamasītīyaṃ vai
pṛthivy aditis tad asyā evaitadoṣadhīnām mūlāny uponatti tā imā ārdramūlā oṣadhayas tasmād yadyapi śuṣkāṇyagrāṇi bhavantyārdrāṇyeva mūlāni bhavanti //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 9.2 tāvatī
pṛthivy oṣadhayo barhis tad asyām evaitat pṛthivyām oṣadhīrdadhāti tā imā asyām pṛthivyām oṣadhayaḥ pratiṣṭhitās tasmād barhi stṛṇāti //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 9.2 tāvatī pṛthivy oṣadhayo barhis tad asyām evaitat
pṛthivyām oṣadhīrdadhāti tā imā asyām pṛthivyām oṣadhayaḥ pratiṣṭhitās tasmād barhi stṛṇāti //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 9.2 tāvatī pṛthivy oṣadhayo barhis tad asyām evaitat pṛthivyām oṣadhīrdadhāti tā imā asyām
pṛthivyām oṣadhayaḥ pratiṣṭhitās tasmād barhi stṛṇāti //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 10.2 yatra vā asyai bahulatamā oṣadhayas tad asyā upajīvanīyatamaṃ tasmād bahulaṃ stṛṇīyād iti tad vai tadāhartaryevādhi trivṛt stṛṇāti trivṛddhi yajño 'tho api pravarhaṃ stṛṇīyāt stṛṇanti barhir ānuṣagiti tvṛṣiṇābhyanūktam adharamūlaṃ stṛṇāty adharamūlā iva hīmā asyām
pṛthivyām oṣadhayaḥ pratiṣṭhitās tasmād adharamūlaṃ stṛṇāti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 13.2 taṃ tvā ghṛtasnav īmaha ityevābhivyāharad athāsya ghṛtakīrtāvevāgnirvaiśvānaro mukhādujjajvāla tam na śaśāka dhārayituṃ so 'sya mukhānniṣpede sa imām
pṛthivīm prāpādaḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 14.2 sarasvatyāṃ sa tata eva prāṅ dahannabhīyāyemām
pṛthivīṃ taṃ gotamaśca rāhūgaṇo videghaśca māthavaḥ paścād dahantam anvīyatuḥ sa imāḥ sarvā nadīratidadāha sadānīrety uttarād girer nirdhāvati tāṃ haiva nātidadāha tāṃ ha sma tām purā brāhmaṇā na taranty anatidagdhāgninā vaiśvānareṇeti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 34.2 agniṃ dūtaṃ vṛṇīmaha iti devāśca vā asurāścobhaye prājāpatyāḥ paspṛdhire tāṃt spardhamānān gāyatryantarā tasthau yā vai sā gāyatryāsīd iyaṃ vai sā
pṛthivīyaṃ haiva tadantarā tasthau ta ubhaya eva vidāṃcakrur yatarān vai na iyam upāvartsyati te bhaviṣyanti paretare bhaviṣyantīti tām ubhaya evopamantrayāṃcakrire 'gnir eva devānāṃ dūta āsa saharakṣā ity asurarakṣasam asurāṇāṃ sāgnim evānupreyāya tasmād anvāhāgniṃ dūtaṃ vṛṇīmaha iti sa hi devānāṃ dūta āsīddhotāraṃ viśvavedasam iti //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 22.2 ṣaṇmorvīr aṃhasas pāntvagniśca
pṛthivī cāpaśca vājaścāhaśca rātriścetyetā mā devatā ārtter gopāyantv ity evaitadāha tasyo hi na hvalāsti yametā devatā ārttergopāyeyuḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 19.2 upahūtaṃ rathantaraṃ saha
pṛthivyopa māṃ rathantaraṃ saha pṛthivyā hvayatām upahūtaṃ vāmadevyaṃ sahāntarikṣeṇopa māṃ vāmadevyaṃ sahāntarikṣeṇa hvayatām upahūtam bṛhatsaha divopa mām bṛhatsaha divā hvayatāmiti tadetāmevaitadupahvayamāna imāṃśca lokān upahvayata etāni ca sāmāni //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 19.2 upahūtaṃ rathantaraṃ saha pṛthivyopa māṃ rathantaraṃ saha
pṛthivyā hvayatām upahūtaṃ vāmadevyaṃ sahāntarikṣeṇopa māṃ vāmadevyaṃ sahāntarikṣeṇa hvayatām upahūtam bṛhatsaha divopa mām bṛhatsaha divā hvayatāmiti tadetāmevaitadupahvayamāna imāṃśca lokān upahvayata etāni ca sāmāni //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 41.2 tadagnīdha ādadhāti tadagnītprāśnātyupahūtā
pṛthivī mātopa mām pṛthivī mātā hvayatām agnir āgnīdhrāt svāhopahūto dyauṣpitopa māṃ dyauṣpitā hvayatām agnir āgnīdhrāt svāheti dyāvāpṛthivyo vā eṣa yadāgnīdhras tasmād evam prāśnāti //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 41.2 tadagnīdha ādadhāti tadagnītprāśnātyupahūtā pṛthivī mātopa mām
pṛthivī mātā hvayatām agnir āgnīdhrāt svāhopahūto dyauṣpitopa māṃ dyauṣpitā hvayatām agnir āgnīdhrāt svāheti dyāvāpṛthivyo vā eṣa yadāgnīdhras tasmād evam prāśnāti //
ŚBM, 2, 1, 1, 2.2 tad yad evāsyai
pṛthivyā abhiṣṭhitaṃ vābhiṣṭhyūtaṃ vā tad evāsyā etad uddhanti /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 28.1 atha purastāt parītya pūrvārdham ulmukānām abhipadya japati dyaur iva bhūmnā
pṛthivīva varimṇeti /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 28.3 yadāha dyaur iva bhūmneti
pṛthivīva varimṇeti yatheyaṃ pṛthivy urvy evam urur bhūyāsam ity evaitad āha /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 28.3 yadāha dyaur iva bhūmneti pṛthivīva varimṇeti yatheyaṃ
pṛthivy urvy evam urur bhūyāsam ity evaitad āha /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 1, 15.1 sa yad agnaye pavamānāya nirvapati yad evāsyāsyām
pṛthivyāṃ rūpaṃ tad evāsyaitenāpnoti /
ŚBM, 3, 1, 1, 4.2 vārṣṇyāya devayajanaṃ joṣayitum aima tatsātyayajño 'bravīt sarvā vā iyam
pṛthivī devī devayajanaṃ yatra vā asyai kvaca yajuṣaiva parigṛhya yājayediti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 1, 11.2 śālāmadhyavasyati sa pūrvārdhyaṃ sthūṇārājam abhipadyaitad yajur āhedam aganma devayajanam
pṛthivyā yatra devāso ajuṣanta viśva iti tadasya viśvaiśca devairjuṣṭam bhavati ye ceme brāhmaṇāḥ śuśruvāṃso 'nūcānā yadahāsya te 'kṣibhyām īkṣante brāhmaṇāḥ śuśruvāṃsas tad ahāsya tairjuṣṭam bhavati //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 5.2 dive tvāntarikṣāya tvā
pṛthivyai tveti vajro vai yūpa eṣāṃ lokānām abhiguptyā eṣāṃ tvā lokānām abhiguptyai prokṣāmītyevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 14.2 dyāmagreṇāspṛkṣa āntarikṣam madhyenāprāḥ
pṛthivīmupareṇādṛṃhīriti vajro vai yūpa eṣāṃ lokānāmabhijityai tena vajreṇemāṃl lokānt spṛṇuta ebhyo lokebhyaḥ sapatnānnirbhajati //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 32.2 yūpaśakalameva juhoti tadahaiṣa svagākṛto bhavati tatho rakṣāṃsi yajñaṃ nānūtpibante 'yaṃ vai vajra udyata iti sa juhoti divaṃ te dhūmo gacchatu svar jyotiḥ
pṛthivīm bhasmanāpṛṇa svāheti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 2, 1.2 vajrā vai yūpās tad imām evaitat
pṛthivīm etair vajraiḥ spṛṇute 'syai sapatnān nirbhajati tasmād yūpaikādaśinī bhavati dvādaśa upaśayo bhavati vitaṣṭastaṃ dakṣiṇata upanidadhāti tad yad dvādaśa upaśayo bhavati //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 2, 3.2 eṣa te
pṛthivyāṃ loka āraṇyaste paśuriti paśuśca vai yūpaśca tadasmā āraṇyameva paśūnāmanudiśati teno eṣa paśumānbhavati tadvayaṃ yūpaikādaśinyai sammayanamāhuḥ śvaḥsutyāyai ha nvevaike saṃminvanti prakubratāyai caiva śvaḥsutyāyai yūpam minvantīty u ca //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 28.2 taddevā bhīṣā nopāveyus tān heyam
pṛthivyuvāca maitad ādṛḍhvam ahaṃ va etasyādhyakṣā bhaviṣyāmi yathā yathaita etena cariṣyantīti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 5, 4.2 iyaṃ vai
pṛthivyagnirvaiśvānaraḥ seyam pratiṣṭhemām evaitat pratiṣṭhām abhiprajanayati //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 5, 9.2 tanna
pṛthivyām parāsyen nāpsu sa yat pṛthivyām parāsyedoṣadhīśca vanaspatīṃścaiṣā śuk praviśed yad apsu parāsyed apa eṣā śuk praviśet tasmānna pṛthivyāṃ nāpsu //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 5, 9.2 tanna pṛthivyām parāsyen nāpsu sa yat
pṛthivyām parāsyedoṣadhīśca vanaspatīṃścaiṣā śuk praviśed yad apsu parāsyed apa eṣā śuk praviśet tasmānna pṛthivyāṃ nāpsu //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 5, 9.2 tanna pṛthivyām parāsyen nāpsu sa yat pṛthivyām parāsyedoṣadhīśca vanaspatīṃścaiṣā śuk praviśed yad apsu parāsyed apa eṣā śuk praviśet tasmānna
pṛthivyāṃ nāpsu //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 18.2 mahī dyauḥ
pṛthivī ca na imaṃ yajñam mimikṣatām pipṛtāṃ no bharīmabhiriti //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 7, 8.1 atho abhy eva mṛśed devān divam agan yajñas tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu manuṣyān antarikṣam agan yajñas tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu pitṝn
pṛthivīm agan yajñas tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 2, 4.2 dhruvasadaṃ tvā nṛṣadam manaḥsadam upayāmagṛhīto 'sīndrāya tvā juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmy eṣa te yonir indrāya tvā juṣṭatamamiti sādayaty eṣāṃ vai lokānāmayameva dhruva iyam
pṛthivīmam evaitena lokamujjayati //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 2, 6.1 pṛthivisadaṃ tvāntarikṣasadaṃ divisadaṃ devasadaṃ nākasadamupayāmagṛhīto 'sīndrāya tvā juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmy eṣa te yonir indrāya tvā juṣṭatamamiti sādayaty eṣa vai devasan nākasad eṣa eva devaloko devalokamevaitenojjayati //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 4.2 vājasya nu prasave mātaram mahīm ity annaṃ vai vājo 'nnasya nu prasave mātaram mahīm ityevaitad āhāditiṃ nāma vacasā karāmaha itīyaṃ vai
pṛthivy aditis tasmād āhāditiṃ nāma vacasā karāmaha iti yasyāmidaṃ viśvam bhuvanam āviveśety asyāṃ hīdaṃ sarvam bhuvanamāviṣṭaṃ tasyāṃ no devaḥ savitā dharma sāviṣaditi tasyāṃ no devaḥ savitā yajamānaṃ suvatām ityevaitadāha //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 21.2 juhoti vānu vā mantrayate dvayaṃ tad yasmājjuhoti vānu vā mantrayate yadi juhoti yadyanumantrayate samāna eva bandhur etān evaitad aśvān dhāvata upavājayaty eteṣu vīryaṃ dadhāti tisro vā imāḥ
pṛthivya iyam ahaikā dve asyāḥ pare tā evaitadujjayati //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 1, 18.2 namo mātre
pṛthivyai namo mātre pṛthivyā iti bṛhaspater ha vā abhiṣiṣicānāt pṛthivī bibhayāṃcakāra mahad vā ayam abhūd yo 'bhyaṣeci yad vai māyaṃ nāvadṛṇīyād iti bṛhaspatirha pṛthivyai bibhayāṃcakāra yad vai meyaṃ nāvadhūnvīteti tad anayaivaitan mitradheyam akuruta na hi mātā putraṃ hinasti na putro mātaram //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 1, 18.2 namo mātre pṛthivyai namo mātre
pṛthivyā iti bṛhaspater ha vā abhiṣiṣicānāt pṛthivī bibhayāṃcakāra mahad vā ayam abhūd yo 'bhyaṣeci yad vai māyaṃ nāvadṛṇīyād iti bṛhaspatirha pṛthivyai bibhayāṃcakāra yad vai meyaṃ nāvadhūnvīteti tad anayaivaitan mitradheyam akuruta na hi mātā putraṃ hinasti na putro mātaram //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 1, 18.2 namo mātre pṛthivyai namo mātre pṛthivyā iti bṛhaspater ha vā abhiṣiṣicānāt
pṛthivī bibhayāṃcakāra mahad vā ayam abhūd yo 'bhyaṣeci yad vai māyaṃ nāvadṛṇīyād iti bṛhaspatirha pṛthivyai bibhayāṃcakāra yad vai meyaṃ nāvadhūnvīteti tad anayaivaitan mitradheyam akuruta na hi mātā putraṃ hinasti na putro mātaram //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 1, 18.2 namo mātre pṛthivyai namo mātre pṛthivyā iti bṛhaspater ha vā abhiṣiṣicānāt pṛthivī bibhayāṃcakāra mahad vā ayam abhūd yo 'bhyaṣeci yad vai māyaṃ nāvadṛṇīyād iti bṛhaspatirha
pṛthivyai bibhayāṃcakāra yad vai meyaṃ nāvadhūnvīteti tad anayaivaitan mitradheyam akuruta na hi mātā putraṃ hinasti na putro mātaram //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 1, 19.2 pṛthivy u haitasmād bibheti mahad vā ayam abhūd yo 'bhyaṣeci yadvai māyaṃ nāvadṛṇīyād ity eṣa u hāsyai bibheti yad vai meyaṃ nāvadhūnvīteti tad anayaivaitan mitradheyaṃ kurute na hi mātā putraṃ hinasti na putro mātaram //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 3, 5.2 aṣṭākṣarā vai gāyatrī gāyatrī vā iyam
pṛthivy atha yat samānasya haviṣa ubhayatra juhoty eṣā hyevaitad ubhayaṃ tasya vāso dakṣiṇā yad vai savāsā araṇyaṃ nodāśaṃsate nidhāya vai tad vāso 'timucyate tatho hainaṃ sūyamānam āsaṅgo na vindati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 1, 4.2 mahiṣyai gṛhānparetya ādityaṃ caruṃ nirvapatīyaṃ vai
pṛthivyaditiḥ seyaṃ devānām patny eṣā vā etasya patnī bhavati tasmādādityo bhavatyetadvā asyaikaṃ ratnaṃ yanmahiṣī tasyā evaitena sūyate tāṃ svām anapakramiṇīṃ kurute tasyai dhenurdakṣiṇā dhenuriva vā iyam manuṣyebhyaḥ sarvān kāmān duhe mātā dhenur māteva vā iyam manuṣyānbibharti tasmāddhenurdakṣiṇā //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 29.2 sa yayā prathamayā samarpaṇena parābhinatti saikā seyam
pṛthivī saiṣā dṛbā nāmātha yayā viddhaḥ śayitvā jīvati vā mriyate vā sā dvitīyā tadidamantarikṣaṃ saiṣā rujā nāmātha yayāpaiva rādhnoti sā tṛtīyā sāsau dyauḥ saiṣā kṣumā nāmaitā hi vai tisra iṣavas tasmādasmai tisra iṣūḥ prayacchati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 37.2 iyaṃ vai
pṛthivyaditis tadenam asyai pṛthivyā āvedayati sāsmai savamanumanyate tayānumataḥ sūyate tadyābhya evainametaddevatābhya āvedayati tā asmai savamanumanyante tābhiranumataḥ sūyate //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 37.2 iyaṃ vai pṛthivyaditis tadenam asyai
pṛthivyā āvedayati sāsmai savamanumanyate tayānumataḥ sūyate tadyābhya evainametaddevatābhya āvedayati tā asmai savamanumanyante tābhiranumataḥ sūyate //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 3, 20.2 pṛthivi mātarmā mā hiṃsīr mo ahaṃ tvāmiti varuṇāddha vā abhiṣiṣicānāt pṛthivī bibhayāṃcakāra mahadvā ayamabhūdyo 'bhyaṣeci yadvai māyaṃ nāvadṛṇīyāditi varuṇa u ha pṛthivyai bibhayāṃcakāra yadvai meyaṃ nāvadhūnvīteti tadanayaivaitanmitradheyamakuruta na hi mātā putraṃ hinasti na putro mātaram //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 3, 20.2 pṛthivi mātarmā mā hiṃsīr mo ahaṃ tvāmiti varuṇāddha vā abhiṣiṣicānāt
pṛthivī bibhayāṃcakāra mahadvā ayamabhūdyo 'bhyaṣeci yadvai māyaṃ nāvadṛṇīyāditi varuṇa u ha pṛthivyai bibhayāṃcakāra yadvai meyaṃ nāvadhūnvīteti tadanayaivaitanmitradheyamakuruta na hi mātā putraṃ hinasti na putro mātaram //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 3, 20.2 pṛthivi mātarmā mā hiṃsīr mo ahaṃ tvāmiti varuṇāddha vā abhiṣiṣicānāt pṛthivī bibhayāṃcakāra mahadvā ayamabhūdyo 'bhyaṣeci yadvai māyaṃ nāvadṛṇīyāditi varuṇa u ha
pṛthivyai bibhayāṃcakāra yadvai meyaṃ nāvadhūnvīteti tadanayaivaitanmitradheyamakuruta na hi mātā putraṃ hinasti na putro mātaram //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 3, 21.2 pṛthivy u haitasmādbibheti mahadvā ayamabhūdyo 'bhyaṣeci yadvai māyaṃ nāvadṛṇīyādity eṣa u hāsyai bibheti yadvai meyaṃ nāvadhūnvīteti tadanayaivaitanmitradheyaṃ kurute na hi mātā putraṃ hinasti na putro mātaraṃ tasmādevaṃ japati //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 11.2 so 'grir asṛjyata sa yadasya sarvasyāgramasṛjyata tasmād agrir agrir ha vai tamagnir ity ācakṣate parokṣam parokṣakāmā hi devā atha yadaśru saṃkṣaritamāsīt so 'śrurabhavad aśrurha vai tamaśva ityācakṣate parokṣam parokṣakāmā hi devā atha yadarasadiva sa rāsabho 'bhavad atha yaḥ kapāle raso lipta āsīt so 'jo 'bhavad atha yat kapālam āsīt sā
pṛthivyabhavat //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 13.2 bhūya eva syāt prajāyeteti so 'śrāmyat sa tapo 'tapyata sa śrāntastepānaḥ phenamasṛjata so 'ved anyad vā etadrūpam bhūyo vai bhavati śrāmyāṇyeveti sa śrāntastepāno mṛdaṃ śuṣkāpam ūṣasikataṃ śarkarām aśmānamayo hiraṇyam oṣadhivanaspatyasṛjata tenemām
pṛthivīm prācchādayat //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 15.2 tadbhūmirabhavat tām aprathayat sā
pṛthivyabhavat seyaṃ sarvā kṛtsnā manyamānāgāyad yad agāyat tasmād iyaṃ gāyatry atho āhur agnir evāsyai pṛṣṭhe sarvaḥ kṛtsno manyamāno 'gāyad yad agāyat tasmād agnir gāyatra iti tasmād u haitadyaḥ sarvaḥ kṛtsno manyate gāyati vaiva gīte vā ramate //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 1.2 bhūya eva syāt prajāyeteti so 'gninā
pṛthivīm mithunaṃ samabhavat tata āṇḍaṃ samavartata tadabhyamṛśat puṣyatviti puṣyatu bhūyo 'stvityeva tadabravīt //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 11.2 prajāpatir evemāṃllokānt sṛṣṭvā
pṛthivyām pratyatiṣṭhat tasmā imā oṣadhayo 'nnamapacyanta tad āśnāt sa garbhyabhavat sa ūrdhvebhya eva prāṇebhyo devānasṛjata ye 'vāñcaḥ prāṇāstebhyo martyāḥ prajā ityato yatamathāsṛjata tathāsṛjata prajāpatis tvevedaṃ sarvamasṛjata yadidaṃ kiṃ ca //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 3, 7.2 tad bhūmir abhavat tām aprathayat sā
pṛthivyabhavat tasyāmasyām pratiṣṭhāyām bhūtāni ca bhūtānāṃ ca patiḥ saṃvatsarāyādīkṣanta bhūtānām patirgṛhapatirāsīd uṣāḥ patnī //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 3, 8.2 upa vayamāyāmeti keneti yadeṣu lokeṣūpeti tatheti tadyadūrdhvam
pṛthivyā arvācīnam antarikṣāt tena devā upāyaṃs tad eṣā dvitīyā citir atha yad ūrdhvam antarikṣād arvācīnaṃ divastenarṣaya upāyaṃs tadeṣā caturthī citiḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 13.2 mano vai savitā prāṇā dhiyo 'gner jyotir nicāyyety agner jyotir dṛṣṭvety etat
pṛthivyā adhyābharad iti pṛthivyai hyenad adhyābharati //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 13.2 mano vai savitā prāṇā dhiyo 'gner jyotir nicāyyety agner jyotir dṛṣṭvety etat pṛthivyā adhyābharad iti
pṛthivyai hyenad adhyābharati //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 38.2 devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyām pūṣṇo hastābhyām ādade gāyatreṇa chandasāṅgirasvad iti savitṛprasūta evaināmetad etābhir devatābhir ādatte gāyatreṇa chandasātho asyāṃ gāyatraṃ chando dadhāti
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthādagnim purīṣyam aṅgirasvad ābhareti paśavo vai purīṣam pṛthivyā upasthād agnim paśavyam agnivad ābharety etat traiṣṭubhena chandasāṅgirasvad iti tad enāṃ traiṣṭubhena chandasādatte 'tho 'syāṃ traiṣṭubhaṃ chando dadhāti //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 38.2 devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyām pūṣṇo hastābhyām ādade gāyatreṇa chandasāṅgirasvad iti savitṛprasūta evaināmetad etābhir devatābhir ādatte gāyatreṇa chandasātho asyāṃ gāyatraṃ chando dadhāti pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthādagnim purīṣyam aṅgirasvad ābhareti paśavo vai purīṣam
pṛthivyā upasthād agnim paśavyam agnivad ābharety etat traiṣṭubhena chandasāṅgirasvad iti tad enāṃ traiṣṭubhena chandasādatte 'tho 'syāṃ traiṣṭubhaṃ chando dadhāti //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 41.2 haste hyasyāhitā bhavati bibhrad abhrim iti bibharti hyenāṃ hiraṇyayīmiti hiraṇmayī hyeṣā yā chandomayy agner jyotir nicāyyety agner jyotir dṛṣṭvety etat
pṛthivyā adhyābharad iti pṛthivyai hyenad adhyābharaty ānuṣṭubhena chandasāṅgirasvad iti tad enām ānuṣṭubhena chandasādatte 'tho asyām ānuṣṭubhaṃ chando dadhāti tānyetānyeva chandāṃsyeṣābhrir ārambhāyaiveyaṃ vaiṇavī kriyate //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 41.2 haste hyasyāhitā bhavati bibhrad abhrim iti bibharti hyenāṃ hiraṇyayīmiti hiraṇmayī hyeṣā yā chandomayy agner jyotir nicāyyety agner jyotir dṛṣṭvety etat pṛthivyā adhyābharad iti
pṛthivyai hyenad adhyābharaty ānuṣṭubhena chandasāṅgirasvad iti tad enām ānuṣṭubhena chandasādatte 'tho asyām ānuṣṭubhaṃ chando dadhāti tānyetānyeva chandāṃsyeṣābhrir ārambhāyaiveyaṃ vaiṇavī kriyate //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 2, 2.2 pratūrtaṃ vājinnādraveti yadvai kṣipraṃ tat tūrtam atha yat kṣiprāt kṣepīyas tat pratūrtaṃ variṣṭhām anu saṃvatam itīyaṃ vai variṣṭhā saṃvad imāmanu saṃvatam ityetaddivi te janma paramam antarikṣe tava nābhiḥ
pṛthivyām adhi yonirid iti tad enametā devatāḥ karoty agniṃ vāyum ādityaṃ tad aśve vīryaṃ dadhāti //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 2, 9.2 pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthādagnim purīṣyam aṅgirasvad ābhareti pṛthivyā upasthād agnim paśavyam agnivad ābharety etat tad enam ajenānvicchati //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 2, 9.2 pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthādagnim purīṣyam aṅgirasvad ābhareti
pṛthivyā upasthād agnim paśavyam agnivad ābharety etat tad enam ajenānvicchati //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 11.2 pṛthivīmagnimiccha rucā tvamiti cakṣurvai rugākramya tvaṃ vājin pṛthivīmagnimiccha cakṣuṣety etad bhūmyā vṛttvāya no brūhi yataḥ khanema taṃ vayamiti bhūmes tat spāśayitvāya no brūhi yata enaṃ khanemetyetat //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 11.2 pṛthivīmagnimiccha rucā tvamiti cakṣurvai rugākramya tvaṃ vājin
pṛthivīmagnimiccha cakṣuṣety etad bhūmyā vṛttvāya no brūhi yataḥ khanema taṃ vayamiti bhūmes tat spāśayitvāya no brūhi yata enaṃ khanemetyetat //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 12.2 etadvā enaṃ devāḥ procivāṃsaṃ vīryeṇa samārdhayaṃs tathaivainam ayam etat procivāṃsaṃ vīryeṇa samardhayati dyauste pṛṣṭham
pṛthivī sadhastham ātmāntarikṣaṃ samudro yonir itīttham asīttham asīty evaitadāha vikhyāya cakṣuṣā tvam abhitiṣṭha pṛtanyata iti vikhyāya cakṣuṣā tvam abhitiṣṭha sarvān pāpmana ity etan nopaspṛśati vajro vā aśvo nen māyaṃ vajro hinasaditi //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 13.2 etadvai devā abruvan kim imam abhyutkramiṣyāma iti mahat saubhagamiti tam mahatsaubhagam abhyudakramayaṃs tathaivainam ayam etan mahat saubhagam abhyutkramayaty utkrāma mahate saubhagāyetyutkrāma mahat te saubhagam ityetat tasmād u haitad aśvaḥ paśūnām bhagitamo 'smād āsthānāditi yatraitat tiṣṭhasīty etad draviṇodā iti draviṇaṃ hyebhyo dadāti vājinniti vājī hyeṣa vayaṃ syāma sumatau
pṛthivyā agniṃ khananta upasthe 'syā iti vayam asyai pṛthivyai sumatau syāmāgnim asyā upasthe khananta ityetat //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 13.2 etadvai devā abruvan kim imam abhyutkramiṣyāma iti mahat saubhagamiti tam mahatsaubhagam abhyudakramayaṃs tathaivainam ayam etan mahat saubhagam abhyutkramayaty utkrāma mahate saubhagāyetyutkrāma mahat te saubhagam ityetat tasmād u haitad aśvaḥ paśūnām bhagitamo 'smād āsthānāditi yatraitat tiṣṭhasīty etad draviṇodā iti draviṇaṃ hyebhyo dadāti vājinniti vājī hyeṣa vayaṃ syāma sumatau pṛthivyā agniṃ khananta upasthe 'syā iti vayam asyai
pṛthivyai sumatau syāmāgnim asyā upasthe khananta ityetat //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 14.2 etadvā enaṃ devāḥ procivāṃsaṃ yathā dadivāṃsaṃ vandetaivamupāstuvann upāmahayaṃs tathaivainamayam etad upastauty upamahayatyudakramīdity uddhyakramīd draviṇodā iti draviṇaṃ hyebhyo dadāti vājyarveti vājī ca hyeṣo 'rvā cākaḥ sulokaṃ sukṛtam
pṛthivyāmityakaraḥ sulokaṃ sukṛtam pṛthivyām ityetat tataḥ khanema supratīkam agnim iti tata enaṃ khanemetyetat supratīkam iti sarvato vā agniḥ supratīkaḥ svo ruhāṇā adhi nākam uttamam iti svargo vai loko nākaḥ svargaṃ lokaṃ rohanto 'dhi nākam uttamam ityetat taṃ dakṣiṇopasaṃkramayati yatretarau paśū bhavatas te dakṣiṇataḥ prāñcas tiṣṭhanti sa ya evāmutra dakṣiṇata sthānasya bandhuḥ so 'tra //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 14.2 etadvā enaṃ devāḥ procivāṃsaṃ yathā dadivāṃsaṃ vandetaivamupāstuvann upāmahayaṃs tathaivainamayam etad upastauty upamahayatyudakramīdity uddhyakramīd draviṇodā iti draviṇaṃ hyebhyo dadāti vājyarveti vājī ca hyeṣo 'rvā cākaḥ sulokaṃ sukṛtam pṛthivyāmityakaraḥ sulokaṃ sukṛtam
pṛthivyām ityetat tataḥ khanema supratīkam agnim iti tata enaṃ khanemetyetat supratīkam iti sarvato vā agniḥ supratīkaḥ svo ruhāṇā adhi nākam uttamam iti svargo vai loko nākaḥ svargaṃ lokaṃ rohanto 'dhi nākam uttamam ityetat taṃ dakṣiṇopasaṃkramayati yatretarau paśū bhavatas te dakṣiṇataḥ prāñcas tiṣṭhanti sa ya evāmutra dakṣiṇata sthānasya bandhuḥ so 'tra //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 1, 1.2 etadvā enaṃ devā anuvidyākhanaṃs tathaivainamayametadanuvidya khanati devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinorbāhubhyām pūṣṇo hastābhyām
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthādagnim purīṣyam aṅgirasvatkhanāmīti savitṛprasūta evainametadetābhirdevatābhiḥ pṛthivyā upasthādagnim paśavyamagnivatkhanati //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 1, 1.2 etadvā enaṃ devā anuvidyākhanaṃs tathaivainamayametadanuvidya khanati devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinorbāhubhyām pūṣṇo hastābhyām pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthādagnim purīṣyam aṅgirasvatkhanāmīti savitṛprasūta evainametadetābhirdevatābhiḥ
pṛthivyā upasthādagnim paśavyamagnivatkhanati //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 1, 2.2 jyotiṣmānvā ayamagniḥ supratīko 'jasreṇa bhānunā dīdyatam ityajasreṇārciṣā dīpyamānamityetac chivam prajābhyo 'hiṃsantam
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthādagnim purīṣyamaṅgirasvatkhanāma iti śivam prajābhyo 'hiṃsantaṃ pṛthivyā upasthādagnim paśavyamagnivatkhanāma ityetat //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 1, 2.2 jyotiṣmānvā ayamagniḥ supratīko 'jasreṇa bhānunā dīdyatam ityajasreṇārciṣā dīpyamānamityetac chivam prajābhyo 'hiṃsantam pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthādagnim purīṣyamaṅgirasvatkhanāma iti śivam prajābhyo 'hiṃsantaṃ
pṛthivyā upasthādagnim paśavyamagnivatkhanāma ityetat //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 1, 5.2 pṛthivīm bhūmiṃ ca jyotiṣā saheti prāṇo vai mitraḥ prāṇo vā etadagre karmākarot sujātaṃ jātavedasam ayakṣmāya tvā saṃsṛjāmi prajābhya iti yathaiva yajustathā bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 1, 7.2 pṛthivīm bṛhajjyotiḥ samīdhira ityasau vā āditya eṣo 'gnir etadvai tadrudrāḥ saṃsṛjya pṛthivīm bṛhajjyotiḥ samīdhire teṣām bhānurajasra icchukro deveṣu rocata ity eṣa vā eṣām bhānurajasraḥ śukro deveṣu rocate //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 1, 7.2 pṛthivīm bṛhajjyotiḥ samīdhira ityasau vā āditya eṣo 'gnir etadvai tadrudrāḥ saṃsṛjya
pṛthivīm bṛhajjyotiḥ samīdhire teṣām bhānurajasra icchukro deveṣu rocata ity eṣa vā eṣām bhānurajasraḥ śukro deveṣu rocate //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 3.2 vasavastvā kṛṇvantu gāyatreṇa chandasāṅgirasvadityayaṃ haiṣa loko nidhis tam etad vasavo gāyatreṇa chandasākurvaṃstathaivainamayametadgāyatreṇa chandasā karotyaṅgirasvaditi prāṇo vā aṅgirā dhruvāsīti sthirāsīty etad atho pratiṣṭhitāsīti
pṛthivyasīti pṛthivī hyeṣa nidhir dhārayā mayi prajāṃ rāyaspoṣaṃ gaupatyaṃ suvīryaṃ sajātānyajamānāyetyetad vai vasava imaṃ lokaṃ kṛtvā tasminnetām āśiṣam āśāsata tathaivaitad yajamāna imaṃ lokaṃ kṛtvā tasminnetām āśiṣam āśāste tāṃ prādeśamātrīṃ kṛtvāthāsyai sarvatastīram unnayati //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 3.2 vasavastvā kṛṇvantu gāyatreṇa chandasāṅgirasvadityayaṃ haiṣa loko nidhis tam etad vasavo gāyatreṇa chandasākurvaṃstathaivainamayametadgāyatreṇa chandasā karotyaṅgirasvaditi prāṇo vā aṅgirā dhruvāsīti sthirāsīty etad atho pratiṣṭhitāsīti pṛthivyasīti
pṛthivī hyeṣa nidhir dhārayā mayi prajāṃ rāyaspoṣaṃ gaupatyaṃ suvīryaṃ sajātānyajamānāyetyetad vai vasava imaṃ lokaṃ kṛtvā tasminnetām āśiṣam āśāsata tathaivaitad yajamāna imaṃ lokaṃ kṛtvā tasminnetām āśiṣam āśāste tāṃ prādeśamātrīṃ kṛtvāthāsyai sarvatastīram unnayati //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 4, 3.2 pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvatkhanatvavaṭetyavaṭo haiṣa devatrātra sā vaiṇavyabhrirutsīdati catuḥsraktireṣa kūpo bhavati catasro vai diśaḥ sarvābhya evainametaddigbhyaḥ khanatyatha pacanamavadhāyāṣāḍhāmavadadhāti tūṣṇīmeva tāṃ hi pūrvāṃ karoti //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 4, 4.2 devānāṃ tvā patnīrdevīrviśvadevyāvatīḥ
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvaddadhatūkha iti devānāṃ haitāmagre patnīrdevīrviśvadevyāvatīḥ pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe 'ṅgirasvaddadhus tābhirevaināmetaddadhāti tā ha tā oṣadhaya evauṣadhayo vai devānām patnya oṣadhibhirhīdaṃ sarvaṃ hitam oṣadhibhirevainām etad dadhāty atha viśvajyotiṣo 'vadadhāti tūṣṇīm evātha pacanam avadhāyābhīnddhe //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 4, 4.2 devānāṃ tvā patnīrdevīrviśvadevyāvatīḥ pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvaddadhatūkha iti devānāṃ haitāmagre patnīrdevīrviśvadevyāvatīḥ
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe 'ṅgirasvaddadhus tābhirevaināmetaddadhāti tā ha tā oṣadhaya evauṣadhayo vai devānām patnya oṣadhibhirhīdaṃ sarvaṃ hitam oṣadhibhirevainām etad dadhāty atha viśvajyotiṣo 'vadadhāti tūṣṇīm evātha pacanam avadhāyābhīnddhe //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 4, 5.2 viśvadevyāvatīḥ
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvadabhīndhatāmukha iti dhiṣaṇā haitām agre devīrviśvadevyāvatīḥ pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe 'ṅgirasvadabhīdhire tābhirevaināmetadabhīnddhe sā ha sā vāgeva vāg vai dhiṣaṇā vācā hīdaṃ sarvamiddhaṃ vācaivaināmetadabhīnddhe 'thaitāni trīṇi yajūṃṣīkṣamāṇa eva japati //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 4, 5.2 viśvadevyāvatīḥ pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvadabhīndhatāmukha iti dhiṣaṇā haitām agre devīrviśvadevyāvatīḥ
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe 'ṅgirasvadabhīdhire tābhirevaināmetadabhīnddhe sā ha sā vāgeva vāg vai dhiṣaṇā vācā hīdaṃ sarvamiddhaṃ vācaivaināmetadabhīnddhe 'thaitāni trīṇi yajūṃṣīkṣamāṇa eva japati //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 4, 6.2 viśvadevyāvatīḥ
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvacchrapayantūkha iti varūtrīrhaitāmagre devīrviśvadevyāvatīḥ pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe 'ṅgirasvacchrapayāṃcakrus tābhirevaināmetacchrapayati tāni ha tānyahorātrāṇy evāhorātrāṇi vai varūtryo 'horātrairhīdaṃ sarvaṃ vṛtam ahorātrairevaināmetacchrapayati //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 4, 6.2 viśvadevyāvatīḥ pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvacchrapayantūkha iti varūtrīrhaitāmagre devīrviśvadevyāvatīḥ
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe 'ṅgirasvacchrapayāṃcakrus tābhirevaināmetacchrapayati tāni ha tānyahorātrāṇy evāhorātrāṇi vai varūtryo 'horātrairhīdaṃ sarvaṃ vṛtam ahorātrairevaināmetacchrapayati //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 4, 7.2 viśvadevyāvatīḥ
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvat pacantūkha iti gnā haitāmagre devīrviśvadevyāvatīḥ pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe 'ṅgirasvatpecus tābhir evaināmetatpacati tāni ha tāni chandāṃsyeva chandāṃsi vai gnāś chandobhirhi svargaṃ lokaṃ gacchanti chandobhir evaināmetatpacati //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 4, 7.2 viśvadevyāvatīḥ pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvat pacantūkha iti gnā haitāmagre devīrviśvadevyāvatīḥ
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe 'ṅgirasvatpecus tābhir evaināmetatpacati tāni ha tāni chandāṃsyeva chandāṃsi vai gnāś chandobhirhi svargaṃ lokaṃ gacchanti chandobhir evaināmetatpacati //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 4, 8.2 viśvadevyāvatīḥ
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvatpacantūkha iti janayo haitāmagre 'chinnapatrā devīrviśvadevyāvatīḥ pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvatpecus tābhirevaināmetatpacati tāni ha tāni nakṣatrāṇyeva nakṣatrāṇi vai janayo ye hi janāḥ puṇyakṛtaḥ svargaṃ lokaṃ yanti teṣāmetāni jyotīṃṣi nakṣatrair evainām etat pacati //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 4, 8.2 viśvadevyāvatīḥ pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvatpacantūkha iti janayo haitāmagre 'chinnapatrā devīrviśvadevyāvatīḥ
pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvatpecus tābhirevaināmetatpacati tāni ha tāni nakṣatrāṇyeva nakṣatrāṇi vai janayo ye hi janāḥ puṇyakṛtaḥ svargaṃ lokaṃ yanti teṣāmetāni jyotīṃṣi nakṣatrair evainām etat pacati //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 4, 12.2 avyathamānā
pṛthivyāmāśā diśa āpṛṇety avyathamānā tvam pṛthivyāmāśā diśo rasenāpūrayetyetat //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 4, 12.2 avyathamānā pṛthivyāmāśā diśa āpṛṇety avyathamānā tvam
pṛthivyāmāśā diśo rasenāpūrayetyetat //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 3, 9.2 eṣā ha nābhiḥ
pṛthivyai yatraiṣa etat samidhyate rāyaspoṣāya bṛhate havāmaha iti rayyai ca poṣāya ca bṛhate havāmaha ity etad irammadam itīrayā hyeṣa matto bṛhad uktham iti bṛhaduktho hyeṣa yajatram iti yajñiyam ity etaj jetāram agnim pṛtanāsu sāsahimiti jetā hyagniḥ pṛtanā u sāsahiḥ //
ŚBM, 10, 6, 3, 2.3 yathā jyotir adhūmam evaṃ jyāyān divo jyāyān ākāśāj jyāyān asyai
pṛthivyai jyāyānt sarvebhyo bhūtebhyaḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 6, 4, 1.2 saṃvatsara ātmāśvasya medhyasya dyauṣ pṛṣṭham antarikṣam udaram
pṛthivī pājasyaṃ diśaḥ pārśve avāntaradiśaḥ parśava ṛtavo 'ṅgāni māsāś cārdhamāsāś ca parvāṇy ahorātrāṇi pratiṣṭhā nakṣatrāṇy asthīni nabho māṃsāny ūvadhyaṃ sikatāḥ sindhavo gudā yakṛc ca klomānaś ca parvatā oṣadhayaś ca vanaspatayaś ca lomāny udyan pūrvārdho nimlocan jaghanārdhaḥ /
ŚBM, 13, 5, 1, 12.0 athāta āgnimārutam mūrdhānaṃ divo aratim
pṛthivyā iti vaiśvānarīyaṃ śastvaikāhike nividaṃ dadhāty ā rudrāsa indravantaḥ sajoṣasa iti mārutaṃ śastvaikāhike nividaṃ dadhāti imam ū ṣu vo atithim uṣarbudhamiti navarcaṃ jātavedasīyaṃ śastvaikāhike nividaṃ dadhāti tad yad aikāhikāni nividdhānāni bhavanti pratiṣṭhā vai jyotiṣṭomaḥ pratiṣṭhāyā apracyutyai //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 21.0 athādhvaryuṃ yajamānaḥ pṛcchati pṛcchāmi tvā paramantam
pṛthivyā iti tam pratyāheyam vediḥ paro antaḥ pṛthivyā iti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 21.0 athādhvaryuṃ yajamānaḥ pṛcchati pṛcchāmi tvā paramantam pṛthivyā iti tam pratyāheyam vediḥ paro antaḥ
pṛthivyā iti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 4, 13.0 atha tṛtīyayā śakuntalā nāḍapityapsarā bharatam dadhe paraḥsahasrān indrāyāśvān medhyān ya āharadvijitya
pṛthivīṃ sarvāmiti //
ŚBM, 13, 8, 2, 5.5 savitā te śarīrebhyaḥ
pṛthivyāṃ lokam icchatv iti savitaivāsyaitaccharīrebhyaḥ pṛthivyāṃ lokam icchati /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 2, 5.5 savitā te śarīrebhyaḥ pṛthivyāṃ lokam icchatv iti savitaivāsyaitaccharīrebhyaḥ
pṛthivyāṃ lokam icchati /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 3, 3.1 savitā te śarīrāṇi mātur upastha āvapatv iti savitaivāsyaitaccharīrāṇy asyai
pṛthivyai mātur upastha āvapati /
Śāṅkhāyanagṛhyasūtra
ŚāṅkhGS, 1, 13, 4.0 amo 'ham asmi sā tvaṃ sā tvam asy amo 'haṃ dyaur ahaṃ
pṛthivī tvam ṛk tvam asi sāmāhaṃ sā mām anuvratā bhava tāv eha vivahāvahai prajāṃ prajanayāvahai putrān vindāvahai bahūṃs te santu jaradaṣṭaya iti //
ŚāṅkhGS, 1, 16, 3.1 agninā devena
pṛthivīlokena lokānām ṛgvedena vedānāṃ tena tvā śamayāmy asau svāhā /
Śāṅkhāyanāraṇyaka
ŚāṅkhĀ, 5, 1, 12.0 bahvīḥ saṃdhā atikramya divi prahlādīyān atṛṇaham antarikṣe paulomān
pṛthivyāṃ kālakhañjān //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 2, 2.0 pṛthivī pūrvarūpaṃ dyaur uttararūpaṃ vāyuḥ saṃhiteti śauravīro māṇḍūkeyaḥ //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 4, 2.0 pṛthivī pūrvarūpaṃ dyaur uttararūpaṃ vāyuḥ saṃhitā vṛṣṭiḥ saṃdhiḥ saṃdhātā //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 5, 1.0 pṛthivī pūrvarūpaṃ dyaur uttararūpaṃ vāyuḥ saṃhitā diśaḥ saṃdhir ādityaḥ saṃdhāteti vaiśvāmitraḥ //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 11, 2.0 pṛthivyāyatanaṃ nirbhujaṃ divāyatanaṃ pratṛṇṇam antarikṣāyatanam ubhayam antareṇa //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 10, 2, 4.0 pṛthivī tṛptā yat kiṃcit pṛthivyāpihitaṃ bhavad bhaviṣyad bhūtaṃ tat sarvaṃ tarpayati //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 10, 2, 4.0 pṛthivī tṛptā yat kiṃcit
pṛthivyāpihitaṃ bhavad bhaviṣyad bhūtaṃ tat sarvaṃ tarpayati //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 11, 1, 2.0 tasminn etā devatā āveśayad vācy agniṃ prāṇe vāyuṃ apāne vidyuta udāne parjanyaṃ cakṣuṣy ādityaṃ manasi candramasaṃ śrotre diśaḥ śarīre
pṛthivīṃ retasy apo bala indraṃ manyāv īśānaṃ mūrdhany ākāśaṃ ātmani brahma //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 11, 6, 8.0 śarīre me
pṛthivī pratiṣṭhitā pṛthivī hṛdaye hṛdayam ātmani tat satyaṃ devānāṃ māham akāmo mariṣyāmy annavān annādo bhūyāsaṃ svāhā //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 11, 6, 8.0 śarīre me pṛthivī pratiṣṭhitā
pṛthivī hṛdaye hṛdayam ātmani tat satyaṃ devānāṃ māham akāmo mariṣyāmy annavān annādo bhūyāsaṃ svāhā //
Ṛgveda
ṚV, 1, 32, 5.2 skandhāṃsīva kuliśenā vivṛkṇāhiḥ śayata upapṛk
pṛthivyāḥ //
ṚV, 1, 33, 8.1 cakrāṇāsaḥ parīṇaham
pṛthivyā hiraṇyena maṇinā śumbhamānāḥ /
ṚV, 1, 33, 10.1 na ye divaḥ
pṛthivyā antam āpur na māyābhir dhanadām paryabhūvan /
ṚV, 1, 34, 7.1 trir no aśvinā yajatā dive dive pari tridhātu
pṛthivīm aśāyatam /
ṚV, 1, 34, 8.2 tisraḥ
pṛthivīr upari pravā divo nākaṃ rakṣethe dyubhir aktubhir hitam //
ṚV, 1, 35, 8.1 aṣṭau vy akhyat kakubhaḥ
pṛthivyās trī dhanva yojanā sapta sindhūn /
ṚV, 1, 52, 11.1 yad in nv indra
pṛthivī daśabhujir ahāni viśvā tatananta kṛṣṭayaḥ /
ṚV, 1, 52, 13.1 tvam bhuvaḥ pratimānam
pṛthivyā ṛṣvavīrasya bṛhataḥ patir bhūḥ /
ṚV, 1, 55, 1.1 divaś cid asya varimā vi papratha indraṃ na mahnā
pṛthivī cana prati /
ṚV, 1, 56, 6.1 tvaṃ divo dharuṇaṃ dhiṣa ojasā
pṛthivyā indra sadaneṣu māhinaḥ /
ṚV, 1, 57, 5.2 anu te dyaur bṛhatī vīryam mama iyaṃ ca te
pṛthivī nema ojase //
ṚV, 1, 59, 2.1 mūrdhā divo nābhir agniḥ
pṛthivyā athābhavad aratī rodasyoḥ /
ṚV, 1, 61, 9.1 asyed eva pra ririce mahitvaṃ divas
pṛthivyāḥ pary antarikṣāt /
ṚV, 1, 63, 1.1 tvam mahāṁ indra yo ha śuṣmair dyāvā jajñānaḥ
pṛthivī ame dhāḥ /
ṚV, 1, 65, 8.1 yad vātajūto vanā vy asthād agnir ha dāti romā
pṛthivyāḥ //
ṚV, 1, 67, 5.1 ajo na kṣāṃ dādhāra
pṛthivīṃ tastambha dyām mantrebhiḥ satyaiḥ //
ṚV, 1, 72, 9.2 mahnā mahadbhiḥ
pṛthivī vi tasthe mātā putrair aditir dhāyase veḥ //
ṚV, 1, 73, 3.1 devo na yaḥ
pṛthivīṃ viśvadhāyā upakṣeti hitamitro na rājā /
ṚV, 1, 80, 1.2 śaviṣṭha vajrinn ojasā
pṛthivyā niḥ śaśā ahim arcann anu svarājyam //
ṚV, 1, 89, 4.1 tan no vāto mayobhu vātu bheṣajaṃ tan mātā
pṛthivī tat pitā dyauḥ /
ṚV, 1, 91, 4.1 yā te dhāmāni divi yā
pṛthivyāṃ yā parvateṣv oṣadhīṣv apsu /
ṚV, 1, 94, 16.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ
pṛthivī uta dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 95, 11.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ
pṛthivī uta dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 96, 9.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ
pṛthivī uta dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 98, 2.1 pṛṣṭo divi pṛṣṭo agniḥ
pṛthivyām pṛṣṭo viśvā oṣadhīr ā viveśa /
ṚV, 1, 98, 3.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ
pṛthivī uta dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 100, 1.1 sa yo vṛṣā vṛṣṇyebhiḥ samokā maho divaḥ
pṛthivyāś ca samrāṭ /
ṚV, 1, 100, 18.1 dasyūñchimyūṃś ca puruhūta evair hatvā
pṛthivyāṃ śarvā ni barhīt /
ṚV, 1, 100, 19.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ
pṛthivī uta dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 101, 11.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ
pṛthivī uta dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 102, 2.1 asya śravo nadyaḥ sapta bibhrati dyāvākṣāmā
pṛthivī darśataṃ vapuḥ /
ṚV, 1, 102, 11.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ
pṛthivī uta dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 103, 2.1 sa dhārayat
pṛthivīm paprathac ca vajreṇa hatvā nir apaḥ sasarja /
ṚV, 1, 103, 8.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ
pṛthivī uta dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 105, 19.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ
pṛthivī uta dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 106, 7.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ
pṛthivī uta dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 107, 3.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ
pṛthivī uta dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 108, 9.1 yad indrāgnī avamasyām
pṛthivyām madhyamasyām paramasyām uta sthaḥ /
ṚV, 1, 108, 10.1 yad indrāgnī paramasyām
pṛthivyām madhyamasyām avamasyām uta sthaḥ /
ṚV, 1, 108, 11.1 yad indrāgnī divi ṣṭho yat
pṛthivyāṃ yat parvateṣv oṣadhīṣv apsu /
ṚV, 1, 108, 13.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ
pṛthivī uta dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 109, 6.1 pra carṣaṇibhyaḥ pṛtanāhaveṣu pra
pṛthivyā riricāthe divaś ca /
ṚV, 1, 109, 8.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ
pṛthivī uta dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 110, 9.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ
pṛthivī uta dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 111, 5.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ
pṛthivī uta dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 112, 25.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ
pṛthivī uta dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 113, 20.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ
pṛthivī uta dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 114, 11.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ
pṛthivī uta dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 115, 6.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ
pṛthivī uta dyauḥ //
ṚV, 1, 131, 1.1 indrāya hi dyaur asuro anamnatendrāya mahī
pṛthivī varīmabhir dyumnasātā varīmabhiḥ /
ṚV, 1, 143, 1.2 apāṃ napād yo vasubhiḥ saha priyo hotā
pṛthivyāṃ ny asīdad ṛtviyaḥ //
ṚV, 1, 143, 2.2 asya kratvā samidhānasya majmanā pra dyāvā śociḥ
pṛthivī arocayat //
ṚV, 1, 143, 4.1 yam erire bhṛgavo viśvavedasaṃ nābhā
pṛthivyā bhuvanasya majmanā /
ṚV, 1, 154, 4.2 ya u tridhātu
pṛthivīm uta dyām eko dādhāra bhuvanāni viśvā //
ṚV, 1, 159, 1.1 pra dyāvā yajñaiḥ
pṛthivī ṛtāvṛdhā mahī stuṣe vidatheṣu pracetasā /
ṚV, 1, 164, 33.1 dyaur me pitā janitā nābhir atra bandhur me mātā
pṛthivī mahīyam /
ṚV, 1, 164, 34.1 pṛcchāmi tvā param antam
pṛthivyāḥ pṛcchāmi yatra bhuvanasya nābhiḥ /
ṚV, 1, 168, 8.2 ava smayanta vidyutaḥ
pṛthivyāṃ yadī ghṛtam marutaḥ pruṣṇuvanti //
ṚV, 1, 173, 3.1 nakṣaddhotā pari sadma mitā yan bharad garbham ā śaradaḥ
pṛthivyāḥ /
ṚV, 1, 185, 2.2 nityaṃ na sūnum pitror upasthe dyāvā rakṣatam
pṛthivī no abhvāt //
ṚV, 1, 185, 3.2 tad rodasī janayataṃ jaritre dyāvā rakṣatam
pṛthivī no abhvāt //
ṚV, 1, 185, 4.2 ubhe devānām ubhayebhir ahnāṃ dyāvā rakṣatam
pṛthivī no abhvāt //
ṚV, 1, 185, 5.2 abhijighrantī bhuvanasya nābhiṃ dyāvā rakṣatam
pṛthivī no abhvāt //
ṚV, 1, 185, 6.2 dadhāte ye amṛtaṃ supratīke dyāvā rakṣatam
pṛthivī no abhvāt //
ṚV, 1, 185, 7.2 dadhāte ye subhage supratūrtī dyāvā rakṣatam
pṛthivī no abhvāt //
ṚV, 1, 185, 8.2 iyaṃ dhīr bhūyā avayānam eṣāṃ dyāvā rakṣatam
pṛthivī no abhvāt //
ṚV, 1, 190, 4.1 asya śloko divīyate
pṛthivyām atyo na yaṃsad yakṣabhṛd vicetāḥ /
ṚV, 2, 3, 1.1 samiddho agnir nihitaḥ
pṛthivyām pratyaṅ viśvāni bhuvanāny asthāt /
ṚV, 2, 3, 7.2 devān yajantāv ṛtuthā sam añjato nābhā
pṛthivyā adhi sānuṣu triṣu //
ṚV, 2, 12, 2.1 yaḥ
pṛthivīṃ vyathamānām adṛṃhad yaḥ parvatān prakupitāṁ aramṇāt /
ṚV, 2, 12, 13.1 dyāvā cid asmai
pṛthivī namete śuṣmāc cid asya parvatā bhayante /
ṚV, 2, 13, 5.1 adhākṛṇoḥ
pṛthivīṃ saṃdṛśe dive yo dhautīnām ahihann āriṇak pathaḥ /
ṚV, 2, 15, 2.2 sa dhārayat
pṛthivīm paprathac ca somasya tā mada indraś cakāra //
ṚV, 2, 17, 5.2 adhārayat
pṛthivīṃ viśvadhāyasam astabhnān māyayā dyām avasrasaḥ //
ṚV, 2, 17, 6.2 yenā
pṛthivyāṃ ni kriviṃ śayadhyai vajreṇa hatvy avṛṇak tuviṣvaṇiḥ //
ṚV, 2, 31, 2.2 yad āśavaḥ padyābhis titrato rajaḥ
pṛthivyāḥ sānau jaṅghananta pāṇibhiḥ //
ṚV, 2, 31, 5.2 stuṣe yad vām
pṛthivi navyasā vaca sthātuś ca vayas trivayā upastire //
ṚV, 2, 38, 11.1 asmabhyaṃ tad divo adbhyaḥ
pṛthivyās tvayā dattaṃ kāmyaṃ rādha ā gāt /
ṚV, 2, 40, 1.1 somāpūṣaṇā jananā rayīṇāṃ jananā divo jananā
pṛthivyāḥ /
ṚV, 2, 40, 4.1 divy anyaḥ sadanaṃ cakra uccā
pṛthivyām anyo adhy antarikṣe /
ṚV, 3, 1, 3.1 mayo dadhe medhiraḥ pūtadakṣo divaḥ subandhur januṣā
pṛthivyāḥ /
ṚV, 3, 5, 9.1 ud u ṣṭutaḥ samidhā yahvo adyaud varṣman divo adhi nābhā
pṛthivyāḥ /
ṚV, 3, 6, 2.2 divaś cid agne mahinā
pṛthivyā vacyantāṃ te vahnayaḥ saptajihvāḥ //
ṚV, 3, 6, 3.1 dyauś ca tvā
pṛthivī yajñiyāso ni hotāraṃ sādayante damāya /
ṚV, 3, 7, 10.2 uto cid agne mahinā
pṛthivyāḥ kṛtaṃ cid enaḥ sam mahe daśasya //
ṚV, 3, 8, 8.1 ādityā rudrā vasavaḥ sunīthā dyāvākṣāmā
pṛthivī antarikṣam /
ṚV, 3, 8, 10.1 śṛṅgāṇīvecchṛṅgiṇāṃ saṃ dadṛśre caṣālavantaḥ svaravaḥ
pṛthivyām /
ṚV, 3, 14, 1.2 vidyudrathaḥ sahasas putro agniḥ śociṣkeśaḥ
pṛthivyām pājo aśret //
ṚV, 3, 17, 2.1 yathāyajo hotram agne
pṛthivyā yathā divo jātavedaś cikitvān /
ṚV, 3, 22, 2.1 agne yat te divi varcaḥ
pṛthivyāṃ yad oṣadhīṣv apsv ā yajatra /
ṚV, 3, 23, 4.1 ni tvā dadhe vara ā
pṛthivyā iḍāyās pade sudinatve ahnām /
ṚV, 3, 25, 1.1 agne divaḥ sūnur asi pracetās tanā
pṛthivyā uta viśvavedāḥ /
ṚV, 3, 32, 8.2 dādhāra yaḥ
pṛthivīṃ dyām utemāṃ jajāna sūryam uṣasaṃ sudaṃsāḥ //
ṚV, 3, 34, 8.2 sasāna yaḥ
pṛthivīṃ dyām utemām indram madanty anu dhīraṇāsaḥ //
ṚV, 3, 36, 4.2 nāha vivyāca
pṛthivī canainaṃ yat somāso haryaśvam amandan //
ṚV, 3, 46, 3.2 pra majmanā diva indraḥ
pṛthivyāḥ proror maho antarikṣād ṛjīṣī //
ṚV, 3, 46, 5.1 yaṃ somam indra
pṛthivīdyāvā garbhaṃ na mātā bibhṛtas tvāyā /
ṚV, 3, 51, 5.1 pūrvīr asya niṣṣidho martyeṣu purū vasūni
pṛthivī bibharti /
ṚV, 3, 53, 11.2 rājā vṛtraṃ jaṅghanat prāg apāg udag athā yajāte vara ā
pṛthivyāḥ //
ṚV, 3, 54, 2.1 mahi mahe dive arcā
pṛthivyai kāmo ma icchañcarati prajānan /
ṚV, 3, 54, 3.2 idaṃ dive namo agne
pṛthivyai saparyāmi prayasā yāmi ratnam //
ṚV, 3, 54, 4.2 naraś cid vāṃ samithe śūrasātau vavandire
pṛthivi vevidānāḥ //
ṚV, 3, 54, 19.2 śṛṇotu naḥ
pṛthivī dyaur utāpaḥ sūryo nakṣatrair urv antarikṣam //
ṚV, 3, 55, 21.1 imāṃ ca naḥ
pṛthivīṃ viśvadhāyā upa kṣeti hitamitro na rājā /
ṚV, 3, 55, 22.1 niṣṣidhvarīs ta oṣadhīr utāpo rayiṃ ta indra
pṛthivī bibharti /
ṚV, 3, 59, 1.1 mitro janān yātayati bruvāṇo mitro dādhāra
pṛthivīm uta dyām /
ṚV, 3, 59, 3.1 anamīvāsa iᄆayā madanto mitajñavo varimann ā
pṛthivyāḥ /
ṚV, 3, 61, 4.2 svar janantī subhagā sudaṃsā āntād divaḥ papratha ā
pṛthivyāḥ //
ṚV, 3, 62, 2.2 sajoṣāv indrāvaruṇā marudbhir divā
pṛthivyā śṛṇutaṃ havam me //
ṚV, 4, 3, 5.2 kathā mitrāya mīḍhuṣe
pṛthivyai bravaḥ kad aryamṇe kad bhagāya //
ṚV, 4, 5, 11.2 tvam asya kṣayasi yaddha viśvaṃ divi yad u draviṇaṃ yat
pṛthivyām //
ṚV, 4, 16, 7.1 apo vṛtraṃ vavrivāṃsam parāhan prāvat te vajram
pṛthivī sacetāḥ /
ṚV, 4, 19, 8.2 pariṣṭhitā atṛṇad badbadhānāḥ sīrā indraḥ sravitave
pṛthivyā //
ṚV, 4, 21, 3.1 ā yātv indro diva ā
pṛthivyā makṣū samudrād uta vā purīṣāt /
ṚV, 4, 36, 1.2 mahat tad vo devyasya pravācanaṃ dyām ṛbhavaḥ
pṛthivīṃ yac ca puṣyatha //
ṚV, 4, 39, 1.1 āśuṃ dadhikrāṃ tam u nu ṣṭavāma divas
pṛthivyā uta carkirāma /
ṚV, 4, 44, 5.1 ā no yātaṃ divo acchā
pṛthivyā hiraṇyayena suvṛtā rathena /
ṚV, 4, 51, 11.2 vayaṃ syāma yaśaso janeṣu tad dyauś ca dhattām
pṛthivī ca devī //
ṚV, 4, 53, 5.2 tisro divaḥ
pṛthivīs tisra invati tribhir vratair abhi no rakṣati tmanā //
ṚV, 4, 54, 4.2 yat
pṛthivyā varimann ā svaṅgurir varṣman divaḥ suvati satyam asya tat //
ṚV, 5, 42, 16.1 praiṣa stomaḥ
pṛthivīm antarikṣaṃ vanaspatīṃr oṣadhī rāye aśyāḥ /
ṚV, 5, 42, 16.2 devo devaḥ suhavo bhūtu mahyam mā no mātā
pṛthivī durmatau dhāt //
ṚV, 5, 43, 2.1 ā suṣṭutī namasā vartayadhyai dyāvā vājāya
pṛthivī amṛdhre /
ṚV, 5, 43, 15.2 devo devaḥ suhavo bhūtu mahyam mā no mātā
pṛthivī durmatau dhāt //
ṚV, 5, 46, 3.1 indrāgnī mitrāvaruṇāditiṃ svaḥ
pṛthivīṃ dyām marutaḥ parvatāṁ apaḥ /
ṚV, 5, 54, 8.2 pinvanty utsaṃ yad ināso asvaran vy undanti
pṛthivīm madhvo andhasā //
ṚV, 5, 54, 9.1 pravatvatīyam
pṛthivī marudbhyaḥ pravatvatī dyaur bhavati prayadbhyaḥ /
ṚV, 5, 57, 3.2 kopayatha
pṛthivīm pṛśnimātaraḥ śubhe yad ugrāḥ pṛṣatīr ayugdhvam //
ṚV, 5, 58, 7.1 prathiṣṭa yāman
pṛthivī cid eṣām bharteva garbhaṃ svam icchavo dhuḥ /
ṚV, 5, 59, 1.1 pra va spaᄆ akran suvitāya dāvane 'rcā dive pra
pṛthivyā ṛtam bhare /
ṚV, 5, 60, 2.2 vanā cid ugrā jihate ni vo bhiyā
pṛthivī cid rejate parvataś cit //
ṚV, 5, 62, 3.1 adhārayatam
pṛthivīm uta dyām mitrarājānā varuṇā mahobhiḥ /
ṚV, 5, 63, 3.1 samrājā ugrā vṛṣabhā divas patī
pṛthivyā mitrāvaruṇā vicarṣaṇī /
ṚV, 5, 83, 4.2 irā viśvasmai bhuvanāya jāyate yat parjanyaḥ
pṛthivīṃ retasāvati //
ṚV, 5, 83, 5.1 yasya vrate
pṛthivī nannamīti yasya vrate śaphavaj jarbhurīti /
ṚV, 5, 85, 1.2 vi yo jaghāna śamiteva carmopastire
pṛthivīṃ sūryāya //
ṚV, 5, 85, 4.1 unatti bhūmim
pṛthivīm uta dyāṃ yadā dugdhaṃ varuṇo vaṣṭy ād it /
ṚV, 5, 85, 5.2 māneneva tasthivāṁ antarikṣe vi yo mame
pṛthivīṃ sūryeṇa //
ṚV, 6, 1, 5.1 tvāṃ vardhanti kṣitayaḥ
pṛthivyāṃ tvāṃ rāya ubhayāso janānām /
ṚV, 6, 7, 1.1 mūrdhānaṃ divo aratim
pṛthivyā vaiśvānaram ṛta ā jātam agnim /
ṚV, 6, 11, 1.2 ā no mitrāvaruṇā nāsatyā dyāvā hotrāya
pṛthivī vavṛtyāḥ //
ṚV, 6, 11, 5.2 amyakṣi sadma sadane
pṛthivyā aśrāyi yajñaḥ sūrye na cakṣuḥ //
ṚV, 6, 18, 12.1 pra tuvidyumnasya sthavirasya ghṛṣver divo rarapśe mahimā
pṛthivyāḥ /
ṚV, 6, 19, 12.2 adhā hi tvā
pṛthivyāṃ śūrasātau havāmahe tanaye goṣv apsu //
ṚV, 6, 21, 2.2 yasya divam ati mahnā
pṛthivyāḥ purumāyasya ririce mahitvam //
ṚV, 6, 30, 1.2 pra ririce diva indraḥ
pṛthivyā ardham id asya prati rodasī ubhe //
ṚV, 6, 44, 21.1 vṛṣāsi divo vṛṣabhaḥ
pṛthivyā vṛṣā sindhūnāṃ vṛṣabha stiyānām /
ṚV, 6, 47, 4.1 ayaṃ sa yo varimāṇam
pṛthivyā varṣmāṇaṃ divo akṛṇod ayaṃ saḥ /
ṚV, 6, 47, 27.1 divas
pṛthivyāḥ pary oja udbhṛtaṃ vanaspatibhyaḥ pary ābhṛtaṃ sahaḥ /
ṚV, 6, 47, 29.1 upa śvāsaya
pṛthivīm uta dyām purutrā te manutāṃ viṣṭhitaṃ jagat /
ṚV, 6, 48, 5.2 sahasā yo mathito jāyate nṛbhiḥ
pṛthivyā adhi sānavi //
ṚV, 6, 49, 6.1 parjanyavātā vṛṣabhā
pṛthivyāḥ purīṣāṇi jinvatam apyāni /
ṚV, 6, 50, 13.2 tvaṣṭā devebhir janibhiḥ sajoṣā dyaur devebhiḥ
pṛthivī samudraiḥ //
ṚV, 6, 51, 5.1 dyauṣ pitaḥ
pṛthivi mātar adhrug agne bhrātar vasavo mṛᄆatā naḥ /
ṚV, 6, 51, 8.1 nama id ugraṃ nama ā vivāse namo dādhāra
pṛthivīm uta dyām /
ṚV, 6, 51, 11.1 te na indraḥ
pṛthivī kṣāma vardhan pūṣā bhago aditiḥ pañca janāḥ /
ṚV, 6, 52, 1.1 na tad divā na
pṛthivyānu manye na yajñena nota śamībhir ābhiḥ /
ṚV, 6, 58, 4.1 pūṣā subandhur diva ā
pṛthivyā iᄆas patir maghavā dasmavarcāḥ /
ṚV, 6, 66, 9.2 ye sahāṃsi sahasā sahante rejate agne
pṛthivī makhebhyaḥ //
ṚV, 6, 68, 4.2 praibhya indrāvaruṇā mahitvā dyauś ca
pṛthivi bhūtam urvī //
ṚV, 6, 70, 6.1 ūrjaṃ no dyauś ca
pṛthivī ca pinvatām pitā mātā viśvavidā sudaṃsasā /
ṚV, 6, 71, 5.2 divo rohāṃsy aruhat
pṛthivyā arīramat patayat kaccid abhvam //
ṚV, 6, 72, 2.2 upa dyāṃ skambhathu skambhanenāprathatam
pṛthivīm mātaraṃ vi //
ṚV, 7, 3, 4.1 vi yasya te
pṛthivyām pājo aśret tṛṣu yad annā samavṛkta jambhaiḥ /
ṚV, 7, 5, 1.1 prāgnaye tavase bharadhvaṃ giraṃ divo arataye
pṛthivyāḥ /
ṚV, 7, 5, 2.1 pṛṣṭo divi dhāyy agniḥ
pṛthivyāṃ netā sindhūnāṃ vṛṣabha stiyānām /
ṚV, 7, 5, 4.1 tava tridhātu
pṛthivī uta dyaur vaiśvānara vratam agne sacanta /
ṚV, 7, 6, 7.2 ā samudrād avarād ā parasmād āgnir dade diva ā
pṛthivyāḥ //
ṚV, 7, 7, 2.2 ā sānu śuṣmair nadayan
pṛthivyā jambhebhir viśvam uśadhag vanāni //
ṚV, 7, 7, 5.2 dyauś ca yam
pṛthivī vāvṛdhāte ā yaṃ hotā yajati viśvavāram //
ṚV, 7, 8, 2.2 vi bhā akaḥ sasṛjānaḥ
pṛthivyāṃ kṛṣṇapavir oṣadhībhir vavakṣe //
ṚV, 7, 18, 8.2 mahnāvivyak
pṛthivīm patyamānaḥ paśuṣ kavir aśayac cāyamānaḥ //
ṚV, 7, 18, 23.2 ṛjrāso mā
pṛthiviṣṭhāḥ sudāsas tokaṃ tokāya śravase vahanti //
ṚV, 7, 24, 3.1 ā no diva ā
pṛthivyā ṛjīṣinn idam barhiḥ somapeyāya yāhi /
ṚV, 7, 34, 2.1 viduḥ
pṛthivyā divo janitraṃ śṛṇvanty āpo adha kṣarantīḥ //
ṚV, 7, 34, 7.1 ud asya śuṣmād bhānur nārta bibharti bhāram
pṛthivī na bhūma //
ṚV, 7, 34, 23.2 vanaspatibhiḥ
pṛthivī sajoṣā ubhe rodasī pari pāsato naḥ //
ṚV, 7, 36, 1.2 vi sānunā
pṛthivī sasra urvī pṛthu pratīkam adhy edhe agniḥ //
ṚV, 7, 38, 5.1 abhi ye mitho vanuṣaḥ sapante rātiṃ divo rātiṣācaḥ
pṛthivyāḥ /
ṚV, 7, 39, 5.1 āgne giro diva ā
pṛthivyā mitraṃ vaha varuṇam indram agnim /
ṚV, 7, 43, 1.1 pra vo yajñeṣu devayanto arcan dyāvā namobhiḥ
pṛthivī iṣadhyai /
ṚV, 7, 53, 1.1 pra dyāvā yajñaiḥ
pṛthivī namobhiḥ sabādha īᄆe bṛhatī yajatre /
ṚV, 7, 60, 7.1 ime divo animiṣā
pṛthivyāś cikitvāṃso acetasaṃ nayanti /
ṚV, 7, 61, 3.1 proror mitrāvaruṇā
pṛthivyāḥ pra diva ṛṣvād bṛhataḥ sudānū /
ṚV, 7, 64, 1.1 divi kṣayantā rajasaḥ
pṛthivyām pra vāṃ ghṛtasya nirṇijo dadīran /
ṚV, 7, 70, 1.1 ā viśvavārāśvinā gataṃ naḥ pra tat sthānam avāci vām
pṛthivyām /
ṚV, 7, 97, 1.1 yajñe divo nṛṣadane
pṛthivyā naro yatra devayavo madanti /
ṚV, 7, 99, 1.2 ubhe te vidma rajasī
pṛthivyā viṣṇo deva tvam paramasya vitse //
ṚV, 7, 99, 2.2 ud astabhnā nākam ṛṣvam bṛhantaṃ dādhartha prācīṃ kakubham
pṛthivyāḥ //
ṚV, 7, 99, 3.2 vy astabhnā rodasī viṣṇav ete dādhartha
pṛthivīm abhito mayūkhaiḥ //
ṚV, 7, 100, 3.1 trir devaḥ
pṛthivīm eṣa etāṃ vi cakrame śatarcasam mahitvā /
ṚV, 7, 100, 4.1 vi cakrame
pṛthivīm eṣa etāṃ kṣetrāya viṣṇur manuṣe daśasyan /
ṚV, 7, 104, 4.1 indrāsomā vartayataṃ divo vadhaṃ sam
pṛthivyā aghaśaṃsāya tarhaṇam /
ṚV, 7, 104, 23.2 pṛthivī naḥ pārthivāt pātv aṃhaso 'ntarikṣaṃ divyāt pātv asmān //
ṚV, 8, 27, 2.1 ā paśuṃ gāsi
pṛthivīṃ vanaspatīn uṣāsā naktam oṣadhīḥ /
ṚV, 8, 35, 2.1 viśvābhir dhībhir bhuvanena vājinā divā
pṛthivyādribhiḥ sacābhuvā /
ṚV, 8, 36, 4.1 janitā divo janitā
pṛthivyāḥ pibā somam madāya kaṃ śatakrato /
ṚV, 8, 40, 4.2 yayor viśvam idaṃ jagad iyaṃ dyauḥ
pṛthivī mahy upasthe bibhṛto vasu nabhantām anyake same //
ṚV, 8, 42, 1.1 astabhnād dyām asuro viśvavedā amimīta varimāṇam
pṛthivyāḥ /
ṚV, 8, 57, 3.1 panāyyaṃ tad aśvinā kṛtaṃ vāṃ vṛṣabho divo rajasaḥ
pṛthivyāḥ /
ṚV, 8, 97, 14.2 tvad viśvāni bhuvanāni vajrin dyāvā rejete
pṛthivī ca bhīṣā //
ṚV, 9, 72, 7.1 nābhā
pṛthivyā dharuṇo maho divo 'pām ūrmau sindhuṣv antar ukṣitaḥ /
ṚV, 9, 79, 4.1 divi te nābhā paramo ya ādade
pṛthivyās te ruruhuḥ sānavi kṣipaḥ /
ṚV, 9, 82, 3.1 parjanyaḥ pitā mahiṣasya parṇino nābhā
pṛthivyā giriṣu kṣayaṃ dadhe /
ṚV, 9, 86, 8.2 adhy asthāt sānu pavamāno avyayaṃ nābhā
pṛthivyā dharuṇo maho divaḥ //
ṚV, 9, 86, 9.1 divo na sānu stanayann acikradad dyauś ca yasya
pṛthivī ca dharmabhiḥ /
ṚV, 9, 86, 29.2 tvaṃ dyāṃ ca
pṛthivīṃ cāti jabhriṣe tava jyotīṃṣi pavamāna sūryaḥ //
ṚV, 9, 87, 2.2 pitā devānāṃ janitā sudakṣo viṣṭambho divo dharuṇaḥ
pṛthivyāḥ //
ṚV, 9, 89, 6.1 viṣṭambho divo dharuṇaḥ
pṛthivyā viśvā uta kṣitayo haste asya /
ṚV, 9, 96, 5.1 somaḥ pavate janitā matīnāṃ janitā divo janitā
pṛthivyāḥ /
ṚV, 9, 97, 13.1 vṛṣā śoṇo abhikanikradad gā nadayann eti
pṛthivīm uta dyām /
ṚV, 9, 97, 58.2 tan no mitro varuṇo māmahantām aditiḥ sindhuḥ
pṛthivī uta dyauḥ //
ṚV, 9, 109, 5.1 śukraḥ pavasva devebhyaḥ soma dive
pṛthivyai śaṃ ca prajāyai //
ṚV, 10, 1, 6.1 sa tu vastrāṇy adha peśanāni vasāno agnir nābhā
pṛthivyāḥ /
ṚV, 10, 7, 1.1 svasti no divo agne
pṛthivyā viśvāyur dhehi yajathāya deva /
ṚV, 10, 10, 5.2 nakir asya pra minanti vratāni veda nāv asya
pṛthivī uta dyauḥ //
ṚV, 10, 10, 9.2 divā
pṛthivyā mithunā sabandhū yamīr yamasya bibhṛyād ajāmi //
ṚV, 10, 16, 3.1 sūryaṃ cakṣur gacchatu vātam ātmā dyāṃ ca gaccha
pṛthivīṃ ca dharmaṇā /
ṚV, 10, 17, 6.1 prapathe pathām ajaniṣṭa pūṣā prapathe divaḥ prapathe
pṛthivyāḥ /
ṚV, 10, 18, 11.1 ucchvañcasva
pṛthivi mā ni bādhathāḥ sūpāyanāsmai bhava sūpavañcanā /
ṚV, 10, 18, 12.1 ucchvañcamānā
pṛthivī su tiṣṭhatu sahasram mita upa hi śrayantām /
ṚV, 10, 18, 13.1 ut te stabhnāmi
pṛthivīṃ tvat parīmaṃ logaṃ nidadhan mo ahaṃ riṣam /
ṚV, 10, 28, 2.1 sa roruvad vṛṣabhas tigmaśṛṅgo varṣman tasthau varimann ā
pṛthivyāḥ /
ṚV, 10, 29, 6.1 mātre nu te sumite indra pūrvī dyaur majmanā
pṛthivī kāvyena /
ṚV, 10, 29, 7.2 sa vāvṛdhe varimann ā
pṛthivyā abhi kratvā naryaḥ pauṃsyaiś ca //
ṚV, 10, 35, 3.1 dyāvā no adya
pṛthivī anāgaso mahī trāyetāṃ suvitāya mātarā /
ṚV, 10, 36, 2.1 dyauś ca naḥ
pṛthivī ca pracetasa ṛtāvarī rakṣatām aṃhaso riṣaḥ /
ṚV, 10, 46, 8.1 pra jihvayā bharate vepo agniḥ pra vayunāni cetasā
pṛthivyāḥ /
ṚV, 10, 46, 9.1 dyāvā yam agnim
pṛthivī janiṣṭām āpas tvaṣṭā bhṛgavo yaṃ sahobhiḥ /
ṚV, 10, 49, 9.1 ahaṃ sapta sravato dhārayaṃ vṛṣā dravitnvaḥ
pṛthivyāṃ sīrā adhi /
ṚV, 10, 53, 5.2 pṛthivī naḥ pārthivāt pātv aṃhaso 'ntarikṣaṃ divyāt pātv asmān //
ṚV, 10, 55, 1.2 ud astabhnāḥ
pṛthivīṃ dyām abhīke bhrātuḥ putrān maghavan titviṣāṇaḥ //
ṚV, 10, 56, 7.1 nāvā na kṣodaḥ pradiśaḥ
pṛthivyāḥ svastibhir ati durgāṇi viśvā /
ṚV, 10, 59, 7.1 punar no asum
pṛthivī dadātu punar dyaur devī punar antarikṣam /
ṚV, 10, 59, 8.2 bharatām apa yad rapo dyauḥ
pṛthivi kṣamā rapo mo ṣu te kiṃ canāmamat //
ṚV, 10, 59, 9.2 kṣamā cariṣṇv ekakam bharatām apa yad rapo dyauḥ
pṛthivi kṣamā rapo mo ṣu te kiṃ canāmamat //
ṚV, 10, 59, 10.2 bharatām apa yad rapo dyauḥ
pṛthivi kṣamā rapo mo ṣu te kiṃ canāmamat //
ṚV, 10, 62, 3.1 ya ṛtena sūryam ārohayan divy aprathayan
pṛthivīm mātaraṃ vi /
ṚV, 10, 63, 2.2 ye stha jātā aditer adbhyas pari ye
pṛthivyās te ma iha śrutā havam //
ṚV, 10, 63, 10.1 sutrāmāṇam
pṛthivīṃ dyām anehasaṃ suśarmāṇam aditiṃ supraṇītim /
ṚV, 10, 65, 4.1 svarṇaram antarikṣāṇi rocanā dyāvābhūmī
pṛthivīṃ skambhur ojasā /
ṚV, 10, 65, 11.1 brahma gām aśvaṃ janayanta oṣadhīr vanaspatīn
pṛthivīm parvatāṁ apaḥ /
ṚV, 10, 70, 1.2 varṣman
pṛthivyāḥ sudinatve ahnām ūrdhvo bhava sukrato devayajyā //
ṚV, 10, 70, 5.1 divo vā sānu spṛśatā varīyaḥ
pṛthivyā vā mātrayā vi śrayadhvam /
ṚV, 10, 77, 3.1 pra ye divaḥ
pṛthivyā na barhaṇā tmanā riricre abhrān na sūryaḥ /
ṚV, 10, 81, 6.1 viśvakarman haviṣā vāvṛdhānaḥ svayaṃ yajasva
pṛthivīm uta dyām /
ṚV, 10, 82, 5.1 paro divā para enā
pṛthivyā paro devebhir asurair yad asti /
ṚV, 10, 88, 2.2 tasya devāḥ
pṛthivī dyaur utāpo 'raṇayann oṣadhīḥ sakhye asya //
ṚV, 10, 88, 3.2 yo bhānunā
pṛthivīṃ dyām utemām ātatāna rodasī antarikṣam //
ṚV, 10, 88, 8.2 sa eṣāṃ yajño abhavat tanūpās taṃ dyaur veda tam
pṛthivī tam āpaḥ //
ṚV, 10, 89, 4.2 yo akṣeṇeva cakriyā śacībhir viṣvak tastambha
pṛthivīm uta dyām //
ṚV, 10, 91, 3.2 vasur vasūnāṃ kṣayasi tvam eka id dyāvā ca yāni
pṛthivī ca puṣyataḥ //
ṚV, 10, 94, 4.2 saṃrabhyā dhīrāḥ svasṛbhir anartiṣur āghoṣayantaḥ
pṛthivīm upabdibhiḥ //
ṚV, 10, 94, 12.2 ajuryāso hariṣāco haridrava ā dyāṃ raveṇa
pṛthivīm aśuśravuḥ //
ṚV, 10, 110, 4.1 prācīnam barhiḥ pradiśā
pṛthivyā vastor asyā vṛjyate agre ahnām /
ṚV, 10, 111, 5.1 indro divaḥ pratimānam
pṛthivyā viśvā veda savanā hanti śuṣṇam /
ṚV, 10, 121, 1.2 sa dādhāra
pṛthivīṃ dyām utemāṃ kasmai devāya haviṣā vidhema //
ṚV, 10, 121, 5.1 yena dyaur ugrā
pṛthivī ca dṛḍhā yena sva stabhitaṃ yena nākaḥ /
ṚV, 10, 121, 9.1 mā no hiṃsīj janitā yaḥ
pṛthivyā yo vā divaṃ satyadharmā jajāna /
ṚV, 10, 147, 1.2 ubhe yat tvā bhavato rodasī anu rejate śuṣmāt
pṛthivī cid adrivaḥ //
ṚV, 10, 149, 1.1 savitā yantraiḥ
pṛthivīm aramṇād askambhane savitā dyām adṛṃhat /
Ṛgvedakhilāni
ṚVKh, 1, 4, 4.1 panāyyaṃ tad aśvinākṛtaṃ vāṃ vṛṣabho divo rajasaḥ
pṛthivyāḥ /
ṚVKh, 3, 22, 9.1 asya śravo nadyaḥ sapta bibhrati dyāvā kṣāmā
pṛthivī darśataṃ vapuḥ /
ṚVKh, 4, 9, 4.1 mahiṣī vo agnir dhūmaketur uṣarbudho vaiśvānara uṣasām agram akhyad aty akramīd draviṇodā vājy arvākas su lokaṃ sukṛtaḥ
pṛthivyāṃ tataḥ khanema supratīkam agniṃ vaiśvānaraṃ svo ruhāṇā adhi nāke asminn adhā poṣasva poṣeṇa punar no naṣṭam ā kṛdhi punar no rayim ā kṛdhi //
Ṣaḍviṃśabrāhmaṇa
ṢB, 1, 2, 9.2 yāny eva
pṛthivyām asurarakṣāṃsi tāny eva tenāpahate /
ṢB, 1, 5, 12.1 atha skannād vā bhinnād vā tredhā yajña utkrāmati devān divaṃ tṛtīyam antarikṣaṃ manuṣyāṃs tṛtīyaṃ
pṛthivīṃ pitṝṃs tṛtīyam //
Arthaśāstra
Avadānaśataka
AvŚat, 1, 3.4 tataḥ śaraṇam abhiruhya rājagṛhābhimukhaḥ sthitvā ubhau jānumaṇḍale
pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya puṣpāṇi kṣipan dhūpam udakaṃ ca bhagavantam āyācituṃ pravṛttaḥ āgacchatu bhagavān yajñaṃ me anubhavituṃ yajñavāṭam iti /
AvŚat, 9, 3.4 tataḥ saptame divase vistīrṇāvakāśe
pṛthivīpradeśe 'nekeṣu prāṇiśatasahasreṣu saṃnipatiteṣu gaganatale cānekeṣu devatāsahasreṣu saṃnipatiteṣu gomayamaṇḍalake kᄆpte sarvagandhamālyeṣūpahṛteṣu pūrvataraṃ tīrthikopāsakena satyopayācanaṃ kṛtam yena satyena pūraṇaprabhṛtayaḥ ṣaṭ śāstāro loke śreṣṭhāḥ anena satyenemāni puṣpāṇi ayaṃ ca dhūpaḥ idaṃ ca pānīyaṃ tān upagacchantv iti //
AvŚat, 9, 5.1 tato bhagavacchrāvakeṇa harṣotkaṇṭhajātena prasādavikasitābhyāṃ nayanābhyām ekāṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā dakṣiṇajānumaṇḍalaṃ
pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya satyopayācanaṃ kṛtam yena satyena bhagavān sarvasattvānām agryaḥ anena satyenemāni puṣpāṇi dhūpa udakaṃ bhagavantam upagacchantv iti /
AvŚat, 13, 1.4 te dharmaśramaparipīḍitāḥ kṣīṇapathyādanāś ca madhyāhnasamaye tīkṣṇakararaśmisaṃtāpitā jaloddhṛtā iva matsyāḥ
pṛthivyām āvartante duḥkhāṃ tīvrāṃ kharāṃ kaṭukām amanāpāṃ vedanāṃ vedayamānāḥ /
AvŚat, 13, 6.6 ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyati na bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni bāhye
pṛthivīdhātau vipacyante nābdhātau na tejodhātau na vāyudhātau api tūpātteṣv eva skandhadhātvāyataneṣu karmāṇi kṛtāni vipacyante śubhāny aśubhāni ca /
AvŚat, 13, 7.6 atha rājā kṣatriyo mūrdhābhiṣikta utthāyāsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā dakṣiṇaṃ jānumaṇḍalaṃ
pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya yena candanaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhas tenāñjaliṃ praṇamya candanaṃ samyaksaṃbuddham idam avocat adhivāsayatu me bhagavān asyāṃ rājadhānyāṃ traimāsyavāsāya sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃgheneti /
AvŚat, 14, 4.4 ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyati na bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni bāhye
pṛthivīdhātau vipacyante nābdhātau na tejodhātau na vāyudhātau api tūpātteṣv eva skandhadhātvāyataneṣu karmāṇi kṛtāni vipacyante śubhāny aśubhāni ca /
AvŚat, 14, 5.7 atha rājā kṣatriyo mūrdhābhiṣikto labdhaprasāda utthāyāsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā dakṣiṇaṃ jānumaṇḍalaṃ
pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya yena candraḥ samyaksaṃbuddhas tenāñjaliṃ praṇamya candraṃ samyaksaṃbuddham idam avocat adhivāsayatu me bhagavān iha vāsaṃ traimāsyaṃ sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghena /
AvŚat, 15, 4.4 ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyati na bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni bāhye
pṛthivīdhātau vipacyante nābdhātau na tejodhātau na vāyudhātau api tūpātteṣv eva skandhadhātvāyataneṣu karmāṇi kṛtāni vipacyante śubhāny aśubhāni ca /
AvŚat, 15, 5.8 atha sa rājā labdhaprasāda utthāyāsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā dakṣiṇaṃ jānumaṇḍalaṃ
pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya yenendradamanaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhas tenāñjaliṃ praṇamya indradamanaṃ samyaksaṃbuddham idam avocat adhivāsayatu me bhagavāṃstraimāsyavāsāya /
AvŚat, 16, 5.4 ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyati na bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtānyupacitāni bāhye
pṛthivīdhātau vipacyante nābdhātau na tejodhātau na vāyudhātau api tūpātteṣv eva skandhadhātvāyataneṣu karmāṇi kṛtāni vipacyante śubhāny aśubhāni ca /
AvŚat, 17, 14.4 ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyati na bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni bāhye
pṛthivīdhātau vipacyante nābdhātau na tejodhātau na vāyudhātau api tūpātteṣv eva skandhadhātvāyataneṣu karmāṇi kṛtāni vipacyante śubhāny aśubhāni ca //
AvŚat, 18, 4.4 ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyati na bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni bāhye
pṛthivīdhātau vipacyante nābdhātau na tejodhātau na vāyudhātau api tūpātteṣv eva skandhadhātvāyataneṣu karmāṇi kṛtāni vipacyante śubhāny aśubhāni ca /
AvŚat, 19, 3.1 yadā ca bhagavatā indrakīle pādo nyastaḥ tadeyaṃ
mahāpṛthivī ṣaḍvikāraṃ prakampitā /
AvŚat, 19, 5.4 ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyati na bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtānyupacitāni bāhye
pṛthivīdhātau vipacyante nābdhātau na tejodhātau na vāyudhātau api tūpātteṣv eva skandhadhātvāyataneṣu karmāṇi kṛtāni vipacyante śubhānyaśubhāni ca /
AvŚat, 20, 11.3 ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyati na bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni bāhye
pṛthivīdhātau vipacyante nābdhātau na tejodhātau na vāyudhātau api tūpātteṣv eva skandhadhātvāyataneṣu karmāṇi kṛtāni vipacyante śubhāny aśubhāni ca /
Aṣṭasāhasrikā
ASāh, 2, 4.27 iti hi
pṛthivīdhāturiti yāvadvijñānadhāturiti na sthātavyam /
ASāh, 3, 10.4 tatkasya hetoḥ anayaiva hi kauśika prajñāpāramitayā
pṛthivīpradeśaḥ sattvānāṃ caityabhūtaḥ kṛto vandanīyo mānanīyaḥ pūjanīyo 'rcanīyo 'pacāyanīyaḥ satkaraṇīyo gurukaraṇīyaḥ trāṇaṃ śaraṇaṃ layanaṃ parāyaṇaṃ kṛto bhaviṣyati tatropagatānāṃ sattvānām /
ASāh, 3, 21.15 tadyathāpi nāma ānanda
mahāpṛthivyāṃ bījāni prakīrṇāni sāmagrīṃ labhamānāni virohanti /
ASāh, 4, 1.50 uṣṇe cāpi vartamāne yasmin
pṛthivīpradeśe sthāpyeta sa pṛthivīpradeśaḥ śītalo bhavet /
ASāh, 4, 1.50 uṣṇe cāpi vartamāne yasmin pṛthivīpradeśe sthāpyeta sa
pṛthivīpradeśaḥ śītalo bhavet /
ASāh, 4, 1.51 śīte cāpi vartamāne yasmin
pṛthivīpradeśe sthāpyeta sa pṛthivīpradeśa uṣṇo bhavet /
ASāh, 4, 1.51 śīte cāpi vartamāne yasmin pṛthivīpradeśe sthāpyeta sa
pṛthivīpradeśa uṣṇo bhavet /
ASāh, 4, 1.52 yasmiṃś ca
pṛthivīpradeśe āśīviṣā anuvicareyuḥ tathā anye 'pi kṣudrajantavaḥ tatrāpi pṛthivīpradeśe dhāryeta sthāpitaṃ vā bhavet te 'pyāśīviṣāste ca kṣudrajantavastato 'pakrāmeyuḥ /
ASāh, 4, 1.52 yasmiṃś ca pṛthivīpradeśe āśīviṣā anuvicareyuḥ tathā anye 'pi kṣudrajantavaḥ tatrāpi
pṛthivīpradeśe dhāryeta sthāpitaṃ vā bhavet te 'pyāśīviṣāste ca kṣudrajantavastato 'pakrāmeyuḥ /
ASāh, 8, 13.7 pṛthivīdhātuḥ sasaṅgo 'saṅga iti na carati carati prajñāpāramitāyām /
ASāh, 8, 13.22 na
pṛthivīdhātau saṅgaṃ janayati yāvanna vijñānadhātau saṅgaṃ janayati na dānapāramitāyāṃ saṅgaṃ janayati na śīlapāramitāyāṃ na kṣāntipāramitāyāṃ na vīryapāramitāyāṃ na dhyānapāramitāyāṃ na prajñāpāramitāyāṃ saṅgaṃ janayati na bodhipakṣeṣu dharmeṣu na baleṣu na vaiśāradyeṣu na pratisaṃvitsu nāṣṭādaśasvāveṇikeṣu buddhadharmeṣu saṅgaṃ janayati na srotaāpattiphale saṅgaṃ janayati na sakṛdāgāmiphale na anāgāmiphale na arhattve saṅgaṃ janayati na pratyekabuddhatve saṅgaṃ janayati na buddhatve saṅgaṃ janayati nāpi sarvajñatāyāṃ saṅgaṃ janayati /
ASāh, 8, 19.5 tatrāpi śakrā eva devendrāḥ paripṛcchanti sma paripraśnayanti sma asmin eva
pṛthivīpradeśe iyameva prajñāpāramitā bhāṣitā /
ASāh, 8, 19.6 maitreyo 'pi bodhisattvo mahāsattvo 'nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbudhya asmin eva
pṛthivīpradeśe enāmeva prajñāpāramitāṃ bhāṣiṣyate iti //
ASāh, 9, 1.8 kiṃ kāraṇaṃ bhagavan maitreyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo 'nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbudhya ebhireva nāmabhiḥ ebhireva padaiḥ ebhirevākṣaraiḥ asmin eva
pṛthivīpradeśe prajñāpāramitāṃ bhāṣiṣyate evamukte bhagavānāyuṣmantaṃ subhūtimetadavocat tathā hi subhūte maitreyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo na rūpaṃ nityaṃ nānityaṃ na rūpaṃ baddhaṃ na muktam atyantaviśuddhamityabhisaṃbhotsyate /
ASāh, 9, 1.11 anena subhūte kāraṇena maitreyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbudhya ebhireva nāmabhirebhireva padavyañjanairasmin eva
pṛthivīpradeśe imāmeva prajñāpāramitāṃ bhāṣiṣyate //
Aṣṭādhyāyī
Buddhacarita
BCar, 1, 2.2 padmeva lakṣmīḥ
pṛthivīva dhīrā māyeti nāmnānupameva māyā //
BCar, 1, 35.1 icchedasau vai
pṛthivīśriyaṃ cet nyāyena jitvā pṛthivīṃ samagrām /
BCar, 1, 35.1 icchedasau vai pṛthivīśriyaṃ cet nyāyena jitvā
pṛthivīṃ samagrām /
BCar, 1, 36.2 matān
pṛthivyāṃ bahumānametaḥ rājeta śaileṣu yathā sumeruḥ //
BCar, 7, 31.1 spṛṣṭaṃ hi
yadyadguṇavadbhirambhastattatpṛthivyāṃ yadi tīrthamiṣṭam /
BCar, 7, 57.2 ācāryakaṃ prāpsyasi
tatpṛthivyāṃ yannarṣibhiḥ pūrvayuge 'pyavāptam //
BCar, 10, 11.1 jñānaṃ paraṃ vā
pṛthivīśriyaṃ vā viprairya ukto 'dhigamiṣyatīti /
BCar, 11, 43.2 ato 'pi naikāntasukho 'sti kaścinnaikāntaduḥkhaḥ puruṣaḥ
pṛthivyām //
BCar, 13, 28.2 na dyauścakāśe
pṛthivī cakampe prajajvaluścaiva diśaḥ saśabdāḥ //
BCar, 13, 58.1 apyuṣṇabhāvaṃ jvalanaḥ prajahyādāpo dravatvaṃ
pṛthivī sthiratvam /
Carakasaṃhitā
Ca, Sū., 26, 40.1 teṣāṃ ṣaṇṇāṃ rasānāṃ somaguṇātirekānmadhuro rasaḥ
pṛthivyagnibhūyiṣṭhatvādamlaḥ salilāgnibhūyiṣṭhatvāl lavaṇaḥ vāyvagnibhūyiṣṭhatvātkaṭukaḥ vāyvākāśātiriktatvāt tiktaḥ pavanapṛthivīvyatirekāt kaṣāya iti /
Ca, Sū., 26, 40.1 teṣāṃ ṣaṇṇāṃ rasānāṃ somaguṇātirekānmadhuro rasaḥ pṛthivyagnibhūyiṣṭhatvādamlaḥ salilāgnibhūyiṣṭhatvāl lavaṇaḥ vāyvagnibhūyiṣṭhatvātkaṭukaḥ vāyvākāśātiriktatvāt tiktaḥ
pavanapṛthivīvyatirekāt kaṣāya iti /
Ca, Sū., 26, 41.0 tatrāgnimārutātmakā rasāḥ prāyeṇordhvabhājaḥ lāghavādutplavanatvāc ca vāyorūrdhvajvalanatvācca vahneḥ
salilapṛthivyātmakāstu prāyeṇādhobhājaḥ pṛthivyā gurutvān nimnagatvāc codakasya vyāmiśrātmakāḥ punar ubhayatobhājaḥ //
Ca, Sū., 26, 41.0 tatrāgnimārutātmakā rasāḥ prāyeṇordhvabhājaḥ lāghavādutplavanatvāc ca vāyorūrdhvajvalanatvācca vahneḥ salilapṛthivyātmakāstu prāyeṇādhobhājaḥ
pṛthivyā gurutvān nimnagatvāc codakasya vyāmiśrātmakāḥ punar ubhayatobhājaḥ //
Ca, Sū., 30, 27.4 gurulaghuśītoṣṇasnigdharūkṣādīnāṃ dravyāṇāṃ sāmānyaviśeṣābhyāṃ vṛddhihrāsau yathoktaṃ gurubhirabhyasyamānair gurūṇām upacayo bhavatyapacayo laghūnām evamevetareṣām iti eṣa bhāvasvabhāvo nityaḥ svalakṣaṇaṃ ca dravyāṇāṃ
pṛthivyādīnāṃ santi tu dravyāṇi guṇāśca nityānityāḥ /
Ca, Vim., 3, 24.3 teṣām udārasattvaguṇakarmaṇām acintyarasavīryavipākaprabhāvaguṇasamuditāni prādurbabhūvuḥ śasyāni sarvaguṇasamuditatvāt
pṛthivyādīnāṃ kṛtayugasyādau /
Ca, Vim., 3, 24.7 tasyāntardhānāt yugavarṣapramāṇasya pādahrāsaḥ
pṛthivyādeśca guṇapādapraṇāśo 'bhūt /
Ca, Vim., 8, 34.2 yathāgnir uṣṇaḥ dravamudakaṃ sthirā
pṛthivī ādityaḥ prakāśaka iti yathā ādityaḥ prakāśakastathā sāṃkhyajñānaṃ prakāśakamiti //
Ca, Śār., 4, 12.4 tatrāsyākāśātmakaṃ śabdaḥ śrotraṃ lāghavaṃ saukṣmyaṃ vivekaśca vāyvātmakaṃ sparśaḥ sparśanaṃ raukṣyaṃ preraṇaṃ dhātuvyūhanaṃ ceṣṭāśca śārīryaḥ agnyātmakaṃ rūpaṃ darśanaṃ prakāśaḥ paktirauṣṇyaṃ ca abātmakaṃ raso rasanaṃ śaityaṃ mārdavaṃ snehaḥ kledaśca
pṛthivyātmakaṃ gandho ghrāṇaṃ gauravaṃ sthairyaṃ mūrtiśceti //
Ca, Śār., 5, 4.2 ṣaḍdhātavaḥ samuditāḥ puruṣa iti śabdaṃ labhante tadyathā
pṛthivyāpastejo vāyurākāśaṃ brahma cāvyaktamiti eta eva ca ṣaḍdhātavaḥ samuditāḥ puruṣa iti śabdaṃ labhante //
Ca, Śār., 5, 5.1 tasya puruṣasya
pṛthivī mūrtiḥ āpaḥ kledaḥ tejo 'bhisaṃtāpaḥ vāyuḥ prāṇaḥ viyat suṣirāṇi brahma antarātmā /
Ca, Śār., 8, 15.2 api tu tejodhātur apyudakāntarikṣadhātuprāyo 'vadātavarṇakaro bhavati
pṛthivīvāyudhātuprāyaḥ kṛṣṇavarṇakaraḥ samasarvadhātuprāyaḥ śyāmavarṇakaraḥ //
Garbhopaniṣat
GarbhOp, 1, 2.1 pañcātmakam iti kasmāt
pṛthivy āpas tejo vāyur ākāśam ity asmin pañcātmake śarīre kā pṛthivī kā āpaḥ kiṃ tejaḥ ko vāyuḥ kim ākāśam /
GarbhOp, 1, 2.1 pañcātmakam iti kasmāt pṛthivy āpas tejo vāyur ākāśam ity asmin pañcātmake śarīre kā
pṛthivī kā āpaḥ kiṃ tejaḥ ko vāyuḥ kim ākāśam /
GarbhOp, 1, 2.2 tatra pañcātmake śarīre yat kaṭhinaṃ sā
pṛthivī yad dravaṃ tā āpaḥ yad uṣṇaṃ tat tejaḥ yat saṃcarati sa vāyuḥ yacchuṣiraṃ tad ākāśam /
GarbhOp, 1, 2.3 tatra
pṛthivī dhāraṇe āpaḥ piṇḍīkaraṇe tejaḥ prakāśane vāyur vyūhane ākāśam avakāśapradāne /
Lalitavistara
LalVis, 2, 1.1 tatra bhikṣavaḥ katamaḥ sulalitavistaro nāma dharmaparyāyaḥ sūtrānto mahāvaipulyaḥ iha bhikṣavo bodhisattvasya tuṣitavarabhavanāvasthitasya pūjyapūjitasyābhiṣekaprāptasya devaśatasahasrastutastaumitavarṇitapraśaṃsitasya labdhābhiṣekasya praṇidhānasamudgatasya sarvabuddhadharmasamudāgatabuddheḥ suvipulapariśuddhajñānanayanasya smṛtimatigatidhṛtyuttaptavipulabuddheḥ dānaśīlakṣāntivīryadhyānaprajñāmahopāyakauśalyaparamapāramitāprāptasya mahāmaitrīkaruṇāmuditopekṣābrahmapathakovidasya mahābhijñāsaṃgaṇāvaraṇajñānasaṃdarśanābhimukhībhūtasya smṛtyupasthānasamyakprahāṇaṛddhipādendriyabalabodhyaṅgamārgasarvabodhipakṣadharmasuparipūrṇakoṭiprāptasya aparimitapuṇyasaṃbhāralakṣaṇānuvyañjanasamalaṃkṛtakāyasya dīrghānuparivartino yathāvāditathākāryavitathavākkarmasamudāhārakasya ṛjvakuṭilāvaṅkāpratihatamānasasya sarvamānamadadarpabhayaviṣādāpagatasya sarvasattvasamacittasya aparimitabuddhakoṭinayutaśatasahasraparyupāsitasya bahubodhisattvakoṭinayutaśatasahasrāvalokitāvalokitavadanasya śakrabrahmamaheśvaralokapāladevanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragarākṣasagaṇair abhinanditayaśasaḥ sarvapadaprabhedanirdeśāsaṅgapratisaṃvidavatārajñānakuśalasya sarvabuddhabhāṣitadhāraṇasmṛtibhājanāvikṣepānantāparyantadhāraṇīpratilabdhasya mahādharmanausmṛtyupasthānasamyakprahāṇaṛddhipādendriyabalabodhyaṅgamārgapāramitopāyakauśalyadharmaratnapuṇyasamudānītamahāsārthavāhasya caturoghapāragāminābhiprāyasya nihatamānapratyarthikasya sarvaparapravādisunigṛhītasya saṃgrāmaśīrṣasupratiṣṭhitasya kleśaripugaṇanisūdanasya jñānavaravajradṛḍhapraharaṇasya bodhicittamūlamahākaruṇādaṇḍādhyāśayodgatasya gambhīravīryasalilābhiṣiktasya upāyakauśalakarṇikasya bodhyaṅgadhyānakeśarasya samādhikiñjalkasya guṇagaṇavimalasarasisujātasya vigatamadamānaparivāhaśaśivimalavistīrṇapatrasya śīlaśrutāprasādadaśadigapratihatagandhino loke jñānavṛddhasyāṣṭābhirlokadharmair anupaliptasya mahāpuruṣapadmasya puṇyajñānasaṃbhāravisṛtasurabhigandhinaḥ prajñājñānadinakarakiraṇair vikasitasuviśuddhaśatapatrapadmatapanasya caturṛddhipādaparamajāpajapitasya caturāryasatyasutīkṣṇanakhadaṃṣṭrasya caturbrahmavihāraniśritadarśanasya catuḥsaṃgrahavastususaṃgṛhītaśirasaḥ dvādaśāṅgapratītyasamutpādānubodhānupūrvasamudgatakāyasya saptatriṃśadbodhipakṣadharmasaṃpratipūrṇasuvijātināvidyājñānakeśariṇastrivimokṣamukhāvajṛmbhitasya śamathavidarśanāsuviśuddhanayanasya dhyānavimokṣasamādhisamāpattigiridarīguhānivāsitasya caturīryāpathavinayanaupavanasuvardhitataror daśabalavaiśāradyābhyāsībhāvitabalasya vigatabhavavibhavabhayalomaharṣasyāsaṃkucitaparākramasya tīrthyaśaśamṛgagaṇasaṃghaśamathanasya nairātmyaghoṣodāhāramahāsiṃhanādanādinaḥ puruṣasiṃhasya vimuktidhyānamaṇḍalaprajñaprabharaśmitīrthakarakhadyotagaṇaniḥprabhaṃkarasya avidyātamo'ndhakāratamaḥpaṭalavitimirakaraṇasyottaptabalavīryasya devamanuṣyeṣu puṇyatejastejitasya mahāpuruṣadinakarasya kṛṣṇapakṣāpagatasya śuklapakṣapratipūrṇasya manāpapriyadarśanasya apratihatacakṣurindriyasya devaśatasahasrajyotirgaṇapratimaṇḍitasya dhyānavimokṣajñānamaṇḍalasya bodhyaṅgasukharaśmiśaśikiraṇasya buddhavibuddhamanujakumudavibodhakasya mahāpuruṣacandrasamacatuṣparṣaddvīpānuparītasya saptabodhyaṅgaratnasamanvāgatasya sarvasattvasamacittaprayogasyāpratihatabuddheḥ daśakuśalakarmapathavratatapasaḥ susamṛddhapratipūrṇaviśeṣagamanābhiprāyasya apratihatadharmarājāvarapravaradharmaratnacakrapravartakasya cakravartivaṃśakulakuloditasya gambhīraduravagāhapratītyasamutpādasarvadharmaratnapratipūrṇasya atṛptaśrutavipulavistīrṇārambhajñānaśīlavelānatikramaṇasya mahāpadmagarbhekṣaṇasya sāgaravaradharavipulabuddheḥ
pṛthivyaptejovāyusamacittasya merukalpadṛḍhabalāprakampamānasyānunayapratighāpagatasya gaganatalavimalavipulāsahyavistīrṇabuddheḥ adhyāśayasupariśuddhasya sudattadānasya sukṛtapūrvayogasya sukṛtādhikārasya dattasatyaṃkārasya paryeṣitasarvakuśalamūlasya vāsitavāsanasya niryāṇamiva sarvakuśalamūlasya saptasaṃkhyeyeṣu kalpeṣu samudānītasarvakuśalamūlasyandasya dattasaptavidhadānasya pañcavidhapuṇyakriyāvastvavasevitavatastrividhaṃ kāyikena caturvidhaṃ vācā trividhaṃ manasā sucaritavato daśakulakarmapathādānasevitavataḥ catvāriṃśadaṅgasamanvāgatasamyakprayogamāsevitavataḥ catvāriṃśadaṅgasamanvāgatasamyakpraṇidhānapraṇihitavataḥ catvāriṃśadaṅgasamanvāgatasamyagadhyāśayapratipannavataḥ catvāriṃśadaṅgasamanvāgatasamyagvimokṣaparipūritavataḥ catvāriṃśadaṅgasamanvāgatasamyagadhimuktimṛjīkṛtavataḥ catvāriṃśatsu buddhakoṭīniyutaśatasahasreṣvanupravrajitavataḥ pañcapañcāśatsu buddhakoṭīniyutaśatasahasreṣu dānāni dattavataḥ ardhacaturtheṣu pratyekabuddhakoṭīśateṣu kṛtādhikāravataḥ aprameyāsaṃkhyeyān sattvān svargamokṣamārgapratipāditavataḥ anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃboddhukāmasyaikajātipratibaddhasya itaścyutvā tuṣitavarabhavane sthitasya śvetaketunāmno devaputrottamasya sarvadevasaṃghaiḥ sampūjyamānasya raśmyāyamaparamitaścyuto martyasya lokotpanno nacirādanuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbhotsyatīti //
LalVis, 3, 4.5 atha rājā kṣatriyo mūrdhābhiṣikta ekāṃsamuttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā dakṣiṇajānumaṇḍalaṃ
pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya dakṣiṇena pāṇinā taddivyaṃ cakraratnaṃ prārthayedevaṃ cāvedayet pravartayasva bhaṭṭa divyaṃ cakraratnaṃ dharmeṇa mādharmeṇa /
LalVis, 3, 4.8 yatra ca
pṛthivīpradeśe taddivyaṃ cakraratnaṃ saṃtiṣṭhate tatra rājā kṣatriyo mūrdhābhiṣikto vāsaṃ kalpayati sārdhaṃ caturaṅgeṇa balakāyena /
LalVis, 3, 5.3 yadā ca rājā kṣatriyo mūrdhābhiṣiktastaddhastiratnaṃ mīmāṃsitukāmo bhavati atha sūryasyābhyudgamanavelāyāṃ taddhastiratnamabhiruhya imāmeva
mahāpṛthivīṃ samudraparikhāṃ samudraparyantāṃ samantato 'nvāhiṇḍya rājadhānīmāgatya praśāsanaratiḥ pratyanubhavati /
LalVis, 3, 10.6 sa imāṃ
mahāpṛthivīṃ sasāgaraparyantām akhilām akaṇṭakām adaṇḍenāśastreṇābhinirjityādhyāsayati /
LalVis, 6, 49.1 yāmeva ca rātriṃ bodhisattvo mātuḥ kukṣimavakrāntastāmeva rātrimadha āpaskandhamupādāya aṣṭaṣaṣṭiyojanaśatasahasrāṇi
mahāpṛthivīṃ bhittvā yāvad brahmalokaṃ padmamabhyudgatamabhūt /
LalVis, 7, 1.29 utkūlanikūlāśca
pṛthivīpradeśāḥ samāḥ samavasthitāḥ sarvavīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakarathyāntarāpaṇamukhāni ca pāṇitalamṛṣṭānīva puṣpābhikīrṇāni virocante sma /
LalVis, 7, 31.2 samanantarāvatīrṇasya ca bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya
mahāpṛthivīṃ bhittvā mahāpadmaṃ prādurabhūt /
LalVis, 7, 34.2 yena
mahāpṛthivī tasmin pradeśe nāvatīryata tāvanmahābalavegasamanvāgato hi bhikṣavo jātamātro bodhisattvaḥ sapta padāni prakrānto 'bhūt /
LalVis, 7, 35.1 atha khalvāyuṣmānānandaḥ utthāyāsanād ekāṃsamuttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā dakṣiṇajānumaṇḍalaṃ
pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya yena bhagavāṃstenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantametadavocat sarvasattvānāṃ bhagavaṃstathāgata āścaryabhūto 'bhūd bodhisattvabhūta evādbhutadharmasamanvāgataśca /
LalVis, 7, 68.1 caturṇāṃ ca dvīpakoṭīśatasahasrāṇāṃ madhye
pṛthivīpradeśe aśvatthayaṣṭiḥ prādurabhūdantardvīpe ca candanavanaṃ prādurbabhūva bodhisattvasya paribhogārthaṃ bodhisattvasyaivānubhāvena /
LalVis, 7, 86.14 sa imaṃ
mahāpṛthivīmaṇḍalaṃ samudraparikhamadaṇḍenāśastreṇa svena dharmeṇa balenābhibhūyābhinirjitya rājyaṃ kariṣyatyaiśvaryādhipatyena /
LalVis, 12, 1.10 sa imaṃ
pṛthivīmaṇḍalamadaṇḍenāśastreṇābhinirjityādhyāvasiṣyati saha dharmeṇeti /
LalVis, 12, 49.1 iti hi pañcamātrāṇi śākyakumāraśatāni nagarānniṣkramya yenānyatamaḥ
pṛthivīpradeśo yatra śākyakumārāḥ śilpamupadarśayanti sma tenopasaṃkrāman /
LalVis, 12, 49.2 rājāpi śuddhodano mahallakamahallakāśca śākyā mahāṃśca janakāyo yenāsau
pṛthivīpradeśastenopasaṃkrāman bodhisattvasya cānyeṣāṃ ca śākyakumārāṇāṃ śilpaviśeṣaṃ draṣṭukāmāḥ //
Mahābhārata
MBh, 1, 1, 103.1 yadāśrauṣaṃ dhanur āyamya citraṃ viddhaṃ lakṣyaṃ pātitaṃ vai
pṛthivyām /
MBh, 1, 36, 7.2 cacāra sarvāṃ
pṛthivīṃ mahātmā na cāpi dārān manasāpyakāṅkṣat //
MBh, 1, 85, 7.2 ūrdhvaṃ dehāt karmaṇo jṛmbhamāṇād vyaktaṃ
pṛthivyām anusaṃcaranti /
MBh, 1, 87, 9.2 yāvat
pṛthivyāṃ vihitaṃ gavāśvaṃ sahāraṇyaiḥ paśubhiḥ parvataiśca /
MBh, 1, 88, 2.2 yad antarikṣaṃ
pṛthivī diśaśca yat tejasā tapate bhānumāṃśca /
MBh, 1, 88, 22.1 sarvām imāṃ
pṛthivīṃ nirjigāya prasthe baddhvā hyadadaṃ brāhmaṇebhyaḥ /
MBh, 1, 88, 23.1 adām ahaṃ
pṛthivīṃ brāhmaṇebhyaḥ pūrṇām imām akhilāṃ vāhanasya /
MBh, 1, 185, 2.2 yaḥ kārmukāgryaṃ kṛtavān adhijyaṃ lakṣyaṃ ca tat pātitavān
pṛthivyām //
MBh, 2, 60, 41.1 tyajeta sarvāṃ
pṛthivīṃ samṛddhāṃ yudhiṣṭhiraḥ satyam atho na jahyāt /
MBh, 3, 5, 13.1 ajātaśatrur hi vimuktarāgo dharmeṇemāṃ
pṛthivīṃ śāstu rājan /
MBh, 3, 6, 19.2 saṃvardhayan stokam ivāgnim ātmavān sa vai bhuṅkte
pṛthivīm eka eva //
MBh, 3, 6, 20.2 sahāyānām eṣa saṃgrahaṇe 'bhyupāyaḥ sahāyāptau
pṛthivīprāptim āhuḥ //
MBh, 3, 118, 9.1 tatrodadheḥ kaṃcid atītya deśaṃ khyātaṃ
pṛthivyāṃ vanam āsasāda /
MBh, 3, 118, 15.2 dvijaiḥ
pṛthivyāṃ prathitaṃ mahadbhis tīrthaṃ prabhāsaṃ samupājagāma //
MBh, 3, 119, 11.2 jātaḥ
pṛthivyām iti pārthiveṣu pravrājya kaunteyam athāpi rājyāt //
MBh, 3, 120, 6.1 tvaṃ hyeva kopāt
pṛthivīm apīmāṃ saṃveṣṭayes tiṣṭhatu śārṅgadhanvā /
MBh, 3, 120, 20.1 tato 'bhimanyuḥ
pṛthivīṃ praśāstu yāvad vrataṃ dharmabhṛtāṃ variṣṭhaḥ /
MBh, 3, 120, 24.1 ubhau hi yuddhe 'pratimau
pṛthivyāṃ vṛkodaraś caiva dhanaṃjayaś ca /
MBh, 3, 120, 24.2 kasmān na kṛtsnāṃ
pṛthivīṃ praśāsenmādrīsutābhyāṃ ca puraskṛto 'yam //
MBh, 3, 132, 1.2 yaḥ kathyate mantravid agryabuddhir auddālakiḥ śvetaketuḥ
pṛthivyām /
MBh, 3, 253, 1.3 dhanurdharāḥ śreṣṭhatamāḥ
pṛthivyāṃ pṛthak carantaḥ sahitā babhūvuḥ //
MBh, 3, 254, 14.2 yasyottamaṃ rūpam āhuḥ
pṛthivyāṃ yaṃ pāṇḍavāḥ parirakṣanti sarve //
MBh, 4, 6, 6.1 na tu dvijo 'yaṃ bhavitā narottamaḥ patiḥ
pṛthivyā iti me manogatam /
MBh, 4, 7, 9.3 na caiva manye tava karma tat samaṃ samudranemiṃ
pṛthivīṃ tvam arhasi //
MBh, 4, 10, 10.3 idaṃ tu te karma samaṃ na me mataṃ samudranemiṃ
pṛthivīṃ tvam arhasi //
MBh, 5, 22, 10.1 sa hyevaikaḥ
pṛthivīṃ savyasācī gāṇḍīvadhanvā praṇuded rathasthaḥ /
MBh, 5, 22, 21.1 giryāśrayā durganivāsinaśca yodhāḥ
pṛthivyāṃ kulajā viśuddhāḥ /
MBh, 5, 22, 25.1 astambhanīyaṃ yudhi manyamānaṃ jyākarṣatāṃ śreṣṭhatamaṃ
pṛthivyām /
MBh, 5, 23, 11.1 mahāprājñāḥ sarvaśāstrāvadātā dhanurbhṛtāṃ mukhyatamāḥ
pṛthivyām /
MBh, 5, 23, 12.1 sarve kurubhyaḥ spṛhayanti saṃjaya dhanurdharā ye
pṛthivyāṃ yuvānaḥ /
MBh, 5, 23, 21.1 na hyapaśyaṃ kaṃcid ahaṃ
pṛthivyāṃ śrutaṃ samaṃ vādhikam arjunena /
MBh, 5, 26, 19.1 āśaṃsate vai dhṛtarāṣṭraḥ saputro mahārājyam asapatnaṃ
pṛthivyām /
MBh, 5, 27, 26.1 labdhvāpīmāṃ
pṛthivīṃ sāgarāntāṃ jarāmṛtyū naiva hi tvaṃ prajahyāḥ /
MBh, 5, 28, 8.1 yat kiṃcid etad vittam asyāṃ
pṛthivyāṃ yad devānāṃ tridaśānāṃ paratra /
MBh, 5, 30, 15.2 praśāstā vai
pṛthivī yena sarvā suyodhanaṃ kuśalaṃ tāta pṛccheḥ //
MBh, 5, 30, 45.1 na hīdṛśāḥ santyapare
pṛthivyāṃ ye yodhakā dhārtarāṣṭreṇa labdhāḥ /
MBh, 5, 32, 16.2 adharmaśabdaśca mahān
pṛthivyāṃ nedaṃ karma tvatsamaṃ bhāratāgrya //
MBh, 5, 43, 13.1 yastvetebhyaḥ pravased dvādaśebhyaḥ sarvām apīmāṃ
pṛthivīṃ praśiṣyāt /
MBh, 5, 44, 19.3 na
pṛthivyāṃ tiṣṭhati nāntarikṣe naitat samudre salilaṃ bibharti //
MBh, 5, 45, 3.2 sa sadhrīcīḥ sa viṣūcīr vasānā ubhe bibharti
pṛthivīṃ divaṃ ca /
MBh, 5, 45, 4.1 ubhau ca devau
pṛthivīṃ divaṃ ca diśaśca śukraṃ bhuvanaṃ bibharti /
MBh, 5, 90, 23.1 paryasteyaṃ
pṛthivī kālapakvā duryodhanārthe pāṇḍavān yoddhukāmāḥ /
MBh, 5, 90, 23.2 samāgatāḥ sarvayodhāḥ
pṛthivyāṃ rājānaśca kṣitipālaiḥ sametāḥ //
MBh, 5, 121, 22.2 samīkṣya loke bahudhā pradhāvitā trivargadṛṣṭiḥ
pṛthivīm upāśnute //
MBh, 6, 22, 10.2 dhanurdharo yasya samaḥ
pṛthivyāṃ na vidyate no bhavitā vā kadācit //
MBh, 6, 81, 23.2 kathaṃ hi bhīṣmāt prathitaḥ
pṛthivyāṃ bhayaṃ tvam adya prakaroṣi vīra //
MBh, 7, 138, 29.1 tayoḥ prabhāḥ
pṛthivīm antarikṣaṃ sarvā vyatikramya diśaśca vṛddhāḥ /
MBh, 8, 29, 17.2 sarvām imāṃ yaḥ
pṛthivīṃ saheta tathā vidvān yotsyamāno 'smi tena //
MBh, 8, 46, 47.1 yaḥ śastrabhṛcchreṣṭhatamaṃ
pṛthivyāṃ pitāmahaṃ vyākṣipad alpacetāḥ /
MBh, 8, 48, 9.1 kāntyā śaśāṅkasya javena vāyoḥ sthairyeṇa meroḥ kṣamayā
pṛthivyāḥ /
MBh, 8, 53, 11.1 suṣeṇaśīrṣaṃ patitaṃ
pṛthivyāṃ vilokya karṇo 'tha tadārtarūpaḥ /
MBh, 8, 57, 40.2 te krośamātraṃ nipatanty amoghāḥ kas tena yodho 'sti samaḥ
pṛthivyām //
MBh, 8, 57, 43.2 lebhe śaṅkhaṃ devadattaṃ sma tatra ko nāma tenābhyadhikaḥ
pṛthivyām //
MBh, 8, 60, 18.2 sādridrumā syāt
pṛthivī viśīrṇā ity eva matvā janatā vyaṣīdat //
MBh, 8, 65, 39.2 dhanaṃjayas te nyapatan
pṛthivyāṃ mahāhayas takṣakaputrapakṣāḥ //
MBh, 8, 67, 35.2 karṇaṃ tu śūraṃ patitaṃ
pṛthivyāṃ śarācitaṃ śoṇitadigdhagātram /
MBh, 8, 68, 3.1 karṇaṃ tu śūraṃ patitaṃ
pṛthivyāṃ śarācitaṃ śoṇitadigdhagātram /
MBh, 8, 68, 19.1 gajair nikṛttāparahastagātrair udvepamānaiḥ patitaiḥ
pṛthivyām /
MBh, 9, 34, 37.2 evaṃ tu tīrthapravaraṃ
pṛthivyāṃ prabhāsanāt tasya tataḥ prabhāsaḥ //
MBh, 12, 184, 11.1 vānaprasthānāṃ dravyopaskāra iti prāyaśaḥ khalvete sādhavaḥ sādhupathyadarśanāḥ svādhyāyaprasaṅginas tīrthābhigamanadeśadarśanārthaṃ
pṛthivīṃ paryaṭanti /
MBh, 13, 18, 57.1 vedān kṛtsnān brāhmaṇaḥ prāpnuyācca jayed rājā
pṛthivīṃ cāpi kṛtsnām /
MBh, 13, 27, 88.2 bhavyā
pṛthivyā bhāvinī bhāti rājan gaṅgā lokānāṃ puṇyadā vai trayāṇām //
MBh, 13, 70, 53.1 prāptyā puṣṭyā lokasaṃrakṣaṇena gāvastulyāḥ sūryapādaiḥ
pṛthivyām /
MBh, 13, 96, 3.2 carāma sarve
pṛthivīṃ puṇyatīrthāṃ tannaḥ kāryaṃ hanta gacchāma sarve //
MBh, 14, 9, 28.2 divaṃ devendra
pṛthivīṃ caiva sarvāṃ saṃveṣṭayestvaṃ svabalenaiva śakra /
MBh, 14, 9, 30.1 pravrājayeyaṃ kālakeyān
pṛthivyām apākarṣaṃ dānavān antarikṣāt /
Manusmṛti
Nyāyasūtra
Rāmāyaṇa
Rām, Ay, 8, 27.1 yadā hi rāmaḥ
pṛthivīm avāpsyati dhruvaṃ pranaṣṭo bharato bhaviṣyati /
Rām, Yu, 18, 42.2 sarve samarthāḥ
pṛthivīṃ kṣaṇena kartuṃ pravidhvastavikīrṇaśailām //
Saundarānanda
SaundĀ, 5, 27.2 mṛtyoḥ samaṃ nāsti bhayaṃ
pṛthivyāmetattrayaṃ khalvavaśena sevyam //
Saṅghabhedavastu
SBhedaV, 1, 23.1 yaḥ khalu ekodakāyā
mahāpṛthivyā ekārṇavāyā upari vāyunā saraḥ saṃgacchati saṃmūrchati saṃtanoti tadyathā payasaḥ pakvasya śītībhūtasya upari vāyunā saraḥ saṃgacchati saṃmūrchati saṃtanoti /
SBhedaV, 1, 23.2 evam ekodakāyā
mahāpṛthivyā ekārṇavāyā upari vāyunā saraḥ saṃgacchati saṃmūrchati saṃtanoti //
SBhedaV, 1, 24.1 sa bhavati
pṛthivīraso varṇasampanno gandhasampanno rasasampannaḥ evaṃrūpo varṇena tadyathā navanītam evaṃrūpo rasena tadyathā kṣaudramadhv aneḍakam //
SBhedaV, 1, 29.1 athānyatamo lolupajātīyaḥ sattvaḥ
pṛthivīrasam aṅgulyagreṇāsvādayati yathā yathāsvādayati tathā tathā rocayate yathā yathā rocayate tathā tathā kavaḍīkārāhāropakrameṇa paribhuṅkte //
SBhedaV, 1, 30.1 adrākṣur anye'pi sattvāstaṃ sattvaṃ
pṛthivīrasam aṅgulyagreṇāsvādayamānam yathā yathāsvādayati tathā tathā rocayate yathā yathā rocayate tathā tathā kavaḍīkāropakrameṇa paribhuktavān iti //
SBhedaV, 1, 31.1 dṛṣṭvā ca punas te sattvāḥ
pṛthivīrasam aṅgulyagreṇa āsvādayitum ārabdhāḥ yathā yathāsvādayanti tathā tathā rocayante yathā yathā rocayante tataḥ kavaḍīkāropakrameṇa paribhuktavantaḥ yataś ca te sattvāḥ pṛthivīrasaṃ kavaḍīkārāhāropakrameṇa paribhuktās tatas teṣāṃ sattvānāṃ kharatvaṃ ca gurutvaṃ ca kāye 'vakrāntam //
SBhedaV, 1, 31.1 dṛṣṭvā ca punas te sattvāḥ pṛthivīrasam aṅgulyagreṇa āsvādayitum ārabdhāḥ yathā yathāsvādayanti tathā tathā rocayante yathā yathā rocayante tataḥ kavaḍīkāropakrameṇa paribhuktavantaḥ yataś ca te sattvāḥ
pṛthivīrasaṃ kavaḍīkārāhāropakrameṇa paribhuktās tatas teṣāṃ sattvānāṃ kharatvaṃ ca gurutvaṃ ca kāye 'vakrāntam //
SBhedaV, 1, 38.1 teṣāṃ varṇābhimānikānāṃ satāṃ teṣām eva pāpakānām akuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ samādānahetoḥ
pṛthivīraso 'ntarhitaḥ //
SBhedaV, 1, 39.1 antarhite
pṛthivīrase te sattvāḥ saṃgamya samāgamya śocanti klāmyanti paridevante //
SBhedaV, 1, 42.1 evaṃ te sattvā antarhite gautamā
pṛthivīrase saṃgamya samāgamya śocanti klāmyanti paridevante //
SBhedaV, 1, 45.1 antarhite
pṛthivīrase teṣāṃ sattvānāṃ pṛthivīparpaṭakaḥ prādurbhūto varṇasampanno gandhasampanno rasasampanna evaṃrūpo varṇena tadyathā karṇikārapuṣpam evaṃrūpo rasena tadyathā kṣaudramadhvaneḍakam //
SBhedaV, 1, 95.1 teṣām asmākaṃ
pṛthivīrasaḥ prādurbhūto varṇasampanno gandhasampanno rasasampannaḥ //
SBhedaV, 1, 96.1 te vayaṃ
pṛthivīrasaṃ kavaḍīkārāhāropakrameṇa paribhuktā yataś ca pṛthivīrasam kavaḍīkārahāropakrameṇa paribhuktā tato asmākam kharatvaṃ gurutvaṃ ca kāye 'vakrāntam yāsau śubhā varṇanibhā sāntarhitā andhakāraṃ loke prādurbhūtam //
SBhedaV, 1, 96.1 te vayaṃ pṛthivīrasaṃ kavaḍīkārāhāropakrameṇa paribhuktā yataś ca
pṛthivīrasam kavaḍīkārahāropakrameṇa paribhuktā tato asmākam kharatvaṃ gurutvaṃ ca kāye 'vakrāntam yāsau śubhā varṇanibhā sāntarhitā andhakāraṃ loke prādurbhūtam //
SBhedaV, 1, 100.1 teṣām asmākaṃ varṇābhimānikānāṃ satāṃ teṣām eva pāpakānām akuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ samādānahetoḥ
pṛthivīraso 'ntarhitaḥ //
SBhedaV, 1, 101.1 antarhite
pṛthivīrase pṛthivīparpaṭakaḥ prādurbhūto varṇasampanno gandhasampanno rasasampannaḥ //
Vaiśeṣikasūtra
Śira'upaniṣad
ŚiraUpan, 1, 40.6 yena rudreṇa jagad ūrdhvaṃ dhāritaṃ
pṛthivī dvidhā tridhā dhartā dhāritā nāgā ye 'ntarikṣe tasmai rudrāya vai namonamaḥ /
Śvetāśvataropaniṣad
ŚvetU, 6, 2.2 teneśitaṃ karma vivartate ha
pṛthivyāptejo'nilakhāni cintyam //
Abhidharmakośa
Agnipurāṇa
Amarakośa
Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā
AHS, Utt., 39, 48.2 pañcāravindam iti tat prathitaṃ
pṛthivyāṃ prabhraṣṭapauruṣabalapratibhair niṣevyam //
Bodhicaryāvatāra
Bṛhatkathāślokasaṃgraha
Divyāvadāna
Divyāv, 1, 437.0 athāyuṣmāñ śroṇaḥ koṭikarṇa utthāyāsanād ekāṃsamuttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā dakṣiṇaṃ jānumaṇḍalaṃ
pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya yenāyuṣmān mahākātyāyanastenāñjaliṃ kṛtvā praṇamyāyuṣmantaṃ mahākātyāyanamidamavocat dṛṣṭo mayopādhyāyānubhāvena sa bhagavān dharmakāyena no tu rūpakāyena //
Divyāv, 2, 483.0 tata āyuṣmān pūrṇaḥ śaraṇapṛṣṭhamabhiruhya jetavanābhimukhaṃ sthitvā ubhe jānumaṇḍale
pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya puṣpāṇi kṣiptvā dhūpaṃ saṃcārya ārāmikena ca sauvarṇabhṛṅgāraṃ grāhayitvā ārādhituṃ pravṛttaḥ //
Divyāv, 2, 525.0 yāvad bhagavatā gandhakuṭyāṃ sābhisaṃskāraṃ pādo nyastaḥ ṣaḍvikāraḥ
pṛthivīkampo jātaḥ iyaṃ mahāpṛthivī calati saṃcalati saṃpracalati vyadhati pravyadhati saṃpravyadhati //
Divyāv, 2, 525.0 yāvad bhagavatā gandhakuṭyāṃ sābhisaṃskāraṃ pādo nyastaḥ ṣaḍvikāraḥ pṛthivīkampo jātaḥ iyaṃ
mahāpṛthivī calati saṃcalati saṃpracalati vyadhati pravyadhati saṃpravyadhati //
Divyāv, 2, 532.0 rājā āyuṣmantaṃ pūrṇaṃ pṛcchati ārya pūrṇa kimetat sa kathayati mahārāja bhagavatā gandhakuṭyāṃ sābhisaṃskāraḥ pādo nyastaḥ tena ṣaḍvikāraḥ
pṛthivīkampo jātaḥ //
Divyāv, 2, 629.0 ekenāṃśena putro mātaraṃ dvitīyena pitaraṃ pūrṇavarṣaśataṃ paricaret yadvā asyāṃ
mahāpṛthivyāṃ maṇayo muktā vaidūryaśaṅkhaśilāpravālaṃ rajataṃ jātarūpamaśmagarbho musāragalvo lohitikā dakṣiṇāvarta iti evaṃrūpe vā vividhaiśvaryādhipatye pratiṣṭhāpayen neyatā putreṇa mātāpitroḥ kṛtaṃ vā syādupakṛtaṃ vā //
Divyāv, 2, 674.0 ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyati na bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāni upacitāni bāhye
pṛthivīdhātau vipacyante nābdhātau na tejodhātau na vāyudhātau api tūpātteṣveva skandhadhātvāyataneṣu karmāṇi kṛtānyupacitāni vipacyante śubhānyaśubhāni ca //
Divyāv, 3, 13.0 adrākṣīdbhagavānanyatamasmin bhūbhāge unnatonnataṃ
pṛthivīpradeśam //
Divyāv, 3, 15.0 tato bhagavatā cakrasvastikanandyāvartena jālāvanaddhenānekapuṇyaśatanirjātena bhītānāmāśvāsanakareṇa
pṛthivī parāmṛṣṭā //
Divyāv, 3, 16.0 nāgāḥ saṃlakṣayanti kimarthaṃ bhagavatā
pṛthivī parāmṛṣṭeti yāvat paśyanti yūpaṃ draṣṭukāmāḥ //
Divyāv, 3, 59.0 sa yāni tāni rājñāṃ kṣatriyāṇāṃ mūrdhnābhiṣiktānāṃ janapadaiśvaryasthāmavīryam anuprāptānāṃ mahāntaṃ
pṛthivīmaṇḍalam abhinirjityādhyāsatāṃ pṛthag bhavanti śilpasthānakarmasthānāni tadyathā hastiśikṣāyāmaśvapṛṣṭhe rathe śare dhanuṣi prayāṇe niryāṇe 'ṅkuśagrahe pāśagrahe tomaragrahe yaṣṭibandhe padabandhe śikhābandhe dūravedhe marmavedhe 'kṣuṇṇavedhe dṛḍhaprahāritāyāṃ pañcasu sthāneṣu kṛtāvī saṃvṛttaḥ //
Divyāv, 3, 101.0 sa imāmeva samudraparyantāṃ
pṛthivīmakhilām akaṇṭakām anutpīḍām adaṇḍenāśastreṇa dharmeṇa samayena abhinirjityādhyāvasiṣyati //
Divyāv, 6, 48.0 evamayaṃ
pṛthivīpradeśo dvābhyāṃ samyaksambuddhābhyāṃ paribhukto bhaviṣyati yacca kāśyapena samyaksambuddhena yaccaitarhi bhagavatā iti //
Divyāv, 8, 124.0 sa yāni tāni rājñāṃ kṣatriyāṇāṃ mūrdhnābhiṣiktānāṃ janapadaiśvaryasthāmavīryam anuprāptānāṃ mahāntaṃ
pṛthivīmaṇḍalamabhinirjityādhyāvasatāṃ pṛthagbhavanti śilpasthānakarmasthānāni tadyathā hastigrīvāyām aśvapṛṣṭhe rathe tsarudhanuḥṣu upayāne niryāṇe 'ṅkuśagrahe tomaragrahe chedye bhedye muṣṭibandhe padabandhe dūravedhe śabdavedhe'kṣuṇṇavedhe marmavedhe dṛḍhaprahāritāyām pañcasu sthāneṣu kṛtāvī saṃvṛttaḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 291.0 so 'dhiroḍhavyas tatra drakṣyasi mahāntaṃ sauvarṇabhūmiṃ
pṛthivīpradeśaṃ puṣpaphalacchāyāvṛkṣopaśobhitam //
Divyāv, 8, 504.0 upasaṃkramya ekāṃsamuttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā dakṣiṇaṃ jānumaṇḍalaṃ
pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya yena bālāho 'śvarājastenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bālāhamaśvarājamidamavocat ahaṃ pāragāmī ahaṃ pāragāmī naya mām //
Divyāv, 10, 2.1 ebhiḥ karmāṇi kṛtānyupacitāni ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyati na bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtānyupacitāni bāhye
pṛthivīdhātau vipacyante nābdhātau na tejodhātau na vāyudhātau api tūpātteṣveva skandhadhātvāyataneṣu karmāṇi kṛtāni vipacyante śubhānyaśubhāni ca //
Divyāv, 11, 86.1 imāmeva samudraparyantāṃ
mahāpṛthivīmakhilām akaṇṭakām anutpīḍām adaṇḍenāśastreṇa dharmyeṇa samayenābhinirjitya adhyāvatsyati //
Divyāv, 11, 89.1 govṛṣeṇa karmāṇi kṛtānyupacitāni ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyati na hyānanda karmāṇi kṛtānyupacitāni bāhye
pṛthivīdhātau vipacyante nābdhātau na tejodhātau na vāyudhātau api tūpātteṣveva skandhadhātvāyataneṣu karmāṇi kṛtāni vipacyante śubhāśubhāni ca //
Divyāv, 12, 257.1 kiṃ tvaṃ jñāsyasi kena etadvidarśitamasmābhirvā śramaṇena gautamena bhagavatā sābhisaṃskāreṇa
pṛthivyāṃ pādau nyastau //
Divyāv, 12, 259.1 ayaṃ trisāhasramahāsāhasro lokadhāturiyaṃ
mahāpṛthivī ṣaḍvikāraṃ kampati prakampati samprakampati //
Divyāv, 12, 291.1 atha lūhasudatto gṛhapatirutthāyāsanād ekāṃsamuttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā dakṣiṇaṃ jānumaṇḍalaṃ
pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya yena bhagavāṃstenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantamidamavocat alpotsuko bhagavān bhavatu //
Divyāv, 12, 316.1 tatra bhagavān rājānaṃ prasenajitaṃ kauśalamāmantrayate ko mahārāja tathāgatamadhyeṣate uttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ hitāya prāṇinām atha rājā prasenajit kauśala utthāyāsanād ekāṃsamuttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā dakṣiṇaṃ jānumaṇḍalaṃ
pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya yena bhagavāṃstenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantametadavocat ahaṃ bhadanta bhagavantamadhyeṣe uttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayitum //
Divyāv, 12, 328.1 tatra bhagavān dvirapi rājānaṃ prasenajitaṃ kauśalamāmantrayate ko mahārāja tathāgatamadhyeṣate 'sādhāraṇāyām ṛddhyāmuttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ hitāya prāṇinām atha rājā prasenajit kauśala utthāyāsanād ekāṃsamuttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā dakṣiṇaṃ jānumaṇḍalaṃ
pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya yena bhagavāṃstenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantamidamavocat ahaṃ bhadanta bhagavantamadhyeṣe 'sādhāraṇāyām ṛddhyāmuttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ hitāya prāṇinām //
Divyāv, 13, 480.0 na bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāni upacitāni bāhye
pṛthivīdhātau vipacyante nābdhātau na tejodhātau na vāyudhātāvapi tūpātteṣveva skandhadhātvāyataneṣu karmāṇi kṛtānyupacitāni vipacyante śubhānyaśubhāni ca //
Divyāv, 14, 2.1 athānyatamaścyavanadharmā devaputraḥ
pṛthivyāmāvartate saṃparivartyaivaṃ cāha hā mandākini hā puṣkariṇi hā vāpi hā caitraratha hā pāruṣyaka hā nandanavana hā miśrakāvana hā pāriyātraka hā pāṇḍukambalaśilā hā devasabhā hā sudarśana iti karuṇakaruṇaṃ paridevate sma //
Divyāv, 14, 3.1 adrākṣīcchakro devānāmindrastaṃ devaputramatyarthaṃ
pṛthivyāmāvartantaṃ parivartantam //
Divyāv, 14, 5.1 upasaṃkramya taṃ devaputramidamavocat hā kasmāt tvaṃ mārṣa atyarthaṃ
pṛthivyāmāvartase samparivartase karuṇakaruṇaṃ paridevase hā mandākini hā puṣkiriṇi hā vāpi hā caitraratha hā pāruṣyaka hā nandanavana hā miśrakāvana hā pāriyātraka hā pāṇḍukambalaśilā hā devasabhā hā sudarśana iti karuṇakaruṇaṃ paridevase evamukte devaputraḥ śakraṃ devānāmindramidamavocat eṣo 'haṃ kauśika divyaṃ sukhamanubhūya itaḥ saptame divase rājagṛhe nagare sūkaryāḥ kukṣau upapatsyāmi //
Divyāv, 14, 21.1 ekāntaniṣaṇṇaḥ śakro devānāmindro bhagavantamidamavocat ihāhaṃ bhadanta adrākṣamanyatamaṃ devaputraṃ cyavanadharmāṇaṃ
pṛthivyāmāvartamānaṃ karuṇakaruṇaṃ ca paridevamānam hā mandākini hā puṣkiriṇi hā vāpi hā caitraratha hā pāruṣyaka hā nandanavana hā miśrakāvana hā pāriyātraka hā pāṇḍukambalaśilā hā devasabhā hā sudarśana iti //
Divyāv, 17, 56.1 katame 'ṣṭau iyamānanda
mahāpṛthivī apsu pratiṣṭhitā āpo vāyau pratiṣṭhitāḥ vāyurākāśe pratiṣṭhitaḥ //
Divyāv, 17, 57.1 bhavatyānanda samayo yadākāśe viṣamā vāyavo vānti āpaḥ kṣobhayanti āpaḥ kṣubdhāḥ
pṛthivīṃ cālayanti //
Divyāv, 17, 62.1 sāpi parīttāṃ
pṛthivīsaṃjñāmadhitiṣṭhati apramāṇāṃ cāpsaṃjñām //
Divyāv, 17, 291.1 adrākṣīdrājā māndhātā sumerupārśvenānuyāyañ śvetaśvetaṃ
pṛthivīpradeśaṃ dṛṣṭvā ca punar divaukasaṃ yakṣaṃ āmantrayate kimetaddivaukasa śvetaśvetaṃ pṛthivīpradeśam etaddeva uttarakauravakāṇāṃ manuṣyāṇām akṛṣṭoptaṃ taṇḍulaphalaśālim yata uttarakauravakā manuṣyā akṛṣṭoptaṃ taṇḍulaphalaśāliṃ paribhuñjanti //
Divyāv, 17, 291.1 adrākṣīdrājā māndhātā sumerupārśvenānuyāyañ śvetaśvetaṃ pṛthivīpradeśaṃ dṛṣṭvā ca punar divaukasaṃ yakṣaṃ āmantrayate kimetaddivaukasa śvetaśvetaṃ
pṛthivīpradeśam etaddeva uttarakauravakāṇāṃ manuṣyāṇām akṛṣṭoptaṃ taṇḍulaphalaśālim yata uttarakauravakā manuṣyā akṛṣṭoptaṃ taṇḍulaphalaśāliṃ paribhuñjanti //
Divyāv, 18, 448.1 yadaiva bhagavatā indrakīle pādo vyavasthāpitas tadaiva samanantarakālaṃ
pṛthivī ṣaḍvikāraṃ prakampitā calitā pracalitā saṃpracalitā vedhitā pravedhitā saṃpravedhitā //
Divyāv, 18, 449.1 dharmatā ca buddhānāṃ bhagavatām yadendrakīle sābhisaṃskāreṇa pādau vyavasthāpayanti citrāṇyāścaryāṇyadbhutadharmāḥ prādurbhavanty unmattāḥ svacittaṃ pratilabhante 'ndhāścakṣūṃṣi pratilabhante badhirāḥ śrotraśravaṇasamarthā bhavanti mūkāḥ pravyāharaṇasamarthā bhavanti paṅgavo gamanasamarthā bhavanti mūḍhā garbhiṇīnāṃ strīṇāṃ garbhā anulomībhavanti haḍinigaḍabaddhānāṃ ca sattvānāṃ bandhanāni śithilībhavanti janmajanmavairānubaddhāstadanantaraṃ maitracittatāṃ pratilabhante vatsā dāmāni chittvā mātṛbhiḥ saṃgacchanti hastinaḥ krośanti aśvā hreṣante ṛṣabhā garjanti śukasārikākokilajīvaṃjīvakā madhuraṃ nikūjanti aneritāni vāditrabhāṇḍāni madhuraśabdān niścārayanti peḍākṛtā alaṃkārā madhuraśabdānniścārayanty unnatāḥ
pṛthivīpradeśā avanamanty avanatāśconnamanti apagatapāṣāṇaśarkarakapālāstiṣṭhanty antarikṣāddevatā divyānyutpalāni kṣipanti padmāni kumudāni puṇḍarīkānyagurucūrṇāni candanacūrṇāni tagaracūrṇāni tamālapatrāṇi divyāni mandārakāṇi puṣpāṇi kṣipanti pūrvo digbhāga unnamati paścimo 'vanamati paścima unnamati pūrvo 'vanamati dakṣiṇa unnamatyuttaro 'vanamaty uttara unnamati dakṣiṇo 'vanamati madhya unnamatyanto 'vanamati anta unnamati madhyo 'vanamati //
Divyāv, 18, 463.1 paścāt sumatirmāṇavo buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ sakardamaṃ
pṛthivīpradeśamupagataḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 464.1 tasmin sakardame
pṛthivīpradeśe jaṭāṃ saṃtīrya bhagavato purato gāthāṃ bhāṣate //
Divyāv, 19, 451.1 ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyati na bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtānyupacitāni
pṛthivīdhātau vipacyante nābdhātau na tejodhātau na vāyudhātau api tūpātteṣveva skandhadhātvāyataneṣu karmāṇi kṛtānyupacitāni vipacyante śubhānyaśubhāni ca //
Harivaṃśa
HV, 1, 37.3 divaṃ ca
pṛthivīṃ caiva mahimnā vyāpya tiṣṭhati //
HV, 2, 30.1 prācīnāgrāḥ kuśās tasya
pṛthivyāṃ janamejaya /
HV, 2, 30.2 prācīnabarher abhavan
pṛthivītalacāriṇaḥ //
HV, 2, 34.1 tapaś caratsu
pṛthivīṃ pracetaḥsu mahīruhaḥ /
HV, 3, 29.1 pṛthivīviṣayaṃ sarvam arundhatyāṃ vyajāyata /
HV, 4, 15.1 tair iyaṃ
pṛthivī sarvā saptadvīpā sapattanā /
HV, 4, 17.2 vaivasvatāya manave
pṛthivīrājyam ādiśat //
HV, 5, 13.1 icchan daheyaṃ
pṛthivīṃ plāvayeyaṃ tathā jalaiḥ /
HV, 5, 31.1 akṛṣṭapacyā
pṛthivī sidhyanty annāni cintayā /
HV, 5, 42.2 dhanur gṛhya pṛṣatkāṃś ca
pṛthivīm ārdayad balī //
HV, 6, 10.1 na hi pūrvavisarge vai viṣame
pṛthivītale /
HV, 6, 14.2 sve pāṇau puruṣavyāghra dudoha
pṛthivīṃ tataḥ //
HV, 7, 47.1 tair iyaṃ
pṛthivī tāta sasamudrā sapattanā /
HV, 9, 17.2 daśadhā tadgataṃ kṣatram akarot
pṛthivīm imām //
HV, 9, 30.2 sthitā
pṛthivyām adyāpi śrotum icchāmi tattvataḥ //
HV, 15, 33.2 sārvabhauma iti khyātaḥ
pṛthivyāṃ ekarāṭ tadā //
HV, 20, 15.1 tasya yac cyāvitaṃ tejaḥ
pṛthivīm anvapadyata /
HV, 22, 20.1 nikṣiptaśastraḥ
pṛthivīṃ nirīkṣya pṛthivīpatiḥ /
HV, 22, 38.1 yat
pṛthivyāṃ vrīhiyavaṃ hiraṇyaṃ paśavaḥ striyaḥ /
HV, 22, 43.2 yair vyāptā
pṛthivī sarvā sūryasyeva gabhastibhiḥ //
Harṣacarita
Harṣacarita, 2, 6.1 abhinavoditaśca sarvasyāṃ
pṛthivyāṃ sakalakusumabandhanamokṣamakarotpratapannuṣṇasamayaḥ //
Kirātārjunīya
Kir, 3, 42.2 vitānabhūtaṃ vitataṃ
pṛthivyāṃ yaśaḥ samūhann iva digvikīrṇam //
Kir, 14, 53.1 divaḥ
pṛthivyāḥ kakubhāṃ nu maṇḍalāt patanti bimbād uta tigmatejasaḥ /
Kumārasaṃbhava
KumSaṃ, 1, 1.2 pūrvāparau toyanidhī vigāhya sthitaḥ
pṛthivyā iva mānadaṇḍaḥ //
KumSaṃ, 1, 33.2 ājahratus taccaraṇau
pṛthivyāṃ sthalāravindaśriyam avyavasthām //
KumSaṃ, 7, 84.2 nidāghakālolbaṇatāpayeva māhendram ambhaḥ prathamaṃ
pṛthivyā //
Kūrmapurāṇa
Laṅkāvatārasūtra
LAS, 2, 1.1 atha khalu mahāmatir bodhisattvo mahāsattvo mahāmatibodhisattvasahitaḥ sarvabuddhakṣetrānucārī buddhānubhāvena utthāyāsanādekāṃsamuttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā dakṣiṇaṃ jānumaṇḍalaṃ
pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya yena bhagavāṃstenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantaṃ gāthābhirabhyaṣṭāvīt /
LAS, 2, 132.4 tadyathā mahāmate
pṛthivyāṃ tṛṇagulmauṣadhivanaspatayaḥ kramavṛttyā virohanti na yugapat evameva mahāmate sattvānāṃ tathāgataḥ kramaśaḥ svacittadṛśyadhārāṃ viśodhayati na yugapat /
Liṅgapurāṇa
Matsyapurāṇa
MPur, 8, 12.1 caturbhir ebhiḥ pṛthunāmadheyo nṛpo'bhiṣiktaḥ prathamaṃ
pṛthivyām /
MPur, 23, 36.1 yo vāmadevaḥ prathitaḥ
pṛthivyām anekarudrārcitapādapadmaḥ /
MPur, 36, 5.4 madhye
pṛthivyāstvaṃ rājā bhrātaro'nte'dhipāstava //
MPur, 39, 7.2 ūrdhvaṃ dehātkarmaṇo jṛmbhamāṇādvyaktaṃ
pṛthivyām anusaṃcaranti /
MPur, 39, 11.1 vanaspatīn oṣadhīṃścāviśanti apo vāyuṃ
pṛthivīṃ cāntarikṣam /
MPur, 42, 2.2 yadantarikṣaṃ
pṛthivī diśaśca yattejasā tapate bhānumāṃśca /
MPur, 42, 23.1 sarvām imāṃ
pṛthivīṃ nirjigāya ṛddhāṃ mahīmadadāṃ brāhmaṇebhyaḥ /
MPur, 42, 24.1 adāmahaṃ
pṛthivīṃ brāhmaṇebhyaḥ pūrṇāmimāmakhilānnaiḥ praśastām /
MPur, 45, 4.2 pṛthivyāṃ sarvaratnānāṃ rājā vai so 'bhavanmaṇiḥ //
MPur, 47, 9.3 brahmaṇaḥ kaśyapastvaṃśaḥ
pṛthivyāstvaditistathā //
MPur, 98, 12.1 haimīṃ ca
dadyātpṛthivīṃ saśeṣāmākārya rūpyāmatha vā ca tāmrīm /
Nyāyabhāṣya
NyāBh zu NyāSū, 4, 1, 11, 1.1 kena prakāreṇa kiṃdharmakāt kāraṇād vyaktaṃ śarīrādyutpadyata iti vyaktād bhūtasamākhyātāt
pṛthivyāditaḥ paramasūkṣmān nityād vyaktaṃ śarīrendriyaviṣayopakaraṇādhāraṃ prajñātaṃ dravyam utpadyate //
Nāradasmṛti
Pañcārthabhāṣya
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 5, 42, 4.2 atra cetanācetaneṣu sarvaśabdaḥ na kevalaṃ
pṛthivyādiṣu kiṃtu siddheśvaravarjaṃ cetaneṣveva sarvabhūtaprakṛterniravaśeṣavācī sarvaśabdo draṣṭavyaḥ //
Ratnaṭīkā
GaṇaKārṬīkā zu GaṇaKār, 6.1, 40.1 tatra kāryākhyā daśavidhā
pṛthivyaptejovāvyākāśagandharasarūpasparśaśabdalakṣaṇā karaṇākhyā tu trayodaśavidhā pañca karmendriyāṇi pañca buddhīndriyāṇy antaḥkaraṇatrayaṃ ceti //
Suśrutasaṃhitā
Su, Sū., 36, 6.1 tatra
pṛthivyambuguṇabhūyiṣṭhāyāṃ bhūmau jātāni virecanadravyāṇyādadīta agnyākāśamārutaguṇabhūyiṣṭhāyāṃ vamanadravyāṇi ubhayaguṇabhūyiṣṭhāyāmubhayatobhāgāny ākāśaguṇabhūyiṣṭhāyāṃ saṃśamanāni evaṃ balavattarāṇi bhavanti //
Su, Sū., 40, 10.11 tatra
pṛthivyaptejovāyvākāśānāṃ dvaividhyaṃ bhavati guṇasādharmyād gurutā laghutā ca pṛthivyāpaś ca gurvyaḥ śeṣāṇi laghūni tasmād dvividha eva pāka iti //
Su, Sū., 40, 10.11 tatra pṛthivyaptejovāyvākāśānāṃ dvaividhyaṃ bhavati guṇasādharmyād gurutā laghutā ca
pṛthivyāpaś ca gurvyaḥ śeṣāṇi laghūni tasmād dvividha eva pāka iti //
Su, Sū., 41, 3.1 tatra
pṛthivyaptejovāyvākāśānāṃ samudāyāddravyābhinirvṛttiḥ utkarṣastvabhivyañjako bhavati idaṃ pārthivamidamāpyamidaṃ taijasamidaṃ vāyavyamidamākāśīyam iti //
Su, Sū., 41, 6.1 tatra virecanadravyāṇi
pṛthivyambuguṇabhūyiṣṭhāni pṛthivyāpo gurvyastā gurutvādadho gacchanti tasmād virecanamadhoguṇabhūyiṣṭhamanumānāt vamanadravyāṇyagnivāyuguṇabhūyiṣṭhāni agnivāyū hi laghū laghutvāc ca tānyūrdhvamuttiṣṭhanti tasmād vamanamapyūrdhvaguṇabhūyiṣṭham ubhayaguṇabhūyiṣṭham ubhyatobhāgam ākāśaguṇabhūyiṣṭhaṃ saṃśamanaṃ sāṃgrāhikamanilaguṇabhūyiṣṭham anilasya śoṣaṇātmakatvāt dīpanam agniguṇabhūyiṣṭhaṃ tatsamānatvāt lekhanamanilānalaguṇabhūyiṣṭhaṃ bṛṃhaṇaṃ pṛthivyambuguṇabhūyiṣṭham evamauṣadhakarmāṇyanumānātsādhayet //
Su, Sū., 41, 6.1 tatra virecanadravyāṇi pṛthivyambuguṇabhūyiṣṭhāni
pṛthivyāpo gurvyastā gurutvādadho gacchanti tasmād virecanamadhoguṇabhūyiṣṭhamanumānāt vamanadravyāṇyagnivāyuguṇabhūyiṣṭhāni agnivāyū hi laghū laghutvāc ca tānyūrdhvamuttiṣṭhanti tasmād vamanamapyūrdhvaguṇabhūyiṣṭham ubhayaguṇabhūyiṣṭham ubhyatobhāgam ākāśaguṇabhūyiṣṭhaṃ saṃśamanaṃ sāṃgrāhikamanilaguṇabhūyiṣṭham anilasya śoṣaṇātmakatvāt dīpanam agniguṇabhūyiṣṭhaṃ tatsamānatvāt lekhanamanilānalaguṇabhūyiṣṭhaṃ bṛṃhaṇaṃ pṛthivyambuguṇabhūyiṣṭham evamauṣadhakarmāṇyanumānātsādhayet //
Su, Sū., 41, 6.1 tatra virecanadravyāṇi pṛthivyambuguṇabhūyiṣṭhāni pṛthivyāpo gurvyastā gurutvādadho gacchanti tasmād virecanamadhoguṇabhūyiṣṭhamanumānāt vamanadravyāṇyagnivāyuguṇabhūyiṣṭhāni agnivāyū hi laghū laghutvāc ca tānyūrdhvamuttiṣṭhanti tasmād vamanamapyūrdhvaguṇabhūyiṣṭham ubhayaguṇabhūyiṣṭham ubhyatobhāgam ākāśaguṇabhūyiṣṭhaṃ saṃśamanaṃ sāṃgrāhikamanilaguṇabhūyiṣṭham anilasya śoṣaṇātmakatvāt dīpanam agniguṇabhūyiṣṭhaṃ tatsamānatvāt lekhanamanilānalaguṇabhūyiṣṭhaṃ bṛṃhaṇaṃ
pṛthivyambuguṇabhūyiṣṭham evamauṣadhakarmāṇyanumānātsādhayet //
Su, Sū., 41, 11.1 tatra ya ime guṇā vīryasaṃjñakāḥ śītoṣṇasnigdharūkṣamṛdutīkṣṇapicchilaviśadāsteṣāṃ tīkṣṇoṣṇāvāgneyau śītapicchilāvambuguṇabhūyiṣṭhau
pṛthivyambuguṇabhūyiṣṭhaḥ snehaḥ toyākāśaguṇabhūyiṣṭhaṃ mṛdutvaṃ vāyuguṇabhūyiṣṭhaṃ raukṣyaṃ kṣitisamīraṇaguṇabhūyiṣṭhaṃ vaiśadyaṃ gurulaghuvipākāvuktaguṇau tatra uṣṇasnigdhau vātaghnau śītamṛdupicchilāḥ pittaghnāḥ tīkṣṇarūkṣaviśadāḥ śleṣmaghnāḥ gurupāko vātapittaghnaḥ laghupākaḥ śleṣmaghnaḥ teṣāṃ mṛduśītoṣṇāḥ sparśagrāhyāḥ picchilaviśadau cakṣuḥsparśābhyāṃ snigdharūkṣau cakṣuṣā tīkṣṇo mukhaduḥkhotpādanāt /
Su, Sū., 42, 3.5 tatra bhūmyambuguṇabāhulyānmadhuraḥ bhūmyagniguṇabāhulyādamlaḥ toyāgniguṇabāhulyāllavaṇaḥ vāyvagniguṇabāhulyātkaṭukaḥ vāyvākāśaguṇabāhulyāttiktaḥ
pṛthivyanilaguṇabāhulyātkaṣāya iti //
Su, Sū., 45, 6.2 tatra
pṛthivyādīnāmanyonyānupraveśakṛtaḥ salilaraso bhavatyutkarṣāpakarṣeṇa /
Su, Śār., 1, 7.1 svaḥ svaścaiṣāṃ viṣayo 'dhibhūtaṃ svayamadhyātmam adhidaivataṃ buddher brahmā ahaṃkārasyeśvaraḥ manasaś candramā diśaḥ śrotrasya tvaco vāyuḥ sūryaś cakṣuṣo rasanasyāpaḥ
pṛthivī ghrāṇasya vāco 'gniḥ hastayor indraḥ pādayor viṣṇuḥ pāyor mitraḥ prajāpatirupasthasyeti //
Su, Śār., 1, 20.1 tatra sattvabahulamākāśaṃ rajobahulo vāyuḥ sattvarajobahulo 'gniḥ sattvatamobahulā āpas tamobahulā
pṛthivīti //
Su, Śār., 2, 35.1 tatra tejodhātuḥ sarvavarṇānāṃ prabhavaḥ sa yadā garbhotpattāvabdhātuprāyo bhavati tadā garbhaṃ gauraṃ karoti
pṛthivīdhātuprāyaḥ kṛṣṇaṃ pṛthivyākāśadhātuprāyaḥ kṛṣṇaśyāmaṃ toyākāśadhātuprāyo gauraśyāmam /
Su, Śār., 2, 35.1 tatra tejodhātuḥ sarvavarṇānāṃ prabhavaḥ sa yadā garbhotpattāvabdhātuprāyo bhavati tadā garbhaṃ gauraṃ karoti pṛthivīdhātuprāyaḥ kṛṣṇaṃ
pṛthivyākāśadhātuprāyaḥ kṛṣṇaśyāmaṃ toyākāśadhātuprāyo gauraśyāmam /
Su, Śār., 5, 3.2 taṃ cetanāvasthitaṃ vāyurvibhajati teja enaṃ pacati āpaḥ kledayanti
pṛthivī saṃhanti ākāśaṃ vivardhayati evaṃ vivardhitaḥ sa yadā hastapādajihvāghrāṇakarṇanitambādibhir aṅgair upetas tadā śarīram iti saṃjñāṃ labhate /
Sāṃkhyakārikābhāṣya
SKBh zu SāṃKār, 15.2, 1.28 tasyāvibhāgād asti pradhānaṃ yasmāt trailokyasya pañcānāṃ
pṛthivyādīnāṃ mahābhūtānāṃ parasparaṃ vibhāgo nāsti mahābhūteṣvantarbhūtās trayo lokā iti /
SKBh zu SāṃKār, 15.2, 1.29 pṛthivyāpas tejo vāyur ākāśam ityetāni pañca mahābhūtāni pralayakāle sṛṣṭikrameṇaivāvibhāgaṃ yānti tanmātreṣu pariṇāmeṣu tanmātrāṇyekādaśendriyāṇi cāhaṃkāre 'haṃkāro buddhau buddhiḥ pradhāne /
SKBh zu SāṃKār, 22.2, 1.16 yad uktaṃ śabdatanmātrād ākāśaṃ sparśatanmātrād vāyū rūpatanmātrāt tejo rasatanmātrād āpo gandhatanmātrāt
pṛthivī /
SKBh zu SāṃKār, 38.2, 1.6 gandhatanmātrāt
pṛthivī rūpatanmātrāt tejo rasatanmātrād āpaḥ sparśatanmātrād vāyuḥ śabdatanmātrād ākāśam iti /
SKBh zu SāṃKār, 41.2, 1.2 ādigrahaṇād yathā śaityaṃ vinā nāpo bhavanti śaityaṃ vādbhir vināgnir uṣṇaṃ vinā vāyuḥ sparśaṃ vinākāśam avakāśaṃ vinā
pṛthivī gandhaṃ vinā tadvat /
Sāṃkhyatattvakaumudī
STKau zu SāṃKār, 3.2, 1.23 pañca bhūtānyekādaśendriyāṇīti ṣoḍaśako gaṇo vikāra eva na ca prakṛtiḥ yadyapi
pṛthivyādīnām api govṛkṣādayo vikārā evaṃ tadvikārabhedānāṃ payobījādīnāṃ dadhyaṅkurādayastathāpi gavādayo bījādayo vā na pṛthivyādibhyas tattvāntaram /
STKau zu SāṃKār, 3.2, 1.23 pañca bhūtānyekādaśendriyāṇīti ṣoḍaśako gaṇo vikāra eva na ca prakṛtiḥ yadyapi pṛthivyādīnām api govṛkṣādayo vikārā evaṃ tadvikārabhedānāṃ payobījādīnāṃ dadhyaṅkurādayastathāpi gavādayo bījādayo vā na
pṛthivyādibhyas tattvāntaram /
STKau zu SāṃKār, 5.2, 1.4 viṣayāḥ
pṛthivyādayaḥ sukhādayaścāsmadādīnām aviṣayāśca tanmātralakṣaṇā yoginām ūrdhvasrotasāṃ ca viṣayāḥ /
STKau zu SāṃKār, 5.2, 3.74 tatra vyaktaṃ
pṛthivyādisvarūpataḥ pāṃsulapado 'pi pratyakṣataḥ pratipadyate pūrvavatā cānumānena dhūmādidarśanād vahnyādīti tadvyutpādanāya mandaprayojanaṃ śāstram iti duradhigamam anena vyutpādanīyam /
STKau zu SāṃKār, 14.2, 1.21 tair dvyaṇukādikrameṇa
pṛthivyādilakṣaṇaṃ kāryaṃ vyaktam ārabhyate pṛthivyādiṣu ca kāraṇaguṇaprakrameṇa rūpādyutpattiḥ /
STKau zu SāṃKār, 14.2, 1.21 tair dvyaṇukādikrameṇa pṛthivyādilakṣaṇaṃ kāryaṃ vyaktam ārabhyate
pṛthivyādiṣu ca kāraṇaguṇaprakrameṇa rūpādyutpattiḥ /
STKau zu SāṃKār, 15.2, 1.5 tathā ca yathā kūrmaśarīre santyevāṅgāni niścaranti vibhajyanta idaṃ kūrmasya śarīram etānyetasyāṅgānītyevaṃ niviśamānāni tasminn avyaktībhavantyevaṃ mṛtpiṇḍāddhemapiṇḍād vā kāryāṇi kuṭakaṭakādīni santyevāvirbhavanti vibhajyante santyeva
pṛthivyādīni kāraṇāt tanmātrād āvirbhavanti vibhajyante santyeva tanmātrāṇyahaṃkārāt kāraṇāt sann evāhaṃkāraḥ kāraṇān mahataḥ sann eva ca mahān paramāvyaktād iti /
STKau zu SāṃKār, 15.2, 1.8 evaṃ
pṛthivyādayastanmātrāṇi viśantaḥ svāpekṣayā tanmātrāṇy avyaktayanty evaṃ tanmātrāṇyahaṃkāraṃ viśantyahaṃkāram avyaktayantyevam ahaṃkāro mahāntam āviśan mahāntam avyaktayati mahān svaṃ kāraṇaṃ viśan prakṛtim avyaktayati /
Tantrākhyāyikā
Vaikhānasadharmasūtra
VaikhDhS, 1, 7.8 phenapa uddaṇḍaka unmattako nirodhakaḥ śīrṇapatitapattrāhārī cāndrāyaṇavrataṃ caran
pṛthivīśāyī nārāyaṇaṃ dhyāyan mokṣam eva prārthayate //
Vaiśeṣikasūtravṛtti
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 2, 1, 10, 1.0 yadi khalvayaṃ kṣityādisparśo 'bhaviṣyad gandharasarūpaiḥ sahopalabhemahi na caivam tasmāt
pṛthivyādivyatiriktasya vāyor liṅgam //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 5, 2, 1, 1.0 samastān vyastāṃśca gurutvadravatvavegaprayatnān apekṣamāṇo yaḥ saṃyogaviśeṣo nodanāt preraṇād avibhāgahetoḥ karmaṇaḥ kāraṇaṃ tannodanam tathāhi pādādibhir nudyamānāyāṃ paṅkākhyāyāṃ
pṛthivyāṃ karma jāyate //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 5, 2, 1, 2.0 vegāpekṣo'bhighātād abhihanyamānasya vibhāgahetoḥ karmaṇaḥ kāraṇaṃ saṃyogo'bhighātaḥ tathāhi rathādibhirabhighātāt
pṛthivyekadeśeṣu dṛśyate karma //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 5, 2, 2, 1.0 yat khalu viruddhakriyavāyusaṃyogāt sarvasyāṃ
pṛthivyāṃ kampādi karma prajānāṃ śubhāśubhasūcanāyotpadyate tat sarveṣāmeva śubhāśubhasūcanād viśeṣeṇādṛṣṭakāritam //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 5, 2, 14, 1.0 agneravasthāne tiryag vā gamane pacyamānasyābhasmībhāvaḥ syād apāṃ vā tathā vāyor atiryaggamane pūyamānadravyāṇāṃ pavanābhāvo 'gneścāprabodhaḥ vinaṣṭaśarīrāṇāmātmanāṃ sargādau
pṛthivyādiparamāṇuṣvādyaṃ parasparopasarpaṇakarma na syāt tathā labdhabhūmīnāṃ yogināṃ kalpānte 'bhisaṃdhāya prayatnena manaḥ śarīrād vyatiricyāvatiṣṭhamānānāṃ sargādau navaśarīrasaṃbandhāya manasa ādyaṃ karma na bhavet adṛṣṭādṛte //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 7, 1, 10, 1.0 anityāyāṃ kāryarūpāyāṃ
pṛthivyāṃ kāraṇaguṇapūrvā rūpādayo jāyante nityāyāṃ tu paramāṇusvabhāvāyāṃ pākajāḥ pākād agnisaṃyogājjātāḥ //
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 8, 1, 16.1, 3.0 gandhavattvācca yataśca svasamavāyinā gandhena ghrāṇendriyaṃ gandhamabhivyanaktyatastasya gandhavatī
pṛthivyeva kāraṇam bhūtāntarāṇi tu saṃyogīni svalpānyeva //
Viṃśatikāvṛtti
Viṣṇupurāṇa
ViPur, 4, 2, 45.1 anye 'pi santyeva nṛpāḥ
pṛthivyāṃ kṣmāpāla yeṣāṃ tanayāḥ prasūtāḥ /
ViPur, 4, 8, 15.1 tataś ca kuvalayanāmānam aśvaṃ lebhe tataḥ kuvalayāśva ity asyāṃ
pṛthivyāṃ prathitaḥ //
ViPur, 4, 11, 12.1 yo 'sau bhagavadaṃśam atrikulaprasūtaṃ dattātreyākhyam ārādhya bāhusahasram adharmasevānivāraṇaṃ svadharmasevitvaṃ raṇe
pṛthivījayaṃ dharmataś cānupālanam /
ViPur, 4, 24, 8.1 ity ete 'ṣṭatriṃśaduttaram aṣṭaśataṃ pañca pradyotāḥ
pṛthivīṃ bhokṣyanti //
ViPur, 4, 24, 50.1 evam ete triṃśaccatvāryabdaśatāni ṣaṭpañcāśadadhikāni
pṛthivīṃ bhokṣyanti //
ViPur, 4, 24, 53.1 tataś cāṣṭau yavanāś caturdaśa turuṣkārā muṇḍāśca trayodaśa ekādaśa maunā ete vai pṛthivīpatayaḥ
pṛthivīṃ daśavarṣaśatāni navatyadhikāni bhokṣyanti //
ViPur, 4, 24, 54.1 tataś ca maunā ekādaśa bhūpatayo 'bdaśatāni trīṇi
pṛthivīṃ bhokṣyanti //
Viṣṇusmṛti
ViSmṛ, 21, 14.1 saṃsṛjatu tvā
pṛthivī samānī ca iti ca pretapādyapātre pitṛpādyapātratraye yojayet //
ViSmṛ, 73, 17.1 ucchiṣṭasaṃnidhau dakṣiṇāgreṣu kuśeṣu
pṛthivī darvir akṣitā ityekaṃ piṇḍaṃ pitre nidadhyāt //
ViSmṛ, 88, 2.1 tām alaṃkṛtāṃ brāhmaṇāya dattvā
pṛthivīdānaphalam āpnoti //
ViSmṛ, 97, 7.1 atha nirākāre lakṣabandhaṃ kartuṃ na śaknoti tadā
pṛthivyaptejovāyvākāśamanobuddhyātmāvyaktapuruṣāṇāṃ pūrvaṃ pūrvaṃ dhyātvā tatra labdhalakṣaḥ tatparityajyāparam aparaṃ dhyāyet //
Yogasūtrabhāṣya
YSBhā zu YS, 2, 18.1, 6.1 tad etad bhūtendriyātmakaṃ bhūtabhāvena
pṛthivyādinā sūkṣmasthūlena pariṇamate tathendriyabhāvena śrotrādinā sūkṣmasthūlena pariṇamata iti //
Yājñavalkyasmṛti
Śikṣāsamuccaya
Ṭikanikayātrā
Ṭikanikayātrā, 9, 9.1 skhalitagatir akasmāt trastakarṇo 'tidīnaḥ śvasati mṛdu sudīrghaṃ nyastahastaḥ
pṛthivyām /
Abhidhānacintāmaṇi
Amaraughaśāsana
AmarŚās, 1, 80.1 janmāvasthānād adho liṅgaḥ sa cādhārakandajātimadhyasthito guhya ūrdhve bhavati tasyordhve liṅgasthānaṃ svādhiṣṭhānaṃ nābhimaṇḍale maṇipūrakasyordhvabhāge 'nalakaḥ tenoddaṇḍakādyaṃ samāgacchati adhaḥpradeśe maṇipūrakasya dakṣiṇapaścimavarti amedhyasthānam madhye nābheḥ kandaḥ tatra padmākṛtiḥ tatra śarīranāḍīnām ādhāraḥ kathyate hṛdaye
pṛthivītattvaṃ pītavarṇaṃ madhye kadambagolakākṛti tatra cittaviśrāntisthānaṃ tad eva analacakram kaṇṭhe codakapravāhapūrṇam ātmatattvaṃ tad viśuddhisthānam tālumadhye dīpaśikhākāraḥ sadoddyotaḥ tat tejastattvam kapālakandarāṅkure vāyutattvam nāsāgre ākāśatattvam tasyordhve ājñāsthānam ājñāsthānāntare granthiṣoḍaśāntare amṛtā ṣoḍaśī kalā tadantare vālāgraśatadhāśrayā ante tasyordhve kalānte binduḥ bindubhedād anantaraṃ śṛṅgāṭakākṛtir mastakasyoddeśas tasmin cittalayasthānam cittasya śarīrabandhanādvayopetas trailokyavihāraḥ tasyāśritā jñānaśaktiḥ evaṃ śaktitrayālaṃkṛtaś ciddarpaṇapratibimbaḥ samo vividhabhāvakalākalitaḥ saṃsāraceṣṭāvalokanakuśalaḥ suptāvasthāyāṃ rūpī jalacandravat dṛśyate yaḥ sa paramātmā sarvavyāpī maheśvaraḥ caturdaśavidhabhūtagrāmakartā ca iti so 'yaṃ paramātmā //
Ayurvedarasāyana
Ayurvedarasāyana zu AHS, Sū., 9, 18.1, 3.0 nānātmakamapi
pṛthivyādyanekakaraṇam api dravyamagnīṣomau jātucitkadācidapi nātikrāmati tayor vaśe vartate kiṃcid āgneyatvād uṣṇaṃ kiṃcit saumyatvācchītam iti dvidhaiva gatir ityarthaḥ //
Aṣṭāṅganighaṇṭu
Bhāgavatapurāṇa
Bhāratamañjarī
Garuḍapurāṇa
GarPur, 1, 25, 5.1 hrīṃ śrīṃ
nivṛttyādikalāpṛthivyāditattvam anantādibhuvanam oṅkārādivarṇam /
Hitopadeśa
Hitop, 2, 111.24 atha duḥkhito 'haṃ parivrajitaḥ
pṛthivīṃ paribhrāmyann imāṃ nagarīm anuprāptaḥ /
Hitop, 3, 10.16 sa kathaṃ
pṛthivīṃ śāsti rājyaṃ vā tasya kim tvaṃ ca kūpamaṇḍūkaḥ /
Hitop, 4, 56.3 na cāpriyaṃ prāṇiṣu yo bravīti sa sāgarāntāṃ
pṛthivīṃ praśāsti //
Hitop, 4, 68.8 tatas taṃ suśīlanāmānaṃ putraṃ mṛtam avalokya śokena mūrchitaḥ kauṇḍinyaḥ
pṛthivyāṃ luloṭha /
Kathāsaritsāgara
Kṛṣiparāśara
Kṛṣṇāmṛtamahārṇava
KAM, 1, 47.1 nārāyaṇo nāma naro narāṇāṃ prasaṃhya coraḥ kathitaḥ
pṛthivyām /
Maṇimāhātmya
Mātṛkābhedatantra
Mṛgendraṭīkā
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 6, 6.2, 4.0 tathā hi tena pratyakṣaikapramāṇavādināpi caturmahābhūtavyatiriktatattvāntarānabhyupagame mṛtpāṣāṇādisthāvaralakṣaṇā
pṛthivī jalādiś ca saraḥsaritsamudrādir nādṛṣṭasya guṇabhedena sarvaṃ pratyakṣeṇāvagāhituṃ śakyaṃ tasya pratiniyatavyaktihetutvenāśeṣajagadantargatapadārthaviṣayānvayagrahaṇākṣamatvāt //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 6, 6.2, 5.0 api ca yatra kāṭhinyaṃ sā
pṛthivī sthalopalaparvatādivat pṛthivītvābhāve kāṭhinyasyābhāvaś cābādāv iva yac ca dravasvarūpaṃ taj jalaṃ tailaghṛtakṣīrāder apy udakatvād ityādyanvayagrahaṇam anumānāṅgaṃ kalpanīyam //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 6, 6.2, 5.0 api ca yatra kāṭhinyaṃ sā pṛthivī sthalopalaparvatādivat
pṛthivītvābhāve kāṭhinyasyābhāvaś cābādāv iva yac ca dravasvarūpaṃ taj jalaṃ tailaghṛtakṣīrāder apy udakatvād ityādyanvayagrahaṇam anumānāṅgaṃ kalpanīyam //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 9, 9.2, 1.0 yeṣāṃ bhūtāvadhi
pṛthivyādisthityantaṃ pāramāṇavaṃ jagat teṣāṃ pūrvoditāt dravyādiṣaṭpadārthajñānāt ṣoḍaśapadārthāvabodhād vā niḥśreyasāvāpter hetor jñānasūkṣmatā prabodhataikṣṇyaṃ jñātam //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 12, 5.2, 3.0 guṇāviśiṣṭatvaṃ caitāsāmittham yathā
pṛthivyāṃ khaṭakhaṭādirūpaḥ śabdaḥ sparśaśca śītoṣṇaḥ rūpamapi anekavidhaṃ śuklādi ṣaḍvidhaśca raso gandhaśca surabhyasurabhirūpo'sti //
Narmamālā
Nibandhasaṃgraha
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 1, 3.1, 4.0 svaguṇotkarṣāt sarvadhātupoṣaṇamiti pṛthivyādīnāṃ padmālaktakaguñjāphalavarṇam tāvantaṃ
garbho todadāhakaṇḍvādīni ca strīti bhāvena apyuṣmasambhavāt bhūtadvayenārambha śukrārtavayor jātāni udīrayati labheta naiva bahukālaṃ grahaṇamakṛtvā brahmaṇo'vatāratvāt //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 24, 11.2, 7.0 ca ityāha pṛthivyākhyaṃ paṭhanti tu
prādurbhāvaśabdo ghaṭakumbhakārayoḥ upadravarūpatayā śalyatantraṃ pārvatakajīvakabandhakaprabhṛtibhiḥ ityanenordhvagāmitvaṃ ityāha pṛthivyākhyaṃ ghaṭakumbhakārayoḥ pārvatakajīvakabandhakaprabhṛtibhiḥ ityanenordhvagāmitvaṃ pārvatakajīvakabandhakaprabhṛtibhiḥ ityanenordhvagāmitvaṃ 'dhimanthatimirābhyāṃ tṛṭchardiprabhṛtayaḥ kuṇḍalasuvarṇakārayorityādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Śār., 3, 3.1, 7.0 durbalānyāśrayadānenānugṛhṇāti ṣaḍatīsārāḥ dūṣyeṣu dravyāntare ṣaḍatīsārāḥ dravyāntare ityādi madhye tu saṃkhyā raktasya salilādibhir ca prādhānyamiti api prādhānyamiti pṛthak śoṇitopādānam caturbhir
śoṇitopādānam pṛthaksarvābādhāśca anye balavadbhir pṛthaksarvābādhāśca śārīramānasā tu durbalaṃ śārīramānasā iti doṣadūṣitatvādraktamapi pṛthivībhūtamanugṛhyate doṣadūṣitatvādraktamapi pṛthivībhūtamanugṛhyate doṣadūṣitatvādraktamapi pṛthivībhūtamanugṛhyate doṣadūṣitatvādraktamapi sarvametaduttare vyādhyutpattinimittaṃ evaṃvidhāt sarvametaduttare vyādhyutpattinimittaṃ sarvametaduttare vyādhyutpattinimittaṃ tantre bhavati parasparānugrahācca //
Parāśarasmṛtiṭīkā
Rasaratnasamuccaya
Rasaratnākara
Rasendracintāmaṇi
Rasendracūḍāmaṇi
Rasikapriyā
Rasārṇava
Rājamārtaṇḍa
RājMār zu YS, 3, 44.1, 1.0 pañcānāṃ
pṛthivyādīnāṃ bhūtānāṃ ye pañcāvasthāviśeṣarūpā dharmāḥ sthūlatvādayaḥ tatra kṛtasaṃyamasya bhūtajayaḥ bhavati bhūtāni vaśyānyasya bhavantītyarthaḥ //
Rājanighaṇṭu
Sarvadarśanasaṃgraha
Sarvāṅgasundarā
SarvSund zu AHS, Sū., 9, 1.2, 85.0 nanu yuktaś caturṇāṃ
pṛthivyāptejovāyūnāṃ bhūtānāṃ sāvayavatvāt dravyeṣūtkarṣāpakarṣasaṃniveśaḥ kvaciddravye kasyacidbhūtasya pramāṇataḥ prabhāvataś cāvayavānām utkarṣāpakarṣasadbhāvāt //
Skandapurāṇa
Sūryaśatakaṭīkā
Tantrasāra
TantraS, 7, 3.0 tatra
pṛthivītattvaṃ śatakoṭipravistīrṇaṃ brahmāṇḍagolakarūpam //
TantraS, 7, 4.0 tasya antaḥ kālāgnir narakāḥ pātālāni
pṛthivī svargo yāvad brahmaloka iti //
TantraS, 7, 26.0 etattattvāntarālavartīni yāni bhuvanāni tatpataya eva atra
pṛthivyāṃ sthitā iti //
TantraS, 8, 2.0 yat tu katipayakatipayabhedānugataṃ rūpaṃ tat tattvaṃ yathā
pṛthivī nāma dyutikāṭhinyasthaulyādirūpā kālāgniprabhṛtivīrabhadrāntabhuvaneśādhiṣṭhitasamastabrahmāṇḍānugatā //
TantraS, 8, 93.0 sa eva guṇasya utkarṣo yat tena vinā guṇāntaraṃ na upapadyate tena
pṛthivītattvaṃ śivatattvāt prabhṛti jalatattvena vyāptam evaṃ jalaṃ tejasā ityādi yāvacchaktitattvam //
TantraS, 9, 3.0 eṣāṃ saptaiva śaktayaḥ tadbhedāt
pṛthivyādipradhānatattvāntaṃ caturdaśabhir bhedaiḥ pratyekaṃ svaṃ rūpaṃ pañcadaśam //
TantraS, 9, 13.0 vastutaḥ punar eka eva citsvātantryānandaviśrāntaḥ pramātā tatra
pṛthivī svarūpamātraviśrāntā yadā vedyate tadā svarūpam asyāḥ kevalaṃ bhāti caitracakṣurdṛṣṭaṃ caitraviditaṃ jānāmīti tatra sakalaśaktikṛtaṃ sakalaśaktimadrūpakṛtaṃ svarūpāntaraṃ bhāty eva evaṃ śivāntam api vācyaṃ śivaśaktiniṣṭhaṃ śivasvabhāvaviśrāntaṃ ca viśvaṃ jānāmi iti pratyayasya vilakṣaṇasya bhāvāt //
TantraS, 9, 16.0 anantapramātṛsaṃvedyam api ekam eva tat tasya rūpaṃ tāvati teṣām ekābhāsarūpatvāt iti na pramātrantarasaṃvedanānumānavighnaḥ kaścit tac ca tasya rūpaṃ satyam arthakriyākāritvāt tathaiva paradṛśyamānāṃ kāntāṃ dṛṣṭvā tasyai samīrṣyati śivasvabhāvaṃ viśrāntikumbhaṃ paśyan samāviśati samastānantapramātṛviśrāntaṃ vastu paśyan pūrṇībhavati nartakīprekṣaṇavat tasyaiva nīlasya tadrūpaṃ pramātari yat viśrāntaṃ tathaiva svaprakāśasya vimarśasyodayāt iti pañcadaśātmakatvaṃ
pṛthivyāḥ prabhṛti pradhānatattvaparyantam //
TantraS, 9, 28.0 evam ekaikaghaṭādyanusāreṇāpi
pṛthivyādīnāṃ tattvānāṃ bhedo nirūpitaḥ //
TantraS, 9, 29.0 adhunā samastaṃ
pṛthivītattvaṃ pramātṛprameyarūpam uddiśya nirūpyate yo dharātattvābhedena prakāśaḥ sa śivaḥ //
TantraS, 10, 3.0 tad yathā
pṛthivyāṃ nivṛttiḥ nivartate yatas tattvasarga iti //
TantraS, 10, 8.0 pṛthivyādiśaktīnām atra avasthānena śaktitattve yāvat parasparśo vidyate sparśasya ca sapratighatvam iti tāvati yuktam aṇḍatvam //
Tantrāloka
TĀ, 4, 223.2 pṛthivī jalataḥ śudhyejjalaṃ dharaṇitastathā //
TĀ, 11, 8.1 nivṛttiḥ
pṛthivītattve pratiṣṭhāvyaktagocare /
Toḍalatantra
Vātūlanāthasūtravṛtti
VNSūtraV zu VNSūtra, 6.1, 2.0 tatra bhāvikaṃ śabdādyahaṃkāraparyantaṃ tanmātrarūpaṃ bhautikaṃ
pṛthivyādirūpaṃ śūnyaṃ nirīhākhyaṃ vāsanāsvarūpaṃ ca //
Ānandakanda
Āyurvedadīpikā
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 1, 44.2, 3.0 sarvabhāvānāmityatra sarvaśabdaḥ kṛtsnavācī bhavanti sattāmanubhavantīti bhāvā dravyaguṇakarmāṇītyarthaḥ natu bhavantyutpadyanta iti bhāvāḥ tathā sati
pṛthivyādiparamāṇūnāṃ nityānāṃ sāmānyasya pārthivadvyaṇukādivṛddhaṃ kāryam asaṃgṛhītaṃ syāt //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 6, 6, 9.0 yadyapi ca kaṣāyo raso rūkṣatamaḥ kaṭukaśca rūkṣataraḥ yaduktaṃ raukṣyāt kaṣāyo rūkṣāṇāṃ pravaro madhyamaḥ kaṭuḥ ityādi raukṣyaprakarṣaśca grīṣme madhyabalaṃ ca raukṣyaṃ vasante tathāpi vāyvagniguṇabāhulyāt kaṭukasya vāyvagniguṇabahule grīṣmakāla evotpattiḥ
pavanapṛthivyutkarṣavati tu vasante pavanapṛthivyutkarṣajanyasya kaṣāyasyotpattiḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 6, 6, 9.0 yadyapi ca kaṣāyo raso rūkṣatamaḥ kaṭukaśca rūkṣataraḥ yaduktaṃ raukṣyāt kaṣāyo rūkṣāṇāṃ pravaro madhyamaḥ kaṭuḥ ityādi raukṣyaprakarṣaśca grīṣme madhyabalaṃ ca raukṣyaṃ vasante tathāpi vāyvagniguṇabāhulyāt kaṭukasya vāyvagniguṇabahule grīṣmakāla evotpattiḥ pavanapṛthivyutkarṣavati tu vasante
pavanapṛthivyutkarṣajanyasya kaṣāyasyotpattiḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 6, 7, 8.0 atra ca
pṛthivyagnibhūyiṣṭhatvādamlaḥ salilāgnibhūyiṣṭhatvāllavaṇa ityuktaṃ tat kathaṃ saumye visarge tayoścāgneyayorutpāda iti na vācyam yato balaprakarṣavato 'rkasya kṣīyamāṇabalasyāpi viṣuvaparyantaṃ balavattvamastyeveti vyutpāditameva //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 12, 8.5, 25.0 dhātūnāmiti
pṛthivyādīnāṃ dhātavaḥ kāryadravyāṇi prastarādīni mānaṃ parimāṇaṃ saṃsthānamākṛtiḥ tayorvyaktirabhivyaktiḥ tatra kāraṇamiti yāvat //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 11, 1.0 bahulaśabdo gurvādibhiḥ pratyekaṃ sambadhyate kiṃvā gandhenaiva yato gandhaguṇabahulā
pṛthivyeva bhavati ata eva dravyāntaralakṣaṇe 'pi vaiśeṣikaguṇo 'nta eva paṭhyate rasaguṇabahulāni ityādi tena tatrāpi rasādibhir eva bahulaśabdo yojyaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 11, 9.0 atrākāśabāhulyaṃ dravyasya
pṛthivyādibhūtāntarālpatvena bhūrivyaktākāśatvena ca jñeyaṃ yadeva bhūriśuṣiraṃ tannābhasaṃ kiṃvā ākāśaguṇabahulatvena nābhasaṃ dravyam ityucyate //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 39, 3.0 bhraśyamānā iti vadatā bhūmisambandhavyatirekeṇāntarīkṣeritaiḥ
pṛthivyādiparamāṇvādibhiḥ sambandho rasārambhako bhavatīti darśyate //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 40.2, 9.0 etena yaducyate toyavat
pṛthivyādayo'pi kimiti pṛthagrasāntaraṃ na kurvanti tathā toyavātādisaṃyogādibhyaḥ kimiti rasāntarāṇi notpadyanta iti tadapi bhūtasvabhāvāparyanuyogād eva pratyuktam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 40.2, 12.0 rasānāṃ ṣaṭtvaṃ mahābhūtānāṃ nyūnātirekaviśeṣāt
somaguṇātirekapṛthivyagnyatirekādeḥ ṣaḍutpādakāraṇādupapannaṃ ṣaḍbhyaḥ kāraṇebhyaḥ ṣaṭ kāryāṇi bhavantīti yuktameveti bhāvaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 57.1, 10.0 na ca vācyam amle
pṛthivī kāraṇaṃ lavaṇe tu toyaṃ tataḥ pṛthivyapekṣayā toyajanyasya lavaṇasyaiva lāghavamucitamiti yato na niveśena gauravalāghave śakyete 'vadhārayituṃ tathāhi toyātirekakṛto madhuraḥ pṛthivyatirekakṛtāt kaṣāyādgururbhavati //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 57.1, 10.0 na ca vācyam amle pṛthivī kāraṇaṃ lavaṇe tu toyaṃ tataḥ
pṛthivyapekṣayā toyajanyasya lavaṇasyaiva lāghavamucitamiti yato na niveśena gauravalāghave śakyete 'vadhārayituṃ tathāhi toyātirekakṛto madhuraḥ pṛthivyatirekakṛtāt kaṣāyādgururbhavati //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 57.1, 10.0 na ca vācyam amle pṛthivī kāraṇaṃ lavaṇe tu toyaṃ tataḥ pṛthivyapekṣayā toyajanyasya lavaṇasyaiva lāghavamucitamiti yato na niveśena gauravalāghave śakyete 'vadhārayituṃ tathāhi toyātirekakṛto madhuraḥ
pṛthivyatirekakṛtāt kaṣāyādgururbhavati //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 63.2, 6.0 dvaividhyaṃ ca pañcabhūtātmake dravye
gurubhūtapṛthivītoyātirekānmadhuraḥ pāko bhavati śeṣalaghubhūtātirekāt tu kaṭukaḥ pāko bhavati yaduktaṃ dravyeṣu pacyamāneṣu yeṣv ambupṛthivīguṇāḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 63.2, 6.0 dvaividhyaṃ ca pañcabhūtātmake dravye gurubhūtapṛthivītoyātirekānmadhuraḥ pāko bhavati śeṣalaghubhūtātirekāt tu kaṭukaḥ pāko bhavati yaduktaṃ dravyeṣu pacyamāneṣu yeṣv
ambupṛthivīguṇāḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 63.2, 13.0 kiṃca
pṛthivīsomaguṇātirekān madhuraḥ pāko bhavati vāyvagnyākāśātirekācca kaṭur bhavatīti pakṣe yadā vyāmiśraguṇātirekatā bhavati tadā somāgnyātmakasyāmlasyotpādaḥ kathaṃ pratikṣepaṇīyaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 28, 3.2, 5.0 yathāsvenoṣmaṇeti
pṛthivyādirūpāśitādeyasya ya ūṣmā pārthivāgnyādirūpastena vacanaṃ hi bhaumāpyāgneyavāyavyāḥ pañcoṣmāṇaḥ sanābhasāḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 28.2, 8.0 gandhas tūttaraguṇāntarābhāvānna pūrvo bhavati tathāpi gandhaś ca tadguṇāḥ iti granthe tadguṇā itipadāpekṣayā gandhasya pūrvatvaṃ kalpanīyaṃ kiṃvā pūrva iti chattriṇo gacchantīti nyāyenoktaṃ tenāpūrvo 'pi gandhaḥ kramāgataḥ
pṛthivyāṃ jñeyaḥ //
Śivapurāṇa
Śivasūtravārtika
Śukasaptati
Śusa, 5, 8.5 grāmaṃ janapadasyārthe ātmārthe
pṛthivīṃ tyajet //
Gokarṇapurāṇasāraḥ
Gūḍhārthadīpikā
Haribhaktivilāsa
Janmamaraṇavicāra
Kaṭhāraṇyaka
KaṭhĀ, 2, 3, 4.0 sa prajāpatiḥ
pṛthivīm abravīd rajataṃ bhūtvā mahāvīraṃ dhārayasveti //
KaṭhĀ, 2, 5-7, 35.0 dhartoror antarikṣasya dhartā
pṛthivyā dhartā devo devānām amartyas tapojā iti //
KaṭhĀ, 2, 5-7, 102.0 yad āha divi dhā divaṃ gacchāntarikṣaṃ gaccha
pṛthivīṃ gaccha pañca pradiśo gacchetīmān eva lokān diśaś ca gharme tarpayati //
KaṭhĀ, 3, 3, 11.0 yā te gharma
pṛthivyāṃ śug yā gāyatre chandasi yā trivṛti stome yā sadasi tān ta etenāvayaje tasyai svāhety asyā evainam etad gāyatrāc chandasas trivṛtas stomāt sadasaś ca rudraṃ niravadayate //
KaṭhĀ, 3, 4, 13.0 atho ny evāsmai hnuvate 'bhiprayānti divas tvā paraspām antarikṣasya tanvam pāhi
pṛthivyās tvā dharmaṇā vayam anukrāmāma suvitāya navyasa iti //
Mugdhāvabodhinī
MuA zu RHT, 1, 9.2, 9.0 bhūtalavidheyatāyāḥ bhūtale
pṛthivīmaṇḍale yā vidheyatā sarvakarmapravīṇatā tasyā arthāḥ kāryāṇi kathaṃbhūtāḥ vividhabhogaphalāḥ vividhāśca te bhogāśca vividhabhogāḥ nānābhogāḥ phalaṃ yeṣāṃ te tathoktāḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 7, 7.2, 16.0 tathā ca dravyāṇi tryūṣaṇādīni saṃmiśrya ekīkṛtya nivṛtya ca saṃmardya śastrakaṭorikāpuṭe lohamayapātrasaṃpuṭe vyavasthitaṃ saptadināni dhānyagataṃ kasyaciddhānyasya madhyagataṃ sthāpayet kutra bhūtale
pṛthivyā āsthāne tato'nantaraṃ tatsiddhaṃ rasajāraṇādikaṃ prati prayojyaṃ etadbiḍarūpaṃ rasajāraṇādiṣu praśastamityarthaḥ //
Rasārṇavakalpa
Saddharmapuṇḍarīkasūtra
SDhPS, 4, 2.1 upasaṃkramya ekāṃsamuttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā dakṣiṇaṃ jānuṃ
pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya yena bhagavāṃstenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantamabhimukham ullokayamānā avanatakāyā abhinatakāyāḥ praṇatakāyāstasyāṃ velāyāṃ bhagavantametadavocan /
SDhPS, 4, 36.1 atha khalu bhagavan sa tasya daridrapuruṣasya pitā svake niveśanadvāre mahatyā brāhmaṇakṣatriyaviṭśūdrapariṣadā parivṛtaḥ puraskṛto mahāsiṃhāsane sapādapīṭhe suvarṇarūpyapratimaṇḍite upaviṣṭo hiraṇyakoṭīśatasahasrairvyavahāraṃ kurvan vālavyajanena vījyamāno vitatavitāne
pṛthivīpradeśe muktakusumābhikīrṇe ratnadāmābhipralambite mahatyarddhyopaviṣṭaḥ syāt //
SDhPS, 4, 70.1 sa utthāya tasmāt
pṛthivīpradeśādyena daridravīthī tenopasaṃkrāmedāhāracīvaraparyeṣṭihetoḥ //
SDhPS, 5, 12.1 tadyathāpi nāma kāśyapa asyāṃ trisāhasramahāsāhasrāyāṃ lokadhātau yāvantastṛṇagulmauṣadhivanaspatayo nānāvarṇā nānāprakārā oṣadhigrāmā nānānāmadheyāḥ
pṛthivyāṃ jātāḥ parvatagirikandareṣu vā //
SDhPS, 7, 3.0 tadyathāpi nāma bhikṣavo yāvāniha trisāhasramahāsāhasre lokadhātau
pṛthivīdhātus taṃ kaścideva puruṣaḥ sarvaṃ cūrṇīkuryān maṣiṃ kuryāt //
SDhPS, 7, 6.0 anena paryāyeṇa sa puruṣaḥ sarvāvantaṃ
pṛthivīdhātumupanikṣipet pūrvasyāṃ diśi //
SDhPS, 10, 54.1 yasmin khalu punarbhaiṣajyarāja
pṛthivīpradeśe 'yaṃ dharmaparyāyo bhāṣyeta vā deśyeta vā likhyeta vā svādhyāyeta vā saṃgāyeta vā tasmin bhaiṣajyarāja pṛthivīpradeśe tathāgatacaityaṃ kārayitavyaṃ mahantaṃ ratnamayamuccaṃ pragṛhītam //
SDhPS, 10, 54.1 yasmin khalu punarbhaiṣajyarāja pṛthivīpradeśe 'yaṃ dharmaparyāyo bhāṣyeta vā deśyeta vā likhyeta vā svādhyāyeta vā saṃgāyeta vā tasmin bhaiṣajyarāja
pṛthivīpradeśe tathāgatacaityaṃ kārayitavyaṃ mahantaṃ ratnamayamuccaṃ pragṛhītam //
SDhPS, 10, 56.2 ekaghanameva tasmiṃstathāgataśarīramupanikṣiptaṃ bhavati yasmin
pṛthivīpradeśe 'yaṃ dharmaparyāyo bhāṣyeta vā deśyeta vā paṭhyeta vā saṃgāyeta vā likhyeta vā likhito vā pustakagatastiṣṭhet //
SDhPS, 10, 64.1 sa udakārtham ujjaṅgale
pṛthivīpradeśe udapānaṃ khānayet //
SDhPS, 11, 1.1 atha khalu bhagavataḥ purastāttataḥ
pṛthivīpradeśāt parṣanmadhyāt saptaratnamayaḥ stūpo 'bhyudgataḥ pañcayojanaśatānyuccaistvena tadanurūpeṇa ca pariṇāhena //
SDhPS, 11, 60.1 tāni ca sarvāṇi bahubuddhakṣetrāṇi ekameva buddhakṣetramekameva
pṛthivīpradeśaṃ parisaṃsthāpayāmāsa samaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ saptaratnamayaiśca vṛkṣaiścitritam //
SDhPS, 11, 221.1 trisāhasramahāsāhasrāyāṃ lokadhātau nāsti kaścidantaśaḥ sarṣapamātro 'pi
pṛthivīpradeśaḥ yatrānena śarīraṃ na nikṣiptaṃ sattvahitahetoḥ //
SDhPS, 14, 8.1 tebhyaśca sphoṭāntarebhyo bahūni bodhisattvakoṭīnayutaśatasahasrāṇyuttiṣṭhante sma suvarṇavarṇaiḥ kāyair dvātriṃśadbhirmahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samanvāgatā ye 'syāṃ
mahāpṛthivyāmadha ākāśadhātau viharanti sma //
SDhPS, 14, 9.1 imāmeva sahāṃ lokadhātuṃ niśritya te khalvimam evaṃrūpaṃ bhagavataḥ śabdaṃ śrutvā
pṛthivyā adhaḥ samutthitā yeṣāmekaiko bodhisattvaḥ ṣaṣṭigaṅgānadīvālukopamabodhisattvaparivāro gaṇī mahāgaṇī gaṇācāryaḥ //
SDhPS, 14, 16.1 tena khalu punaḥ samayena teṣāṃ bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
pṛthivīvivarebhya unmajjatāṃ tathāgatāṃśca vandamānānāṃ nānāprakārair bodhisattvastavair abhiṣṭuvatāṃ paripūrṇāḥ pañcāśadantarakalpā gacchanti sma //
SDhPS, 14, 38.1 aśrutapūrvaśca yo 'yaṃ
pṛthivīvivarebhyaḥ samunmajjya bhagavataḥ purataḥ sthitvā bhagavantaṃ satkurvanti gurukurvanti mānayanti pūjayanti bhagavantaṃ ca pratisaṃmodante //
SDhPS, 14, 69.1 tena khalu punaḥ samayena ye te tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhā anyebhyo lokadhātukoṭīnayutaśatasahasrebhyo 'bhyāgatā bhagavataḥ śākyamunestathāgatasya nirmitā ye 'nyeṣu lokadhātuṣu sattvānāṃ dharmaṃ deśayanti sma ye bhagavataḥ śākyamunestathāgatasyārhataḥ samyaksaṃbuddhasya samantādaṣṭabhyo digbhyo ratnavṛkṣamūleṣu mahāratnasiṃhāsaneṣūpaviṣṭāḥ paryaṅkabaddhās teṣāṃ tathāgatānāmarhatāṃ samyaksaṃbuddhānāṃ ye svakasvakā upasthāyakās te 'pi taṃ mahāntaṃ bodhisattvagaṇaṃ bodhisattvarāśiṃ dṛṣṭvā samantāt
pṛthivīvivarebhya unmajjantamākāśadhātupratiṣṭhitaṃ te 'pyāścaryaprāptāstān svān svāṃstathāgatānetadūcuḥ /
SDhPS, 14, 84.1 ya ime ajita bodhisattvā aprameyā asaṃkhyeyā acintyā atulyā agaṇanīyā ye yuṣmābhir adṛṣṭapūrvā ya etarhi
pṛthivīvivarebhyo niṣkrāntā mayaite ajita sarve bodhisattvā mahāsattvā asyāṃ sahāyāṃ lokadhātāvanuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbudhya samādāpitāḥ samuttejitāḥ saṃpraharṣitā anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau pariṇāmitāḥ //
SDhPS, 15, 13.1 tadyathāpi nāma kulaputrāḥ pañcāśatsu lokadhātukoṭīnayutaśatasahasreṣu ye
pṛthivīdhātuparamāṇavo 'tha khalu kaścideva puruṣa utpadyate //
SDhPS, 15, 15.1 anena paryāyeṇa kalpakoṭīnayutaśatasahasrāṇi sa puruṣaḥ sarvāṃstāṃllokadhātūn
vyapagatapṛthivīdhātūn kuryāt sarvāṇi ca tāni pṛthivīdhātuparamāṇurajāṃsi anena paryāyeṇa anena ca lakṣanikṣepeṇa pūrvasyāṃ diśyupanikṣipet //
SDhPS, 15, 15.1 anena paryāyeṇa kalpakoṭīnayutaśatasahasrāṇi sa puruṣaḥ sarvāṃstāṃllokadhātūn vyapagatapṛthivīdhātūn kuryāt sarvāṇi ca tāni
pṛthivīdhātuparamāṇurajāṃsi anena paryāyeṇa anena ca lakṣanikṣepeṇa pūrvasyāṃ diśyupanikṣipet //
SDhPS, 15, 59.1 te tena gareṇa vā viṣeṇa vā dahyamānāḥ
pṛthivyāṃ prapateyuḥ //
SDhPS, 15, 66.1 atha khalu sa vaidyastān putrān duḥkhārtān dṛṣṭvā vedanābhibhūtān dahyataḥ
pṛthivyāṃ pariveṣṭamānāṃs tato mahābhaiṣajyaṃ samudānayitvā varṇasampannaṃ gandhasampannaṃ rasasampannaṃ ca śilāyāṃ piṣṭvā teṣāṃ putrāṇāṃ pānāya dadyād evaṃ cainān vadet /
Skandapurāṇa (Revākhaṇḍa)
Sātvatatantra
SātT, 2, 15.2 lokakṣudhāṃ praśamayan
pṛthivīṃ dudoha sarvāṇi bhūtikaraṇāni ca sarvabhūtyai //
Tarkasaṃgraha
Tarkasaṃgraha, 1, 43.9 vyatirekamātravyāptikaṃ kevalavyatireki yathā
pṛthivī tarebhyo bhidyate gandhavattvāt /
Tarkasaṃgraha, 1, 43.13 tasmān na tatheti atra yad gandhavat tad itarabhinnam ity anvayadṛṣṭānto nāsti
pṛthivīmātrasya pakṣatvāt //
Uḍḍāmareśvaratantra
UḍḍT, 6, 4.2 atha
pṛthivyaptejovāyvākāśāni tattvāni tatra guror bṛhatprasādena śāstrāṇi ca yena yogenātītena trailokyaṃ sacarācaraṃ jātam eva /
UḍḍT, 6, 4.6 yadi praśnacintāyāṃ
pṛthivītattvākṣarāṇi bhavanti tadā pṛthvītattvaṃ bhavati /
UḍḍT, 6, 4.16 yadā cittaṃ bhavati kṛtasya vākyaviṣaye
pṛthivīviṣaye tadā salilatattvākṣarāṇi bhavanti tadā sa japtaṃ japati /
UḍḍT, 6, 4.17 apcintāyāṃ yadā
pṛthivītattvākṣarāṇi bhavanti tadā pṛthvītattvaṃ bhavati /
UḍḍT, 6, 4.22 pṛthivyaptejovāyvākāśā eteṣām akṣarāṇi vivāhakāle eteṣu tejo'kṣarāṇi śubhahārakāṇi bhavanti //
Śāṅkhāyanaśrautasūtra
ŚāṅkhŚS, 1, 5, 9.1 asyai pratiṣṭhāyai mā chitsi
pṛthivi mātar mā mā hiṃsīr mā modoṣīr madhu maniṣye madhu vaniṣye madhu janiṣye madhumatīm adya devebhyo vācaṃ vadiṣyāmi cāruṃ manuṣyebhya idam ahaṃ pañcadaśena vajreṇa pāpmānam bhrātṛvyam avabādha iti /
ŚāṅkhŚS, 1, 6, 4.0 ṣaṇ morvīr aṃhasaḥ pāntu dyauś ca
pṛthivī cāhaś ca rātriś cāpaś cauṣadhayaścetyavasṛjya //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 1, 11, 2.0 upahūtaṃ rathantaraṃ saha
pṛthivyā sahāgninā saha vācā saha paśubhir upa māṃ rathantaraṃ saha pṛthivyā sahāgninā saha vācā saha paśubhir hvayatām //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 1, 11, 2.0 upahūtaṃ rathantaraṃ saha pṛthivyā sahāgninā saha vācā saha paśubhir upa māṃ rathantaraṃ saha
pṛthivyā sahāgninā saha vācā saha paśubhir hvayatām //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 4, 7, 6.0 pṛthivyāstvā nābhau sādayāmy adityā upastha iti prāgdaṇḍaṃ sthaṇḍile nidhāya //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 4, 10, 1.4 agne
pṛthivyā adhipate vāyo 'ntarikṣasya adhipate savitaḥ prasavānām adhipate sūrya nakṣatrāṇām adhipate somauṣadhīnām adhipate tvaṣṭaḥ samidhāṃ rūpāṇām adhipate mitra satyānām adhipate varuṇa dharmāṇām adhipate indra jyeṣṭhānām adhipate prajāpate prajānām adhipate devā deveṣu parākramadhvam //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 5, 13, 5.0 dyāvā naḥ
pṛthivī imaṃ tayor id ghṛtavad yame iveti dakṣiṇasyottaraṃ vartmopaniśrito 'nusaṃyan //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 5, 17, 3.0 udīcīnān asya pado nidhattāt sūryaṃ cakṣur gamayatād vātaṃ prāṇam anvavasṛjatād antarikṣam asuṃ diśaḥ śrotraṃ
pṛthivīṃ śarīram //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 6, 3, 7.0 asyāṃ me
pṛthivyām agniś cānnaṃ cādhipatī agniś cānnaṃ ca maitasyai diśaḥ pātām agniṃ ca annaṃ ca sa devatānāmṛcchatu yo no 'to 'bhidāsatīti pṛthivīm //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 6, 3, 7.0 asyāṃ me pṛthivyām agniś cānnaṃ cādhipatī agniś cānnaṃ ca maitasyai diśaḥ pātām agniṃ ca annaṃ ca sa devatānāmṛcchatu yo no 'to 'bhidāsatīti
pṛthivīm //